+ All Categories
Home > Documents > April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE:...

April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE:...

Date post: 04-Jul-2020
Category:
Upload: others
View: 2 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
153
OS-299 (7-08) TRANSMITTAL LETTER PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines" INFORMATION AND SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: This replaces Publication 213 date February 15, 2008. Publication 213 dated April 2010 is attached. The following is a list of some important changes. Additions a) Table of Contents b) General Notes - 10, 25, 26, 27, 29, 31. Notes 10 and up were renumbered. Note 26 is lighting requirements for flagger stations at night. c) Barrier Stiffenting System drawings d) New PATA 21 Ramp (when working on ramp) e) PATA 26e, new signal figures in accordance with SOL 470-08-6 Revisions a) Reference Guide b) General Notes - 9 c) PATA 7 - Heading d) PATA 10a, 10b, 10, (10AFAD's 1, 2 & 3), 13b, 13c, 26a, and 26b - note refering to General Note 26 for illumination of a flagger station at night. e) PATA 10b - changed Note 7 f) PATA 10c, 26b, 26c - changed Note 1b, from 150 ft. to 250 ft. g) PATA 24, added side streets and signing for them h) Appendix A from SOL 470-08-6 Deletions a) PATA 11f - removed CANCEL AND DESTROY THE FOLLOWING: Publication 213 dated February 15, 2008 ADDITIONAL COPIES ARE AVAILABLE FROM: PennDOT SALES STORE (717) 787-6746 phone (717) 787-8779 fax ra-penndotsalesstore.state.pa.us PennDOT website - www.dot.state.pa.us Click on Forms, Publications & Maps DGS warehouse (PennDOT employees ONLY)
Transcript
Page 1: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

OS-299 (7-08)

TRANSMITTAL LETTER

PUBLICATION:

213 - April 2010 Edition

DATE:

04/01/10

SUBJECT:

Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

INFORMATION AND SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:

This replaces Publication 213 date February 15, 2008. Publication 213 dated April 2010 is attached.

The following is a list of some important changes.

Additions

a) Table of Contents

b) General Notes - 10, 25, 26, 27, 29, 31. Notes 10 and up were renumbered. Note 26 is

lighting requirements for flagger stations at night.

c) Barrier Stiffenting System drawings

d) New PATA 21 Ramp (when working on ramp)

e) PATA 26e, new signal figures in accordance with SOL 470-08-6

Revisions

a) Reference Guide

b) General Notes - 9

c) PATA 7 - Heading

d) PATA 10a, 10b, 10, (10AFAD's 1, 2 & 3), 13b, 13c, 26a, and 26b - note refering to General

Note 26 for illumination of a flagger station at night.

e) PATA 10b - changed Note 7

f) PATA 10c, 26b, 26c - changed Note 1b, from 150 ft. to 250 ft.

g) PATA 24, added side streets and signing for them

h) Appendix A from SOL 470-08-6

Deletions

a) PATA 11f - removed

CANCEL AND DESTROY THE FOLLOWING:

Publication 213 dated February 15, 2008

ADDITIONAL COPIES ARE AVAILABLE

FROM:

PennDOT SALES STORE

(717) 787-6746 phone

(717) 787-8779 fax

ra-penndotsalesstore.state.pa.us

PennDOT website - www.dot.state.pa.us

Click on Forms, Publications & Maps

DGS warehouse (PennDOT employees ONLY)

Page 2: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY:

R. Scott Christie, P.E. Deputy Secretary for Highway Administration

By: ~~~. ~~i~E~ Acting Director Bureau of Highway Safety and Traffic Engineering

Page 3: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PUBLICATION 213

(67 PA CODE, CHAPTER 212)

Pub 213 (04-10)

Page 4: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"
Page 5: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD)

Manual On Uniform Traffic Control Devices

Application

Publication 213 applies to contractors; utilities; Federal, State, county, township and

municipal governments; and others performing applicable construction, maintenance,

emergency or utility/permit work on highways or so closely adjacent to a highway that

workers, equipment or materials encroach on the highway or interfere with the normal

movement of traffic.

The defines the term

"temporary traffic control" as: "Temporary Traffic Control Zone - an area of a highway

where road user conditions are changed because of a work zone or incident by the use

of temporary traffic control devices, flaggers, uniformed law enforcement officers, or

other authorized personnel."

The traffic control schemes shown in this publication are normally applicable for both

urban and rural areas. Since it is not practical to provide detailed guidelines for all

the situations that may conceivably arise, applications are presented for only the most

common situations. These are minimum desirable applications for normal situations, and

additional protection may be needed when special complexities or potential hazards

prevail. The protection prescribed for each situation shall be consistent with the general

provisions of and

the national as issued by the Federal

Highway Administration and should be based on common sense; engineering judgment; the

speed and volume of traffic; the duration of the operation; the exposure to potential hazards;

the physical features of the highway including horizontal alignment, vertical alignment and

the presence of intersections and driveways; and other important factors.

Title 67 Pa. Code, Chapter 212, Official Traffic Control Devices

Page 6: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Publication 213

I-1

Table of Contents

Page

Reference Guide …………………………………………………………………………. 1

General Notes …………………………………………………………………………… 2 - 5

PATA Sign Layout ………………………………………………………………………. 6

PATA Barrier Transition ………………………………………………………………… 7

Barrier Stiffening ………………………………………………………………………… 8-9

Act 229 ………………………………………………………………………………….. 10

PATA Figures …………………………………………………………………………… 11-105

Appendix A - Reference Guide/Appendix Index

Appendix B - Temporary Barrier Deflection Distance Table

Figures for Short Term Operations (24 hours or less)

Figure Page Figure Page

PATA 5 …………… 11 PATA 11c ………... 31

PATA 6 …………… 12 PATA 11d ……….. 32

PATA 7 …………… 13 PATA 11e ………... 33

PATA 8 ....………… 14 PATA 12 ………… 34

PATA 9a S ..……..... 15 PATA 13a ………... 35

PATA 9a L1 ……..... 16 PATA 13b ……….. 36

PATA 9b …..……… 18 PATA 13c ……….. 37

PATA 9c ………….. 19 PATA 14 ………… 38

PATA 10a ………… 20 PATA 15 ………… 39

PATA 10b ………… 21 PATA 16 ………… 40

PATA 10c …………. 22 PATA 17 ………… 41

PATA 10d …………. 23 PATA 18 ………… 42

PATA 10e ………….. 24 PATA 19 ………… 43

PATA 10AFAD -1 … 25 - 26 Blank Page ………. 44

PATA 10AFAD -2 … 27 PATA 20 ……….… 45 -46

PATA 10AFAD -3 … 28 PATA 21 ………… 47

PATA 11a …………. 29 PATA 21 Ramps …. 48

PATA 11b …………. 30 PATA 22 ………… 49

PATA 23 ………… 50

Page 7: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Publication 213

I-2

Table of Contents (cont’d.)

Figures for Long Term Operations (greater than 24 hours)

Figure Page Figure Page

PATA 9a L2 ……...... 17 PATA 32 …………… 99-100

PATA 24 …………… 51 PATA 33 …………… 101-102

PATA 25 …………… 52 PATA 34 …………… 103

PATA 26a ………….. 53 PATA 35 …………… 104

PATA 26b ………….. 54 PATA 36 …………… 105

PATA 26c ………….. 55 PATA 37 …………… 106

PATA 26d ………….. 56 PATA 38 ……………. 107-108

Blank Page …………. 57 PATA 39a ……..…… 109

PATA 27 …………… 92 PATA 39b …..……… 110

PATA 28 …………… 93 PATA 40 …………… 111

PATA 29 …………… 94 PATA 41 …………… 112

PATA 30 …………… 95 PATA 42 …………… 113

Blank Page …………. 96

PATA 31 …………… 97-98

Temporary Traffic Control Signal

Figure Page Figure Page

PATA 26e ……………. 58 Blank Page ……………. 68

(Reference Guide/ PATA 26e C-1 ………… 79-81

Appendix A Index) Blank Page ……………. 82

PATA 26e M-1 ……….. 59-62 PATA 26e C-2…………. 83-86

PATA 26e M-2 ……….. 63-67 PATA 26e L …………... 87-88

Blank Page ……………. 68 PATA 26e PL …………. 89-91

PATA 26e NC-1 ……… 69–72

PATA 26e NC-2 ………. 73–77

Appendixes Appendix A (Temporary Traffic Control Signal Documentation)

Appendix B (Temporary Barrier Deflection Distance Table

Page 8: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"
Page 9: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

GE

NE

RA

L

4. T

he three categories for w

ork duration of tem

porary traffic control are:

a. S

ho

rt-T

erm

S

tatio

nary

O

peratio

n - W

ork

th

at o

ccu

pies a lo

catio

n u

p to

2

4 h

ou

rs.

b. L

ong-T

erm

S

tationary O

peration - W

ork that occupies a location m

ore than 24 hours.

Channelizing device

Sig

n

Wo

rk

sp

ace

Directio

n o

f trav

el

* S LT

ap

er len

gth

No

rm

al S

peed

L

im

it in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e w

ork

zo

ne

Sh

ad

ow

v

eh

icle w

ith

a flash

in

g

or rev

olv

in

g y

ello

w lig

ht

Ty

pe B

L

ig

ht

Type III B

arricade

Flashing A

rrow

P

anel

c. M

obile O

peration - W

ork that m

oves interm

ittently or continuously.

Autom

ated F

lagger

Assistance D

evice

Flagger w

ith a W

21-10 S

ign,

a p

ro

tectiv

e h

elm

et, an

d a

(high visibility) safety vest

GE

NE

RA

L N

OT

ES

LE

GE

ND

2. A

ll sig

ns sh

all b

e 3

6" x

3

6" fo

r co

nv

en

tio

nal ro

ad

way

s an

d 4

8" x

4

8" fo

r ex

pressw

ay

s

and freew

ays unless otherw

ise noted.

3. T

raffic C

on

tro

l P

lan

s m

ay

d

ev

iate fro

m th

e ty

pical ap

plicatio

ns sh

ow

n in

th

is p

ub

licatio

n

to

allo

w fo

r co

nd

itio

ns an

d req

uirem

en

ts o

f a particu

lar site o

r ju

risd

ictio

n.

6. T

he needs and control of all road users through the w

ork zone (including m

otorists,

b

icy

clists, p

ed

estrian

s an

d p

erso

ns w

ith

d

isab

ilities in

acco

rd

an

ce w

ith

th

e A

merican

s

w

ith D

isabilities A

ct of 1990) shall be an essential p

art of h

ig

hw

ay

con

stru

ctio

n,

utility w

ork, m

aintenance operations, and the m

anagem

ent of traffic incidents.

7. S

ig

n sh

eetin

g sh

all b

e o

f an

ap

pro

ved

ty

pe an

d listed

in

P

ub

licatio

n 3

5 (B

ulletin

1

5).

S

heeting for freew

ays and expressw

ays shall be fluorescent orange.

1. A

ll distances m

ay be adjusted slightly to fit field conditions.

13. O

range flags or flashing w

arning lights m

ay be used in conjunction w

ith signs.

SH

EE

T 1

OF

4

8. A

ll w

arn

in

g sig

n co

lo

rs sh

all h

av

e o

ran

ge b

ack

gro

un

d an

d b

lack

b

ord

er an

d leg

en

ds

unless otherw

ise specified.

5.

Th

e E

ME

RG

EN

CY

AH

EA

D (

W2

5-1

),

SU

RV

EY

CR

EW

(W

21

-6

),

MO

WIN

G N

EX

T (

) M

IL

ES

(W

21

-1

4) a

nd

B

RID

GE

IN

SP

EC

TIO

N A

HE

AD

(W

21

-1

1) sig

ns m

ay

b

e u

sed

as an

altern

ate to

th

e R

OA

D W

OR

K A

HE

AD

sign (W

20-1) or R

OA

D W

OR

K N

EX

T ( ) M

IL

ES

(G

20-1) w

here appropriate.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

GENERAL N

OTES, TAB

LES AND LE

GEND

PA

GE

2 O

F 1

13

9. A

ll w

orkers including flaggers shall w

ear a high

-v

isib

ility flu

orescen

t o

rang

e

or yellow

-green apparel w

ith retroreflective m

aterial that m

eets the latest A

NS

I/IS

EA

p

ub

licatio

n en

titled

A

merican

N

atio

nal S

tan

dard

fo

r H

ig

h-V

isib

ility

S

afety

A

pp

arel an

d

H

eadw

ear for C

lass 2 risk exposure anytim

e day or night. C

lass 3 high-visibility apparel

sh

ou

ld

b

e co

nsid

ered

fo

r ad

ditio

nal flag

ger v

isib

ility

at n

ig

ht. D

urin

g in

clem

en

t w

eath

er,

h

ig

h-v

isib

ility

flu

orescen

t rain

g

ear m

ay

b

e u

sed

. If F

HW

A am

en

ds o

r m

od

ifies th

eir reg

ulatio

n,

th

e am

en

dm

en

t w

ill tak

e effect o

n th

e d

ate sp

ecified

b

y F

HW

A.

Worker -

11

. F

or g

uid

erail d

eflectio

n d

istan

ces refer to

P

UB

1

3M

(D

M-2

) D

esig

n M

an

ual 2

in

C

hap

ter 1

2

T

able 12.3 (E

nglish) G

uide R

ail and M

edian B

arrier S

ystem

s page 12-10 and for tem

porary

barrier see A

ppendix B

.

12. A

second shadow

vehicle w

ith a truck m

ounted attenuator shall be used w

hen directed by the

A

ssistan

t D

istrict E

xecu

tiv

e fo

r M

ain

ten

an

ce fo

r b

rid

ge in

sp

ectio

n team

s w

hile o

n lim

ited

access

highw

ay bridges.

E

merg

en

cy

an

d in

cid

en

t resp

on

ders an

d law

en

fo

rcem

en

t p

erso

nn

el w

ith

in

th

e T

TC

zo

ne m

ay

w

ear

H

igh-V

isibility P

ublic S

afety V

ests that m

eets the perform

ance requirem

ents of the

A

NS

I/S

EA

207-2006 (see S

ection 1A

.11), or equivalent revisions, and labeled as A

NS

I 207-2006,

in lieu of A

NS

/IS

EA

107-2004 apparel.

10. A

ll flaggers at m

inim

um

shall have training as per the m

ost current version of P

ublication 408,

S

ectio

n 9

01

.3

F

lag

ger T

rain

in

g.

A p

erso

n o

n fo

ot w

ho

se d

uties p

lace h

im

o

r h

er w

ith

in

th

e rig

ht-o

f-w

ay

o

f a street o

r

highw

ay, such as highw

ay construction and m

aintenance forces, survey crew

s, utility crew

s,

resp

on

ders to

in

cid

en

ts w

ith

in

th

e street o

r h

ig

hw

ay

rig

ht-o

f-w

ay

, an

d law

enforcem

ent personnel w

hen directing traffic, investigating crashes, and handling lane

closures, obstructed roadw

ays, and disasters w

ithin the right-of-w

ay of a street or

hig

hw

ay

.

Page 10: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

GE

NE

RA

LS

HE

ET

2 O

F 4

GE

NE

RA

L N

OT

ES

(C

ON

TIN

UE

D)

(3) W

orkers are not perm

itted to park their vehicles w

ithin the highw

ay right-of-w

ay in a m

anner that com

prom

ises the safety

of w

orkers, pedestrians or the traveling public.

17. N

either w

ork activity nor storage of equipm

ent, vehicles, or m

aterial should occur w

ithin a buffer space.

15

. D

efin

itio

ns:

a. U

rban S

treet - A

type of street norm

ally characterized by relatively low

speeds, w

ide ranges of traffic volum

es, narrow

er lanes,

frequent intersections and drivew

ays, significant pedestrian traffic, and m

ore businesses and houses.

at m

ajo

r in

tersectio

ns.

(b) If the w

ork area is such that flagging operations are necessary, the flaggers m

ay begin

flag

gin

g operation

s after the

ad

van

ce w

arn

in

g sig

ns are in

p

lace. O

th

erw

ise, th

e in

stallatio

n o

f ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices at th

e w

ork

area can

b

eg

in

after the placem

ent of the advance w

arning signs. T

hese devices should also be installed in the direction of travel.

(d

) A

fter w

ork

is co

mp

leted

, th

e w

ork

zo

ne traffic co

ntro

l sch

em

e m

ay

b

e d

ism

an

tled

. T

he ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices w

hich

su

rro

un

d

the w

ork site should be rem

oved first, in reverse order as it w

as installed (opposite the flow

of traffic), follow

ed by

flaggers w

hich m

ay have been used. T

he w

ork area signing m

ay then be rem

oved and norm

al traffic patterns restored.

(c) If available, a shadow

vehicle m

ay be placed betw

een approaching traffic and the w

orkers w

ho are installing channelizing devices

around the w

ork area. A

fter channelizing devices are installed, the vehicle m

ay be rem

oved or m

oved inside the w

ork area

and w

ork m

ay begin.

(2) If site conditions prevent equipm

ent, vehicles and m

aterial from

being stored as indicated in paragraph (1), or if these item

s are

p

laced

fo

r u

se o

r o

peratio

n o

n o

r n

ear th

e h

ig

hw

ay

su

rface w

ith

in

th

e w

ork

zo

ne, th

en

b

arricad

es, d

ru

ms o

r o

th

er p

ro

tectiv

e

d

ev

ices sh

all b

e p

laced

aro

un

d th

e eq

uip

men

t, v

eh

icles an

d m

aterial sto

rag

e site, to

w

arn

an

d p

ro

tect th

e trav

elin

g p

ub

lic

consistent w

ith this publication.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

GENERAL N

OTES, TAB

LES AND LE

GEND

d

. B

uffer S

pace - A

sp

ace clear o

f eq

uip

men

t, v

eh

icles, w

ork

ers o

r m

aterials as sh

ow

n o

n fig

ures as d

istan

ce E

.

b

. E

xp

ressw

ay

- A

d

iv

id

ed

arterial h

ig

hw

ay

fo

r th

ro

ug

h traffic w

ith

p

artial co

ntro

l o

f access an

d g

en

erally

w

ith

g

rad

e sep

aratio

ns

c. F

reew

ay

- A

lim

ited

access h

ig

hw

ay

to

w

hich

th

e o

nly

m

ean

s o

f in

gress an

d eg

ress is b

y in

terch

an

ge ram

ps.

e. R

oll A

head

S

pace - P

ro

vid

e a 1

00

’ to

2

50

’ sp

ace b

etw

een

th

e sh

ad

ow

v

eh

icle an

d th

e w

ork

sp

ace in

a clo

sed

lan

e

T

his sp

ace sh

all b

e clear o

f eq

uip

men

t, v

eh

icles, m

aterials o

r w

ork

ers.

f. S

hadow

vehicle - A

vehicle positioned in the activity area in the advance of a w

ork vehicle to provide advance inform

ation

to approaching drivers or protection for the w

orkers or w

ork vehicle.

PA

GE

3 O

F 1

13

14. T

raffic C

ones shall only be used during short term

operations.

16. E

quipm

ent, vehicle and m

aterial storage.

(1

) E

xcep

t as in

dicated

in

p

arag

rap

h (2

), at th

e en

d o

f th

e w

ork

day

, an

d w

hen

ev

er p

ractical d

urin

g th

e w

ork

day

, b

ased

on actual site conditions, equipm

ent, vehicles and m

aterial shall be stored a m

inim

um

of 30 feet from

the edge

of the nearest open travel lane or they shall be adequately stored behind a longitudinal (including guiderail) barrier,

or m

ore than 2 feet behind the curb. D

esign M

anual 2, C

hapter 12, T

able 12.3 presents m

inim

um

unobstructed

d

istan

ces th

at sh

all b

e m

ain

tain

ed

b

eh

in

d v

ario

us g

uid

erail sy

stem

s an

d refer to

A

pp

en

dix

B

fo

r tem

po

rary

b

arrier

d

eflectio

n d

istan

ces.

18

. G

uid

elin

es fo

r in

stallatio

n an

d rem

ov

al o

f traffic co

ntro

l setu

ps.

(a) R

eq

uired

ad

van

ce w

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

ou

ld

b

e in

stalled

first so

th

at p

ro

tectio

n is p

ro

vid

ed

w

hen

ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices are

installed near the w

ork area. If w

ork zone signing is necessary for both directions of travel, sign installation should

begin w

ith the advance w

arning sign located furtherm

ost from

the w

ork area and on the side of the roadw

ay opposite the

w

ork area, sign installation should proceed dow

n the roadw

ay tow

ard the w

ork area. A

fter the necessary signs are erected

on the side of the roadw

ay opposite the w

ork area, sign installation m

ay begin for the other direction of travel, beginning

w

ith the sign furtherm

ost from

the w

ork area. In the process of installing the w

ork zone signing, existing signs w

ith

conflicting m

essages shall be com

pletely covered, rem

oved or m

odified.

Page 11: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"
Page 12: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

GE

NE

RA

L

MP

H

65

65

65

55

55

55

50

MP

H

S

40

40

45

45

45

50

50

55

45

40

30

35

Work

Area

Speed

Lim

it

-----

45

45

45

50

50

50

55

55

35

35

35

40

40

40

40

45

45

45

50

50

55

30

30

30

35

35

35

35

40

40

40

45

45

50

25

30

25

30

35

30

35

40

35

40

45

45

50

1st

Advisory S

peed

in

A

dv

an

ce o

f th

e W

ork

A

rea

55

55

55

50*

45*

40*

35*

35*

30*

30*

25*

25*

Signs from

B

eginning

of W

ork A

rea

4th

3rd

2n

d

TA

BL

E 4

.

AD

VIS

OR

Y S

PE

ED

FO

R F

RE

EW

AY

S A

ND

EX

PR

ES

SW

AY

S

Merg

in

g T

ap

er

Sh

iftin

g T

ap

er

Shoulder T

aper

On

e-L

an

e, T

wo

-W

ay

T

raffic T

ap

er

Do

wn

stream

T

ap

er

L M

in

.

0.5

L M

in

.

0.3

3L

M

in

10

0’ M

ax

.

100’ M

ax./L

ane

Ty

pe o

f T

ap

er

L

TA

BL

E 3

.

OT

HE

R T

AP

ER

LE

NG

TH

S

40

M

PH

o

r less

L =

WS

60

2

45

M

PH

o

r m

ore

L =

WS

W =

w

idth of offset in feet

SL

TA

BL

E 1

.

FO

RM

UL

AS

FO

R D

ET

ER

MIN

IN

G

TA

PE

R L

EN

GT

HS

MP

H

25S

10

11

12

10

11

12

10

11

12

10

11

12

10

11

12

30

35

40

45

50

10

11

12

55

10

11

12

60

10

11

12W

(ft)

L

65

10

11

12

(ft)

10

0

11

0

13

0

15

0

17

0

18

0

20

0

22

0

25

0

27

0

29

0

32

0

45

0

50

0

54

0

50

0

55

0

60

0

55

0

61

0

66

0

60

0

66

0

72

0

65

0

72

0

78

0

W =

w

idth of offset in feet

ME

RG

IN

G T

AP

ER

LE

NG

TH

TA

BL

E 2

.

Panel T

ype

A B C D

Size (inches)

48

x2

4

60

x3

0

96

x4

8

Len

gth

o

f A

rro

w=

48

Width of A

rrow

head=

24

Ap

plicatio

n

Lo

w-sp

eed

u

rb

an

Typically 25-30 M

PH

Freew

ay

an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

Other high-speed, high-volum

e roadw

ays

Ty

pically

4

5 M

PH

o

r g

reater

Low

-speed urban, typically 25-30 M

PH

Sh

ort-term

w

ork

n

ot to

ex

ceed

o

ne d

ay

lig

ht p

erio

d

For use on authorized vehicles only

TA

BL

E 5

.

FL

AS

HIN

G A

RR

OW

PA

NE

L G

UID

EL

IN

ES

Interm

ediate-speed facility, typically 35-40 M

PH

and M

obile O

perations

SH

EE

T 4

OF

4

W

ork area sp

eed

lim

its less than

2

5 M

PH

or a red

uctio

n o

f m

ore th

an

1

0 M

PH

b

elo

w

the norm

al speed lim

it should be used only

wh

en

req

uired

b

y restrictiv

e featu

res in

the w

ork zone and require prior approval.

See P

ublication 212 for further guidelines.

*

**

**

**

**

T

ype A

, B

and C

arrow

panels shall have solid rectangular appearances. T

he T

ype D

arrow

panel shall conform

to the shape of the arrow

.

**

***

***

The use of advisory speed plaques are

op

tio

nal.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

GENERAL N

OTES, TAB

LES AND LE

GEND

S =

N

orm

al P

osted

sp

eed

L

im

it

in

C

alcu

latin

g T

ap

er L

en

gth

s

PA

GE

5 O

F 1

13

lalentz
Stamp
lalentz
Stamp
Page 13: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

45

CL

OS

ED

1500 F

T

RIG

HT

LA

NE

45

CL

OS

ED

1500 F

T

RIGH

T LA

NE

Edge of

See N

ote

3

See N

ote

5

CL

OS

ED

15

00

FT

RIG

HT

LA

NE

Edge of

See N

ote

3

45

See N

ote

6

CL

OS

ED

15

00

FT

RIG

HT

LA

NE

Edge of

45

See N

ote

6

See N

ote

3

Supports

Vary

Supports

Vary

SIG

NS

MO

UN

TE

D

ON

PO

RT

AB

LE

SU

PP

OR

TS

SIG

NS

MO

UN

TE

D

ON

TY

PE

III B

AR

RIC

AD

ES

PO

ST

MO

UN

TE

D S

IG

NS

RURAL AREAS URBAN AREAS NOTES

Sig

ns lo

cated

o

n b

oth

th

e left an

d rig

ht sid

es o

f a ro

ad

way

sh

all co

nfo

rm

w

ith

th

ese g

uid

elin

es.

The supplem

ental plaque m

ay also be centered under the sign.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

MH

P

MP

H

MH

P

MH

P

Within w

ork zones, it is som

etim

es necessary or desirable to position signs w

ithin the roadw

ay itself. A

ll signs erected

Higher m

ounting heights are desirable and m

ay be necessary w

here construction equipm

ent, m

aterial, or other obstructions

su

ch

as p

ark

in

g o

r p

ed

estrian

activ

ity

are p

resen

t.

The length of T

ype III barricade rails shall equal or exceed the w

idest horizontal dim

ension of the w

idest sign installed

In

u

rb

an

areas, a clearan

ce o

f 1

’ fro

m th

e cu

rb

face is p

erm

issib

le w

here sid

ew

alk

w

id

th

is lim

ited

o

r w

here ex

istin

g p

oles

are close to the curb.

on

th

e b

arricad

e o

r a m

in

im

um

o

f 4

’ w

hich

ev

er is larg

er.

Desir

ab

le

6’-12’

2’ M

in.

5’ Min

4’ Min

2’ M

in.

Desir

ab

le

6’-12’

3’ Min

5’ Min

2’ M

in.

3’ Min

7’ Min

6’ Min

7’ Min

2’ M

in.

1’ M

in.

1’ M

in.

2’ M

in.

Desir

ab

le

6’-12’

2’ M

in.

PA

TA

Sig

n L

ay

ou

t

(S

ee N

ote

7)

See N

ote

5

7.

Po

rtab

le sig

n su

pp

ort sh

all o

nly

b

e u

sed

d

urin

g sh

ort term

o

peratio

n.

with

in

a ro

ad

way

o

r a sh

ou

ld

er sh

all b

e m

ou

nted

o

n p

ortab

le su

pp

orts o

r T

yp

e III b

arricad

es.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

G

U

I

D

E

L

I

N

E

S

F

O

R

H

E

I

G

H

T

A

N

D

L

A

T

E

R

A

L

P

L

A

C

E

M

E

N

T

F

O

R

W

O

R

K

Z

O

N

E

S

I

G

N

S

Traveled Way

Edge of Traveled Way

Edge of Traveled Way

Traveled

Way

Traveled

Way

Edge of Traveled Way

PA

GE

6 O

F 1

13

Page 14: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

Barrier T

ran

sitio

n

LC

LC

OR

TH

OG

RA

PH

IC

VIE

W

Atten

uatin

g D

ev

ice

or 3

2" B

arrier

50

" B

arrier

EL

EV

AT

IO

N

32" to 50"

Transition B

arrier

32" to 50"

Transition B

arrier

Notes:

1. T

ran

sitio

n m

ust b

e u

sed

w

hen

th

e fo

llo

win

g ex

ist:

a) W

hen

an

atten

uatin

g d

ev

ice is u

sed

to shield blunt end of 50" high barrier.

b) W

hen transitioning from

50" to 32"

high barrier.

2. S

ee R

C-57M

, sheet 6 in P

ennD

ot S

tandards (P

ub 72M

)

for additional details.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

3

2

"

T

O

5

0

"

C

O

N

C

R

E

T

E

B

A

R

R

I

E

R

T

R

A

N

S

I

T

I

O

N

PA

GE

7 O

F 1

13

Page 15: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"
Page 16: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"
Page 17: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

*

AN

Y

WO

RK

ZO

NE

HE

AD

LIG

HT

S

TU

RN

ON

ST

AT

E L

AW

W

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

ZO

NE

WH

EN

FL

AS

HIN

GIN

CR

EA

SE

D P

EN

AL

TIE

S

WO

RK

ZO

NE

H

E

A

D

L

I

G

H

T

S

TU

RN

ON

ST

AT

E L

AW

e. T

he w

ork is in response to em

ergency w

ork or conditions such as a m

ajor storm

.

EN

D

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

ZO

NE

EN

D

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

ZO

NE

First sig

n

approaching

th

e w

ork

zo

ne

First sig

n

approaching

th

e w

ork

zo

ne

250’ M

in.

1000’ M

ax.

250’ M

in.

1000’ M

ax.S

I

G

N

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

AN

Y

R22-1

48" x 36" M

in.

R22-1

48" x 36" M

in.

AC

T 2

29

GU

ID

EL

IN

ES

1. T

he in

stallatio

n o

f th

e R

22

-1

, W

21

-1

9 an

d W

21

-2

0 sig

ns an

d th

e flash

in

g w

hite lig

hts are n

ot

required for any of the follow

ing situations:

2. W

hen used, erect the R

22-1 S

ign as the first sign on each prim

ary approach to the w

ork zone,

g

en

erally

at a d

istan

ce o

f 2

50

’ to

1

00

0’ p

rio

r to

th

e first w

arn

in

g sig

n.

c. S

tatio

nary

w

ork

w

here th

e d

aily

d

uratio

n o

f th

e co

nstru

ctio

n, m

ain

ten

an

ce, o

r u

tility

o

peratio

n is less th

an

1

2 h

ou

rs an

d all traffic-co

ntro

l d

ev

ices are rem

ov

ed

fro

m th

e h

ig

hw

ay

at th

e co

mp

letio

n o

f th

e d

aily

o

peratio

n.

W21-19

W21-19

W21-20

W2

1-2

0

a. M

ob

ile o

peratio

ns.

b

. O

peratio

ns 1

h

ou

r o

r less in

d

uratio

n.

AC

T 2

29

W

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

ZO

NE

WH

EN

FL

AS

HIN

GIN

CR

EA

SE

D P

EN

AL

TIE

S

Type B

White L

ight

Type B

White L

ight

250’

250’

d. T

he norm

al speed lim

it is 45 M

PH

or less.

Work Z

one

3. W

hen used, erect the W

21-19 S

ign as close as practical to the beginning of the active w

ork zone.

4. W

hen

a co

nstru

ctio

n, m

ain

ten

an

ce o

r u

tillity

p

ro

ject h

as m

ore th

an

o

ne activ

e w

ork

zo

ne an

d th

e

activ

e w

ork

zo

nes are sep

arated

b

y a d

istan

ce o

f m

ore th

an

1

m

ile, sig

ns fo

r each

activ

e w

ork

zone shall be erected.

6. W

hen

th

e w

ork

zo

ne is o

n an

ex

pressw

ay

o

r freew

ay

, ap

pro

priate A

ct 2

29

sig

nin

g an

d lig

hts sh

all

be installed at on-ram

p approaches to the w

ork zone.

5. T

he W

21

-1

9 lig

ht sh

all b

e activ

ated

o

nly

w

hen

w

ork

ers are p

resen

t, an

d d

eactiv

ated

w

hen

w

ork

ers

are not anticipated during the next 60 m

inutes.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

A

C

T

2

2

9

G

U

I

D

E

L

I

N

E

S

PA

GE

10 O

F 1

13

Page 18: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

5

NO

TE

S

4. F

or operations 60 m

inutes or less, all traffic control devices m

ay be elim

inated if a vehicle

w

ith

an

activ

ated

flash

in

g o

r rev

olv

in

g y

ello

w lig

ht is u

sed

.

A

3. T

he W

20-1 S

ign m

ay be replaced w

ith other appropriate signs (L

ow

S

houlder sign, N

o G

uide R

ail

sign, and so forth).

W

O

R

K

ROAD

W2

0-1

D M

ax

.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

A

D

J

A

C

E

N

T

T

O

A

N

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

Edge of any roadw

ay

2. F

or d

iv

id

ed

h

ig

hw

ay

s an

d o

ne-w

ay

h

ig

hw

ay

s w

here it is p

hy

sically

p

ossib

le, ad

van

ce w

arn

in

g

sig

ns sh

ou

ld

also

b

e p

laced

o

n th

e left-h

an

d sid

e o

f th

e ro

ad

way

.

1. T

raffic control devices are not required if the w

ork space is outside the highw

ay right-of-w

ay,

behind barrier, m

ore than 2’ behind curb, or 15’ or m

ore from

the edge of any roadw

ay.

*

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

=

2

00

ft. an

d sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

"A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 3: F

or F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays

A

=

1

00

0 ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft. o

r "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es norm

al speed lim

it

Required on F

reew

ays and E

xp

ressw

ay

s

bu

t O

ptio

nal fo

r A

ll O

th

er H

ig

hw

ay

s, N

ot

Req

uired

if n

ote 1

ap

plies (see n

ote 5

)

5. S

hadow

vehicle shall be equipped w

ith a T

ruck M

ounted A

ttenuator (T

MA

) on E

xpressw

ays and

F

reew

ays. U

se of a T

MA

is O

ptional on all other H

ighw

ays w

hen a shadow

vehicle is used.

PA

GE

11 O

F 1

13

Page 19: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

6

NO

TE

S

4. F

or operations 60 m

inutes or less, all traffic control devices m

ay be elim

inated if a vehicle

w

ith

an

activ

ated

flash

in

g o

r rev

olv

in

g y

ello

w lig

ht is u

sed

.

Edge of any roadw

ay

3. F

or d

iv

id

ed

h

ig

hw

ay

s an

d o

ne-w

ay

h

ig

hw

ay

s w

here it is p

hy

sically

p

ossib

le, ad

van

ce w

arn

in

g

signs should also be placed on the left-hand side of the roadw

ay.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

M

O

B

I

L

E

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

A

D

J

A

C

E

N

T

T

O

A

N

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

NE

XT

MIL

ES

RO

AD

WO

RK

2. T

raffic control devices are not required if the w

ork space is outside the highw

ay right-of-w

ay,

behind barrier, m

ore than 2’ behind curb, or 15’ or m

ore from

the edge of any roadw

ay.

1. T

his figure applies for operations that m

ove interm

ittently or continuously at an average speed

of m

ore than 1 M

PH

(88 ft/m

in).

Min

.A

G20-1

60

" x

3

0"

5. F

or a w

ork area greater than 3 m

iles, a second G

20-1 sign m

ay be installed at the end of the

first 3

m

ile seg

men

t.

*

3 m

iles M

ax.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 3

: F

or freew

ay

s an

d ex

pressw

ay

s

A

=

1

00

0 ft.

Required on F

reew

ays an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s

bu

t O

ptio

nal fo

r A

ll O

th

er H

ig

hw

ay

s, N

ot

Req

uired

if n

ote 2

ap

plies (see n

ote 6

)

6. S

hadow

vehicle shall be equipped w

ith a T

ruck M

ounted A

ttenuator (T

MA

) on E

xpressw

ays and

F

reew

ay

s. U

se o

f a T

MA

is O

ptio

nal o

n all o

th

er H

ig

hw

ay

s w

hen

a sh

ad

ow

v

eh

icle is u

sed

.

PA

GE

12 O

F 1

13

Page 20: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

7

NO

TE

S

A

WO

RK

R

O

A

D

D M

ax

.

10

’ M

in

.

W2

0-1

A

3. F

or operations of 15 m

inutes or less:

WORK

R

O

A

D

W2

0-1

a. T

he W

20

-1

S

ig

n is n

ot req

uired

.

4. A

dd

itio

nal sig

ns m

ay

b

e ap

pro

priate (R

oad

N

arro

ws sig

n, N

o G

uid

e R

ail sig

n, an

d so

fo

rth

).

1. If th

e w

ork

area is co

mp

letely

w

ith

in

a p

ark

in

g lan

e an

d p

ark

in

g is p

resen

t, th

e tap

er o

r

the vehicle w

ith an activated or revolving yellow

light is not required.

b

. A

ll ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices m

ay

b

e elim

in

ated

if a v

eh

icle w

ith

an

activ

ated

flash

in

g o

r

revolving yellow

light is present in advance of the w

ork space.

*

*S

ee G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

1/3

L

M

in

.

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

6 devices M

in.

(typ. for all tapers)

*

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays)

A

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

=

2

00

ft. an

d sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

"A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it

Op

tio

nal, b

ut is

required if N

ote 3

ap

plies.

2. W

hen paved shoulders having a w

idth of 8’ or m

ore are closed, channelizing devices should

b

e u

sed

to

clo

se th

e sh

ou

ld

er.

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

A

L

L

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

S

E

X

C

E

P

T

F

R

E

E

W

A

Y

S

A

N

D

E

X

P

R

E

S

S

W

A

Y

S

-

M

I

N

O

R

E

N

C

R

O

A

C

H

M

E

N

T

PA

GE

13 O

F 1

13

Page 21: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

8

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

M

A

J

O

R

E

N

C

R

O

A

C

H

M

E

N

T

NO

TE

S

A

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

W2

0-1

A

W

O

R

K

RO

AD

W2

0-1

Optional

10

’ M

in

.

10

’ M

in

. to

ed

ge o

f

pav

em

en

t o

r o

utsid

e

ed

ge o

f sh

ou

ld

er

1. W

here traffic is required to use a shoulder, it m

ust be a paved shoulder that is in good

co

nd

itio

n b

oth

d

urin

g th

e p

erio

d it is b

ein

g u

sed

b

y traffic an

d also

after th

e w

ork

is

co

mp

leted

.

50’

Max.

(S

ee N

ote 2

)

1/3 L

M

in. E

3. P

ark

in

g sh

all b

e p

ro

hib

ited

w

here req

uired

. C

oo

rd

in

ate w

ith

lo

cal au

th

orities.

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

2. W

hen

p

av

ed

sh

ou

ld

ers h

av

in

g a w

id

th

o

f 8

ft o

r m

ore are clo

sed

, ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

to

clo

se th

e sh

ou

ld

er in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e sh

iftin

g tap

er.

50’ M

in. to 100’ M

ax.

6 devices M

in.

(typ. for all tapers)

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

*

Distances m

ay be increased for

dow

ngrades or other conditions

th

at affect sto

pp

in

g sig

ht

distance.

*

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ays

(ex

cep

t f

reew

ay

an

d e

xp

ressw

ay

)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

42

5

49

5

15

5

20

0

25

0

30

5

36

0*(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

=

2

00

ft. an

d sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

"A

HE

AD

"

(typ. all tapers)

**

**� L

**

**

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables,

an

d L

eg

en

d D

raw

in

g fo

r

Taper L

ength

(L

).

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

GE

14 O

F 1

13

Page 22: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

T

H

E

C

E

N

T

E

R

O

F

T

H

E

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

WO

RK

R

O

A

D

A

10

’ M

in

. to

ed

ge o

f

pav

em

en

t o

r o

utsid

e

ed

ge o

f sh

ou

ld

er

A

WORK

R

O

A

D

10

’ M

in

. to

ed

ge o

f

pav

em

en

t o

r o

utsid

e

ed

ge o

f sh

ou

ld

er

R4

-7

NO

TE

S

1. W

here traffic is required to use a shoulder, it m

ust be a paved shoulder that is in good

condition both during the period it is being used by traffic and also after the w

ork is

co

mp

leted

.

R4-7

2. T

he lanes on either side of the center w

ork space should have a m

inim

um

w

idth of 10 ft as

m

easured from

the near edge of the channelizing devices to the edge of pavem

ent or the

outside edge of paved shoulder.

D M

ax.

W2

0-1

W2

0-1

E

E

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

4. P

ark

in

g sh

all b

e p

ro

hib

ited

w

here req

uired

. C

oo

rd

in

ate w

ith

lo

cal au

th

orities.

24" x 30"

24

" x

3

0"

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

250’to 500’

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

=

2

00

ft. an

d sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

"A

HE

AD

"

Distances m

ay be increased for

dow

ngrades or other conditions

th

at affect sto

pp

in

g sig

ht

distance.

*

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ays

(except

freew

ay a

nd e

xpressw

ay)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

100

110

50

60

70

80

90

42

5

49

5

15

5

20

0

25

0

30

5

36

0*

**

**

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

3. F

or o

peratio

ns 1

5 m

in

utes o

r less, ch

an

nelizin

g devices m

ay b

e elim

inated if a v

eh

icle w

ith

an

activ

ated

flash

in

g o

r rev

olv

in

g y

ello

w lig

ht is p

resen

t in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e w

ork

area an

d

tw

o, 1

0 ft m

in

im

um

w

id

th

lan

es can

b

e m

ain

tain

ed

p

ast th

e w

ork

area.

Op

tio

nal, b

ut is

required if N

ote 3

ap

plies.

PA

TA

9a S

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

**

6 devices M

in.

(typ. for all tapers)

PA

GE

15 O

F 1

13

Page 23: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

A

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

NO

TE

S

W2

0-1

D M

ax

.

48

" x

4

8"

Optional

CB

**

AB

CE

� L

M

in

.*

Install tem

porary

white edge line

W1

-4

L

10

’ M

in

.

R4

-7

24" x 30"

Install tem

porary

double yellow

line

E

� L

M

in.

10

’ M

in

.

48

" x

4

8"

W1-4L

*

48" x 48"

W1-4R

LA

NE

SHIFT

W5-5

In

stall tem

po

rary

wh

ite ed

ge lin

e

� D

M

ax.

(typ. all tapers)

WO

RK

R

O

A

D

W2

0-1

48" x 48"

W1-4R

L

A

N

E

S

H

I

F

T

W5-5

*

*

**

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

5-5

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft.

C

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

an

d C

=

2

00

ft. an

d sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

"A

HE

AD

"

2. T

ravel lanes shall have a m

inim

um

w

idth of 10 feet as m

easured from

the near edge of the channelizing

devices to the edge of pavem

ent or the outside edge of paved shoulder.

1. W

here traffic is required to use a shoulder, it m

ust be a paved shoulder that is in good condition

b

oth

d

urin

g th

e p

erio

d it is b

ein

g u

sed

b

y traffic an

d also

after th

e w

ork

is co

mp

leted

.

3. P

ark

in

g sh

all b

e p

ro

hib

ited

w

here req

uired

. C

oo

rd

in

ate w

ith

lo

cal au

th

orities.

5. R

em

ov

e co

nflictin

g p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs.

4. If w

ork area is in a passing zone, apply a tem

porary double yellow

line over the passing zone

m

ark

in

gs o

n th

e ap

pro

ach

es to

th

e w

ork

area, in

stall R

4-1

D

O N

OT

P

AS

S sig

ns, 2

4"x

3

0", an

d

cover any conflicting signs indicating a passing zone.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

T

H

E

C

E

N

T

E

R

O

F

T

H

E

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

PA

TA

9a L

1See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

Distances m

ay be increased for

do

wn

grad

es o

r o

th

er co

nd

itio

ns

that affect stopping sight

distance.

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ays

(except

freew

ay a

nd e

xpressw

ay)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

42

5

49

5

15

5

20

0

25

0

30

5

36

0

*

*

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

GE

16 O

F 1

13

Page 24: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

A

WORK

R

O

A

D

NO

TE

S

W2

0-1

D M

ax

.

48" x 48"

Optional

CB

AB

C

Install tem

porary

wh

ite ed

ge lin

e

W1-4L

10

’ M

in

.

Install tem

porary

double yellow

line

E

� L

M

in

.

48" x 48"

W1

-4

L

L

A

N

E

SHIFT

W5-5

WORK

RO

AD

W2

0-1

48

" x

4

8"

W1-4R

LA

NE

S

H

I

F

T

W5-5

**

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

5-5

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft.

C

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

2. T

rav

el lan

es sh

all h

av

e a m

in

im

um

w

id

th

o

f 1

0 feet as m

easu

red

fro

m th

e n

ear ed

ge o

f th

e ch

an

nelizin

g

devices to the edge of pavem

ent or the outside edge of paved shoulder.

1. W

here traffic is required to use a shoulder, it m

ust be a paved shoulder that is in good condition

b

oth

d

urin

g th

e p

erio

d it is b

ein

g u

sed

b

y traffic an

d also after th

e w

ork

is co

mp

leted

.

3. P

ark

in

g sh

all b

e p

ro

hib

ited

w

here req

uired

. C

oo

rd

in

ate w

ith

lo

cal au

th

orities.

5. R

em

ov

e co

nflictin

g p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs.

4. If w

ork area is in a passing zone, apply a tem

porary double yellow

line over the passing zone

m

ark

in

gs o

n th

e ap

pro

ach

es to

th

e w

ork

area, in

stall R

4-1

D

O N

OT

P

AS

S sig

ns, 2

4"x

3

0", an

d

co

ver an

y co

nflictin

g sig

ns in

dicatin

g a p

assin

g zo

ne.

PA

TA

9a L

2

* 48

" x

4

8"

W1

-4

R

� D

M

ax.

(typ. all

tap

ers)

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

Install tem

porary

wh

ite ed

ge lin

e

See note 6

**

� L

M

in

.

Distan

ces m

ay

b

e in

creased

fo

r

do

wn

grad

es o

r o

th

er co

nd

itio

ns

that affect stopping sight

distance.

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ays

(except

freew

ay a

nd e

xpressw

ay)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

42

5

49

5

15

5

20

0

25

0

30

5

36

0

*

*

6. W

here ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices are u

sed

in

stead

o

f p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs fo

r ed

ge lin

es, th

e sp

acin

g sh

all

be � D

M

ax.

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

T

H

E

L

E

F

T

O

R

R

I

G

H

T

S

I

D

E

O

F

T

H

E

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

7. W

hen paved shoulders having a w

idth of 8 ft or m

ore are closed, channelizing devices

should be used to close the shoulder in advance of the shifting taper.

**

PA

GE

17 O

F 1

13

Page 25: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

9b

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

T

H

E

C

E

N

T

E

R

O

F

A

N

I

N

T

E

R

S

E

C

T

I

O

N

A

A

A

A

WO

RK

R

O

A

D

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

R4-7

R4-7

R4-7

R4

-7

NO

TE

S

1. F

or operations 15 m

inutes or less in duration, channelizing devices m

ay be elim

inated

if a vehicle w

ith an activated flashing or revolving yellow

light is present in the w

ork

area.

4. L

eft tu

rn

s m

ay

b

e p

ro

hib

ited

as req

uired

b

y g

eo

metric co

nd

itio

ns.

2. A

ll lan

es sh

ou

ld

b

e a m

in

im

um

o

f 1

0 ft in

w

id

th

as m

easu

red

to

th

e n

ear face o

f th

e

ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ice.

W2

0-1

W2

0-1

W2

0-1

W2

0-1

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

24

" x

3

0"

24

" x

3

0"

24" x 30"

3. W

hen vehicular traffic does not include longer and w

ider heavy com

mercial vehicles, a

m

in

im

um

lan

e w

id

th

o

f 9

ft m

ay

b

e u

sed

.

24

" x

3

0"

50’ M

in. to 100’ M

ax.

6 d

ev

ices M

in

.(ty

p. fo

r all tap

ers)

10’Min.

10’Min.

10

’M

in

.

10

’M

in

.

25

0’to

5

00

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

G20-2

36" x 18"

G20-2

36" x 18"

250’to 500’

25

0’to

5

00

250’to 500’

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptional)

�D

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays)

A

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

GE

18 O

F 1

13

Page 26: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

9c

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

S

U

R

V

E

Y

I

N

G

A

L

O

N

G

C

E

N

T

E

R

L

I

N

E

O

F

R

O

A

D

W

I

T

H

L

O

W

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

V

O

L

U

M

E

S

A

W20-7A

SU

RV

EY

CR

EW

W21-6

A

W2

0-7

A

SU

RV

EY

CR

EW

W21-6

Su

rv

ey

or

Su

rv

ey

or

NO

TE

S

D M

ax

.

(ty

p.)

MP

H

25

30

35

DE

ft

ft

50

60

70

15

5

20

0

25

0

10

’ M

in

.

(ty

p.)

E

Distances m

ay be increased for

dow

ngrades or other conditions

th

at affect sto

pp

in

g sig

ht

distance.

E

All H

ighw

ays (except

freew

ay

an

d ex

pressw

ay

)2. A

s show

n on this figure, a flagger should be used to w

arn w

orkers w

ho cannot w

atch road

users.

4. R

oad W

ork A

head S

igns (W

20-1) m

ay be used in place of the S

urvey C

rew

S

igns (W

21-6).

6. A

B

e P

repared T

o S

top S

ign (W

3-4) m

ay be added to the sign series. W

hen used, it should be

lo

cated

b

efo

re th

e W

20

-7

A S

ig

n.

7. C

hannelizing devices m

ay be om

itted for cross-section survey.

8. S

pacin

g o

f ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices sh

ou

ld

n

ot ex

ceed

a d

istan

ce in

feet eq

ual to

� D

w

hen

u

sed

for the taper channelization and a distance in feet equal to D

w

hen used for tangent

channelization.

3. T

his fig

ure sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

o

nly

w

here th

e A

DT

is n

ot g

reater th

an

ap

pro

xim

ately

1

50

0,

o

r th

e av

erag

e 5

-m

in

ute traffic v

olu

me d

urin

g th

e p

erio

d o

f w

ork

is 1

2 v

eh

icles o

r less.

F

or surveying the centerline of a high-volum

e road, one lane shall be closed as show

n

in P

AT

A 10a.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

500 ft.

D

=

2

tim

es n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

and B

=

200 ft.

D

=

2

tim

es n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it

B

B

1. C

on

es sh

ou

ld

b

e p

laced

6

in

ch

es to

1

2 in

ch

es o

n eith

er sid

e o

f th

e cen

terlin

e.

5. If the w

ork is along the shoulder, the flagger and the W

20-7A

sign m

ay be om

itted.

*

*

PA

GE

19 O

F 1

13

Page 27: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Min

.

A

1. A

ll flaggers m

ust be in com

munication w

ith each other.

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

D M

ax

.

NO

TE

S

Flagger

No.1

Flag

ger

No.2

PA

TA

10

a

W2

0-1

W20-7A

200’ M

in.

100’

50

’ M

in

. to

1

00

’ M

ax

.

100’

2. E

ach

flag

ger sh

ou

ld

b

e clearly

v

isib

le to

traffic fo

r a m

in

im

um

d

istan

ce o

f E

.

3. A

t n

ig

ht, flag

ger statio

ns sh

all b

e illu

min

ated

, ex

cep

t in

em

erg

en

cies.

a. T

he W

20-1 and W

20-4 S

igns are not required.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

F

L

A

G

G

I

N

G

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

AW20-7A

WO

RK

R

O

A

D

W2

0-1

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W2

0-4

E

W2

0-4

Distan

ces m

ay

b

e in

creased

fo

r

do

wn

grad

es o

r o

th

er co

nd

itio

ns

that affect stopping sight

distance.

b

. A

ll ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices m

ay

b

e elim

in

ated

if a v

eh

icle w

ith

an

activ

ated

flash

in

g o

r rev

olv

in

g

yellow

light is present in advance of the w

ork space.

Max.

c. T

he W

20-7A

S

ign m

ay be elim

inated if the flagger is clearly visible to traffic for a m

inim

um

distance of E

.6 devices M

in.

(typ. all tapers)

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

CB

BC

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ay

s

(ex

cep

t f

reew

ay

an

d e

xp

ressw

ay

)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

100

110

50

60

70

80

90

425

495

155

200

250

305

360

4. F

or operations of 15 m

inutes or less:

5. T

he buffer space should be extended so that the tw

o-w

ay traffic taper is placed before a horizontal

(or crest vertical) curve to provide adequate sight distance for the flagger and a queue of stopped

vehicles.

6. W

hen a highw

ay-rail grade crossing exists w

ithin the w

ork zone, or it is anticipated that queues

resu

ltin

g fro

m th

e lan

e clo

su

re m

ig

ht ex

ten

d th

ro

ug

h a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g, p

ro

visio

ns sh

all

be m

ade to elim

inate conflicts, w

hich m

ay require placing a flagger at the crossing. C

oordination

w

ith

th

e railro

ad

is essen

tial.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

500 ft., W

20-4 sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

*

Op

tio

nal, b

ut is

required if N

ote 4

ap

plies.

*

*

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

See G

eneral N

otes, sheet 3, note 26.

PA

GE

20 O

F 1

13

Page 28: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

10

b

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

I

N

T

E

R

S

E

C

T

I

O

N

F

L

A

G

G

I

N

G

A

A

1. A

ll flaggers m

ust be in com

munication w

ith each other.

Flagger

No.1

*

A

W20-7A

A

Flag

ger

No.2

W20-7A

a. T

he W

20

-1

S

ig

n is n

ot req

uired

.

W2

0-1

W2

0-7

A

W2

0-1

W2

0-1

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

W2

0-1

W20-7A

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

WO

RK

ROAD

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

W2

0-4

W2

0-4

2. E

ach

flag

ger sh

ou

ld

b

e clearly

v

isib

le to

traffic fo

r a m

in

im

um

d

istan

ce o

f E

.

c. T

he W

20

-7

A S

ig

n m

ay

b

e elim

in

ated

if th

e flag

ger is clearly

visible to traffic for a m

inim

um

distance of E

.

b

. A

ll ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices m

ay

b

e elim

in

ated

if a v

eh

icle w

ith

an activated flashing or revolving yellow

light is present in

advance of the w

ork space.

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

25

0’to

5

00

(ty

p.fo

r all

G20-2 S

igns)

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ays

(except

freew

ay a

nd e

xpressw

ay)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

42

5

49

5

15

5

20

0

25

0

30

5

36

0

Distances m

ay be increased for

do

wn

grad

es o

r o

th

er co

nd

itio

ns

that affect stopping sight

distance.

4. F

or o

peratio

ns o

f 1

5 m

in

utes o

r less:

5. T

he buffer space should be extended so that the tw

o-w

ay traffic

taper is placed before a horizontal (or crest vertical) curve to

provide adequate sight distance for the flagger and a queue of

sto

pp

ed

v

eh

icles.

B

50’ M

in. to 100’ M

ax.

6 D

ev

ices M

in

.

(typ. for all tapers)

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

BC

B

(O

ptio

nal)

CB

D M

ax

.

NO

TE

S

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

500 ft., W

20-4 sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. an

d sig

n distance p

laqu

e to

read

"A

HE

AD

"

Op

tio

nal, b

ut is

required if N

ote 4

ap

plies.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n

Ad

van

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

*

*

E

PA

GE

21 O

F 1

13

3. A

t night, flagger stations shall be illum

inated, except in

em

erg

en

cies. S

ee G

en

eral N

otes, sh

eet 3

, n

ote 2

6.

6. W

hen a highw

ay-rail grade crossing exists w

ithin the w

ork zone, or

it is anticipated that queues resulting from

the lane closure m

ight

extend through a highw

ay-rail grade crossing, provisions shall be

m

ad

e to

elim

in

ate co

nflicts, w

hich

m

ay

req

uire p

lacin

g a flag

ger at

the crossing. C

oordination w

ith the railroad is essential.

7. A

t signalized intersections, contact local m

unicipality for

authorization to place signal into flash m

ode.

Page 29: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

1. T

his fig

ure ap

plies w

hen

all o

f th

e fo

llo

win

g co

nd

itio

ns are satisfied

:

PA

TA

10

c

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

S

I

N

G

L

E

F

L

A

G

G

E

R

A

W20-7A

100’

Point X

a. S

ight distance betw

een the flagger and any vehicle betw

een P

oints X

and Y

w

ill be unobstructed.

c. T

he A

DT

is n

ot g

reater th

an

ap

pro

xim

ately

1

50

0, o

r th

e av

erag

e 5

-m

in

ute traffic v

olu

me d

urin

g th

e

period of w

ork is 12 vehicles or less.

a. T

he W

20

-1 and W

20-4 S

igns are not required.

2. F

lagger should be clearly visible to traffic for a m

inim

um

distance of E

.

W2

0-1

WO

RK

R

O

A

D

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

Point Y

A

W2

0-7

A

W

O

R

K

RO

AD

W2

0-1

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W2

0-4

W2

0-4

D M

ax

.

50

’ M

in

. to

1

00

’ M

ax

.

NO

TE

S

Distances m

ay be increased for

dow

ngrades or other conditions

that affect stopping sight

distance.

E M

in.

(typ.to points X

and Y

)

Unobstructed

sight d

istance

Max

.

c. T

he W

20-7A

S

ign m

ay be elim

inated if the flagger is clearly visible to traffic for a m

inim

um

distance

of E

.

b

. A

ll ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices m

ay

b

e elim

in

ated

if a v

eh

icle w

ith

an

activ

ated

flash

in

g o

r rev

olv

in

g y

ello

w

light is present in advance of the w

ork space.

6 devices M

in.

(typ. for all tapers)

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ays

(except

freew

ay a

nd e

xpressw

ay)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

42

5

49

5

15

5

20

0

25

0

30

5

36

0

(O

ptio

nal)

CB

(O

ptio

nal)

BC

4. F

or o

peratio

ns o

f 1

5 m

in

utes o

r less:

5. W

hen a highw

ay-rail grade crossing exists w

ithin the w

ork zone, or it is anticipated that queues resulting

fro

m th

e lan

e clo

su

re m

ig

ht ex

ten

d th

ro

ug

h a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g, p

ro

visio

ns sh

all b

e m

ad

e to

elim

inate co

nflicts, w

hich

m

ay

req

uire p

lacin

g a flag

ger at the crossin

g. C

oord

inatio

n w

ith th

e railroad

is essen

tial.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

500 ft., W

20-4 sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

Op

tio

nal, b

ut is

req

uired

if N

ote 4

ap

plies.

*

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

25

0’ M

ax

.

*

*

3. A

t n

ig

ht, flag

ger statio

n sh

all b

e illu

min

ated

, ex

cep

t in

em

erg

en

cies. S

ee G

en

eral N

otes, sh

eet 3

, n

ote 2

6.

b. T

he length of the one-lane section (not including any taper) is not greater than approxim

ately 250 ft.

PA

GE

22 O

F 1

13

Page 30: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

10

d

NO

TE

S traffic v

olu

me d

urin

g th

e p

erio

d o

f w

ork

is 1

2 v

eh

icles o

r less.

c. T

he A

DT

is not greater than approxim

ately 1500, or the average 5-m

inute

b. T

he len

gth

o

f th

e o

ne-lan

e sectio

n (n

ot in

clu

din

g an

y tap

er) is n

ot g

reater

a. S

ight distance betw

een the S

top S

igns w

ill be unobstructed.

A2

50

’ M

ax

.100’

A

W

O

R

K

RO

AD

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

WORK

RO

AD

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

ST

OP

R1

-1

W3

-1

W3

-1

ST

OP

R1

-1

Stop S

ign N

o. 1P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

S

T

O

P

S

I

G

N

-

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

L

E

D

L

A

N

E

C

L

O

S

U

R

E

1. T

his fig

ure ap

plies w

hen

all o

f th

e fo

llo

win

g co

nd

itio

ns are satisfied

:

W2

0-4

W2

0-1

W2

0-4

W2

0-1

50

’ M

in

. to

1

00

’ M

ax

.

D M

ax

.

W1

-4

R

RR

ed

L

ig

ht

(O

ptio

nal)

RR

ed

L

ig

ht

(O

ptio

nal)

30

" x

3

0"

30" x 30"

Max.

Sto

p S

ig

n

No

. 2

th

an

ap

pro

xim

ately

2

50

ft.

6 devices M

in.

(typ. for all tapers)

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

30

" x

3

0"

CB

BC

Optional

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

500 ft., W

20-4 sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

*

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

GE

23 O

F 1

13

Page 31: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

10

e

100’

25

0’ M

ax

.A

W

O

R

K

RO

AD

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

Point X

2

Point X

1P

oint Y

2

W3-2

R1-2

YIE

LD

ON

CO

MIN

G

TO

TR

AF

FIC

R1

-2

A

Point Y

1

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

S

E

L

F

-

R

E

G

U

L

A

T

I

N

G

L

A

N

E

C

L

O

S

U

R

E

W1

-4

R

NO

TE

S

traffic v

olu

me d

urin

g th

e p

erio

d o

f w

ork

is 6

v

eh

icles o

r less.

1. T

his fig

ure ap

plies w

hen

all o

f th

e fo

llo

win

g co

nd

itio

ns are satisfied

:

c. T

he A

DT

is not greater than approxim

ately 750, or the average 5-m

inute

b. T

he len

gth

o

f th

e o

ne-lan

e sectio

n (n

ot in

clu

din

g an

y tap

er) is n

ot g

reater

50’ M

in. to 100’ M

ax.

W2

0-1

W2

0-4

D M

ax

.

Y

Max.

Yellow

L

ight

(O

ptio

nal)

24" x 18"

th

an

ap

pro

xim

ately

2

50

ft.

a. S

ight distance betw

een X

and X

, and betw

een Y

and Y

, w

ill be unabstructed.

21

21

1

2. F

or operations 60 m

inutes or less in duration, a taper is not required if a vehicle

w

ith

an

activ

ated

flash

in

g o

r rev

olv

in

g y

ello

w lig

ht is lo

cated

in

th

e clo

sed

lan

e

as show

n. If a taper is not used, P

oint X

shall be approxim

ately 150 ft from

the

rear of the vehicle w

ith an activated flashing or revolving yellow

light.

10

0’

AT

HE

SA

ME

SIG

NIN

G

IS

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R

TH

IS

AP

PR

OA

CH

6 devices M

in.

(typ. for all tapers)

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

25

0’to

5

00

30

" x

3

0"

Optional

CB

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

500 ft., W

20-4 sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

*

(O

ptional)

(O

ptio

nal)

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

GE

24 O

F 1

13

Page 32: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

A

Optional w

hen a

tap

er is u

sed

*

100’

AD

Max

.

Max.

WORK

RO

AD

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W2

0-4

W2

0-1

50’

Min

.

100’

Max

.

200’

Min

.

40

0’ M

ax

.

100’

Min

.

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

W2

0-1

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W2

0-4

E

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ays

(except

freew

ay a

nd e

xpressw

ay)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

42

5

49

5

15

5

20

0

25

0

30

5

36

0

Distances m

ay be increased for

dow

ngrades or other conditions

th

at affect sto

pp

in

g sig

ht

distance.

W2

0-7

A

BE

PR

EP

AR

ED

TO

ST

OP

W3-4

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

R1

0-6

AL

24" x 30"

SH

EE

T 1

OF

2

Optional

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

SHORT-TER

M STATIO

NARY OPER

ATION - TW

O-LANE, T

WO-WAY R

OADWAY

R

E

D

/

Y

E

L

L

O

W

A

F

A

D

-

F

L

A

G

G

E

R

A

T

O

N

E

E

N

D

,

A

F

A

D

A

T

T

H

E

O

T

H

E

R

E

N

D

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

6 devices M

in.

(typ. for all tapers)

CB

BC

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

500 ft., W

20-4 sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaqu

e to read "A

HE

AD

"

PA

TA

10A

FA

D-1

*

*

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

(S

EE

SH

EE

T 2

OF

2 F

OR

NO

TE

S)

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

GE

25 O

F 1

13

Page 33: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

SH

EE

T 2

OF

2

A

*

100’

A

Max.

WORK

ROAD

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W2

0-4

W2

0-1

50’

Min

.

100’

Max

.

200’

Min

.

40

0’ M

ax

.

100’

Min

.

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

W2

0-1

W20-7A

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W2

0-4

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

R10-6A

L

24" x 30"

BE

PR

EP

AR

ED

TO

ST

OP

W3-4

NO

TE

S

2. A

t n

ig

ht, th

e flag

ger statio

ns sh

all b

e illu

min

ated

, except in

em

ergencies.

E

3. T

he buffer space should be extended so that the tw

o-w

ay traffic taper is placed before

a horizontal (or crest vertical) curve to provide adequate sight distance for the flagger

and a queue of stopped vehicles.

Optional w

hen a

tap

er is u

sed

4. W

hen

a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g ex

ists w

ith

in

th

e w

ork

zo

ne, o

r it is an

ticip

ated

th

at

q

ueu

es resu

ltin

g fro

m th

e lan

e clo

su

re m

ig

ht ex

ten

d th

ro

ug

h a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g,

p

ro

visio

ns sh

all b

e m

ad

e to

elim

in

ate co

nflicts, w

hich

m

ay

req

uire p

lacin

g a flag

ger at

th

e cro

ssin

g. C

oo

rd

in

atio

n w

ith

th

e railro

ad

is essen

tial.

D M

ax

.

Optional

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

SHORT-TER

M STATIO

NARY OPER

ATION - TW

O-LANE, T

WO-WAY R

OADWAY

R

E

D

/

Y

E

L

L

O

W

A

F

A

D

-

F

L

A

G

G

E

R

A

T

O

N

E

E

N

D

,

A

F

A

D

A

T

T

H

E

O

T

H

E

R

E

N

D

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

250’to 500’

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

6 devices M

in.

(typ. for all tapers)

CB

BC

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ay

s

(except

freew

ay a

nd e

xpressw

ay)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

425

495

155

200

250

305

360

Distan

ces m

ay

b

e in

creased

fo

r

do

wn

grad

es o

r o

th

er co

nd

itio

ns

that affect stopping sight

distance.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

500 ft., W

20-4 sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to

read

"A

HE

AD

"

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

1. T

he flag

ger an

d A

uto

mated

F

lag

ger A

ssitan

ce D

ev

ice (A

FA

D) sh

ou

ld

b

e clearly

v

isib

le to

traffic fo

r a m

in

im

um

d

istan

ce o

f E

.

PA

TA

10A

FA

D-1

*

*

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

See G

eneral N

otes, sheet 3, note 26.

PA

GE

26 O

F 1

13

Page 34: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

A100’

A

Max.

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W2

0-4

W2

0-1

50’

Min

.

100’

Max.

20

0’

Min

.

100’

Min

.

WORK

R

O

A

D

W2

0-1

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W2

0-4

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

R1

0-6

AL

24" x 30"

BE

PR

EP

AR

ED

TO

ST

OP

W3-4

NO

TE

S

E

4. T

he b

uffer sp

ace sh

ou

ld

b

e ex

ten

ded

so

th

at th

e tw

o-w

ay

traffic tap

er is p

laced

b

efo

re

a h

orizo

ntal (o

r crest v

ertical) cu

rv

e to

p

ro

vid

e ad

eq

uate sig

ht d

istan

ce fo

r th

e flag

ger

and a queue of stopped vehicles.

5. W

hen

a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g ex

ists w

ith

in

th

e w

ork

zo

ne, o

r it is an

ticip

ated

th

at

q

ueu

es resu

ltin

g fro

m th

e lan

e clo

su

re m

ig

ht ex

ten

d th

ro

ug

h a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g,

p

ro

visio

ns sh

all b

e m

ad

e to

elim

in

ate co

nflicts, w

hich

m

ay

req

uire p

lacin

g a flag

ger at th

e

crossing. C

oordination w

ith the railroad is essential.

Optional w

hen a

tap

er is u

sed

BE

PR

EP

AR

ED

TO

ST

OP

W3-4

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

R1

0-6

AL

24" x 30"

Optional

Op

tional

D M

ax

.

1. A

ll flaggers m

ust be in com

munication w

ith each other.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

SHORT-TER

M STATIO

NARY OPER

ATION - TW

O-LANE, T

WO-WAY R

OADWAY

R

E

D

/

Y

E

L

L

O

W

A

F

A

D

-

A

F

A

D

W

I

T

H

F

L

A

G

G

E

R

A

T

B

O

T

H

E

N

D

S

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

6 devices M

in.

(typ. for all tapers)

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ay

s

(except

freew

ay a

nd e

xpressw

ay)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

425

495

155

200

250

305

360

Distan

ces m

ay

b

e in

creased

fo

r

do

wn

grad

es o

r o

th

er co

nd

itio

ns

that affect stopping sight

distance.

CB

See

No

te 6

See

No

te 6

BC

6. W

hile o

peratin

g th

e A

FA

D a flag

ger sh

ou

ld

p

ositio

n th

em

selv

es b

esid

e th

e A

FA

D aw

ay

fro

m

traffic so not to block an escape route.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

500 ft., W

20-4 sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

*

PA

TA

10A

FA

D-2

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

2. E

ach A

utom

ated F

lagger A

ssistance D

evice (A

FA

D) should be clearly visible to traffic for

a m

inim

um

distance of E

.

*

*

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

GE

27 O

F 1

13

3. A

t night, the flagger stations shall be illum

inated, ex

cept in em

ergencies.

S

ee G

eneral N

otes, sheet 3, note 26.

Page 35: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

A100’

A

Max.

WORK

ROAD

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W2

0-4

W2

0-1

50’

Min

.

100’

Max

.

200’

Min

.

80

0’ M

ax

.

100’

Min

.

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

W2

0-1

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W2

0-4

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

R10-6A

L

24" x 30"

BE

PR

EP

AR

ED

TO

ST

OP

W3-4

NO

TE

S

E

3. T

he buffer space should be extended so that the tw

o-w

ay traffic taper is placed before

a horizontal (or crest vertical) curve to provide adequate sight distance for the flagger

and a queue of stopped vehicles.

4. W

hen

a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g ex

ists w

ith

in

th

e w

ork

zo

ne, o

r it is an

ticip

ated

th

at

q

ueu

es resu

ltin

g fro

m th

e lan

e clo

su

re m

ig

ht ex

ten

d th

ro

ug

h a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g,

provisions shall be m

ade to elim

inate conflicts, w

hich m

ay require placing a flagger at the

crossing. C

oordination w

ith the railroad is essential.

Optional w

hen a

tap

er is u

sed

BE

PR

EP

AR

ED

TO

ST

OP

W3-4

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

R1

0-6

AL

24" x 30"

Optional

Optional

D M

ax

.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

SHORT-TER

M STATIO

NARY OPER

ATION - TW

O-LANE, T

WO-WAY R

OADWAY

R

E

D

/

Y

E

L

L

O

W

A

F

A

D

-

A

F

A

D

A

T

B

O

T

H

E

N

D

S

,

S

I

N

G

L

E

F

L

A

G

G

E

R

C

E

N

T

R

A

L

L

Y

L

O

C

A

T

E

D

6 devices M

in.

(typ. for all tapers)

250’to 500’

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

25

0’to

5

00

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ays

(except

freew

ay a

nd e

xpressw

ay)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

42

5

49

5

15

5

200

250

30

5

360

Distances m

ay be increased for

do

wn

grad

es o

r o

th

er co

nd

itio

ns

that affect stopping sight

distance.

CB

BC

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

500 ft., W

20-4 sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaq

ue to read "A

HE

AD

"

*

*

*

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

1. E

ach A

utom

ated F

lagger A

ssistance D

evice (A

FA

D) should be clearly visible to traffic for

a m

inim

um

distance of E

.

PA

TA

10A

FA

D-3

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

GE

28 O

F 1

13

2. A

t n

ig

ht, th

e flag

ger statio

ns sh

all b

e illu

min

ated, ex

cept in em

erg

en

cies.

S

ee G

eneral N

otes sheet 3, note 26.

Page 36: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

11

a

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

M

O

B

I

L

E

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

F

L

A

G

G

I

N

G

2. A

ll flaggers m

ust be in com

munication w

ith each other.

A

A

NO

TE

S

Flagger

No.1

Flagger

No.2

3. E

ach

flag

ger sh

ou

ld

b

e clearly

v

isib

le to

traffic fo

r a m

in

im

um

d

istan

ce o

f E

.

10

0’

Min

.100’ M

in. to 250’ M

ax.

4 m

iles M

ax

. - S

ee N

ote 5

a. A

v

eh

icle w

ith

an

activ

ated

flash

in

g o

r rev

olv

in

g y

ello

w lig

ht is p

resen

t.

b. T

he operation w

ill be 15 m

inutes or less in duration.

6. A

dditional flaggers m

ay be required w

hen w

orking w

ithin or adjacent to an intersection.

8. A

pilot vehicle is recom

mended for use w

ith surface treatm

ent operations on roads w

ith A

DT

s of approxim

ately

1000 or m

ore.

W2

0-1

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

1. T

his fig

ure ap

plies fo

r d

ay

lig

ht o

peratio

ns th

at m

ov

e in

term

itten

tly

o

r co

ntin

uo

usly

at an

av

erag

e sp

eed

o

f less th

an

1

M

PH

(8

8 ft/m

in

).

BE

PR

EP

AR

ED

TO

ST

OP

BE

PR

EP

AR

ED

TO

ST

OP

NE

XT

XX

MI

W2

0-1

0A

(O

ptional

See N

ote 5

)

(S

ee N

ote 5

)

Distances m

ay be increased

for dow

ngrades or other

co

nd

itio

ns th

at affect

stopping sight distance.

100’

Min

.

c. F

lag

ger sh

ou

ld

b

e clearly

v

isib

le to

traffic fo

r a m

in

im

um

d

istan

ce o

f E

o

r th

ere is a S

to

p S

ig

n o

n th

e

approach to the flagger.

d

. T

he A

DT

en

terin

g th

e in

tersectio

n is n

ot g

reater th

an

ap

pro

xim

ately

1

50

0, o

r th

e av

erag

e 5

-m

in

ute traffic

volum

e during the period of w

ork is 12 vehicles or less.

9. W

hen a highw

ay-rail grade crossing exists w

ithin the w

ork zone, or it is anticipated that queues resulting from

the lane closure m

ight extend through a highw

ay-rail grade crossing, provisions shall be m

ade to elim

inate

co

nflicts, w

hich

m

ay

req

uire p

lacin

g a flag

ger at th

e cro

ssin

g. C

oo

rd

in

atio

n w

ith

th

e railro

ad

is essen

tial.

4. T

he distance betw

een a flagger and the W

20-10A

S

ign shall be a m

inim

um

of A

and a m

axim

um

of 2 m

iles.

T

he flag

ger m

ay

b

e lo

cated

in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e W

20

-1

0A

S

ig

n w

hen

flag

gin

g o

n an

ap

pro

ach

o

r w

ith

in

an

in

tersectio

n if all o

f th

e fo

llo

win

g co

nd

itio

ns are m

et:

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

E

ft

42

5

49

5

15

5

20

0

25

0

30

5

36

0

All

Hig

hw

ay

s (

(ex

cep

t

freew

ay

an

d e

xp

ressw

ay

)

BE

PR

EP

AR

ED

TO

ST

OP

NE

XT

XX

MI

W2

0-1

0A

W2

0-1

WORKR

O

A

D

W3-4

OR

BE

PR

EP

AR

ED

TO

ST

OP

W3-4

OR

BE

PR

EP

AR

ED

TO

ST

OP

NE

XT

XX

MI

W2

0-1

0A

BE

PR

EP

AR

ED

TO

ST

OP

W3-4

OR

(S

ee N

ote 5

)

*

5. In

terim

W

3-4

o

r W

20

-1

0A

S

ig

ns w

ill b

e req

uired

fo

r an

y p

ro

jects o

ver 2

m

iles in

len

gth

. H

ow

ev

er, if th

ere

w

ill be no flaggers after the W

3-4 or W

20-10A

S

ign, the W

3-4 or W

20-10A

S

ign should be rem

oved or turned

aw

ay from

traffic. T

he signing for intersection roads is optional but w

hen signed, a W

20-10A

S

ign shall be

in

stalled

o

n th

e ro

ad

way

w

here w

ork

is tak

in

g p

lace o

n each

sid

e o

f th

e in

tersectin

g ro

ad

as in

dicated

.

Req

uired

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

*

*

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

7. F

or surface treatm

ent operations W

21-5-1 S

igns should be installed. T

he first sign in each direction should be

placed w

here the W

20-1 S

igns are show

n and the W

20-1 S

igns m

oved "A

" distance upstream

.

PA

GE

29 O

F 1

13

Page 37: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

11

b

NO

TE

S

250’ M

ax.

Point X

Point Y

d

. T

he A

DT

is n

ot g

reater th

an

ap

pro

xim

ately

1

50

0, o

r th

e av

erag

e 5

-m

in

ute traffic v

olu

me d

urin

g th

e

p

erio

d o

f w

ork

is 1

2 v

eh

icles o

r less.

a. T

he W

20-1 and W

20-4 S

igns are not required.

3. F

or operations of 15 m

inutes or less:

2. F

lagger should be clearly visible to traffic for a m

inim

um

distance of E

.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

M

O

B

I

L

E

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

S

I

N

G

L

E

F

L

A

G

G

E

R

3000’ M

ax.

c. T

he length of the one-lane section is not greater than approxim

ately 250’.

3000’ M

ax.

b

. S

ig

ht d

istan

ce b

etw

een

th

e flag

ger an

d an

y v

eh

icle b

etw

een

P

oin

ts X

an

d Y

w

ill b

e u

no

bstru

cted

.

1. T

his figure applies for daylight operations w

hen all of the follow

ing conditions are satisfied:

100’ M

in. to 150’ M

ax.

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

W2

0-1

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W20-7A

W2

0-7

A

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W

O

R

K

ROAD

W2

0-1

Unobstructed

sight distance

W2

0-4

W2

0-4

AM

in.

AM

in.

(typ.to points X

and Y

)M

in.

E

a. T

he operation m

oves interm

ittently or continuously at an average speed of less than 1 M

PH

(8

8 ft/m

in

).

4. W

hen

a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g ex

ists w

ith

in

th

e w

ork

zo

ne, o

r it is an

ticip

ated

th

at q

ueu

es

resu

ltin

g fro

m th

e lan

e clo

su

re m

ig

ht ex

ten

d th

ro

ug

h a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g, p

ro

visio

ns sh

all

be m

ade to elim

inate conflicts, w

hich m

ay require placing a flagger at the crossing. C

oordination

w

ith

th

e railro

ad

is essen

tial.

Distances m

ay be increased

for dow

ngrades or other

co

nd

itio

ns th

at affect

sto

pp

in

g sig

ht d

istan

ce.

b. T

he W

20-7A

S

ign m

ay be elim

inated if the flagger is clearly visible to traffic for a m

inim

um

distance of E

.

*

BC

CB

Req

uired

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

500 ft., W

20-4 sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaqu

e to read "A

HE

AD

"

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

E

ft

42

5

49

5

15

5

20

0

25

0

30

5

36

0

All

Hig

hw

ay

s (

(ex

cep

t

freew

ay

an

d e

xp

ressw

ay

)

*

*

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

GE

30 O

F 1

13

Page 38: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

11

c

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

M

O

B

I

L

E

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

R

O

A

D

C

L

O

S

U

R

E

ROAD

A

C

L

O

S

E

D

DE

TO

UR

A

R

O

A

D

C

L

O

S

E

D

DE

TO

UR

FR

ES

H

OIL

FR

ES

H

OIL

NO

TE

S

2. T

his setu

p is to

b

e u

sed

d

urin

g d

ay

lig

ht h

ou

rs o

nly

an

d o

nly

o

n ro

ad

way

s w

ith

A

DT

’s o

f 1

50

0 o

r less.

3. H

ou

rs o

f w

ork

sh

ou

ld

n

ot in

terfere w

ith

ru

sh

h

ou

r traffic o

r sch

oo

l b

us sch

ed

ules an

d th

e w

ork

site m

ust be capable of accom

modating em

ergency vehicles w

ith as little delay as possible.

4. F

laggers m

ay be needed w

ith the operations to control local traffic and at intersections. F

laggers

m

ust be in com

munication w

ith each other.

5. T

he m

ax

im

um

d

istan

ce b

etw

een

a flag

ger w

ith

th

e o

peratio

n an

d a W

3-4

S

ig

n is 2

m

iles. In

terim

W

3-4

S

igns w

ill be required for any project over 2 m

iles in length; how

ever, if there w

ill be no flaggers

betw

een the W

3-4 S

ign and the R

11-4 S

ign, the W

3-4 S

ign should be rem

oved or turned aw

ay from

traffic.

6. T

he signing of intersectin

g ro

ad

s w

ith

W

21

-2

S

ig

ns is req

uired

w

hen th

e A

DT

of the in

tersecting road

is 200 or greater.

7. R

oads used as alternate routes should be ow

ned and m

aintained by the C

om

monw

ealth (D

epartm

ent projects

only).

BE

PR

EP

AR

ED

TO

ST

OP

W3-4

500’

50

0’

BE

PR

EP

AR

ED

TO

ST

OP

W3-4

R1

1-4

G20-6

G20-6-1

RO

AD

CL

OS

ED

TH

RU

TR

AF

FIC

TO

R1

1-4

DE

TO

UR

FO

LL

OW

RE

D A

RR

OW

G20-6

G20-6-1

1. T

his fig

ure ap

plies fo

r o

peratio

ns th

at m

ov

e in

term

itten

tly

at an

av

erag

e sp

eed

o

f 1

M

PH

o

r less.

8. A

t lo

catio

ns w

here th

ere are o

verlap

pin

g d

eto

urs o

r sev

eral d

eto

urs w

ith

in

th

e sam

e area, street n

am

es

m

ay

b

e ad

ded

to

th

e G

20

-6

an

d G

20

-6

-1

S

ig

ns, o

r sig

ns w

ith

d

ifferen

t co

lo

red

arro

ws m

ay

b

e u

sed

to

d

esig

nate th

e d

ifferen

t d

eto

ur ro

utes. T

he d

esig

n an

d ap

plicatio

n o

f sig

ns d

isp

lay

in

g co

lo

red

arro

ws

shall com

ply w

ith P

ublication 236M

.

W2

1-2

W2

0-2

W2

0-3

W2

0-3

W2

0-2

W2

1-2

48

" x

3

0"

24

" x

1

2"

48

" x

3

0"

24

" x

1

2"

RE

D A

RR

OW

FO

LL

OW

DE

TO

UR

TH

RU

TR

AF

FIC

TO

RO

AD

CL

OS

ED

Barricad

e T

yp

e I, II, III o

r

Portable S

ign S

tand.

Barricad

e T

ype I, II, III o

r

Po

rtab

le S

ig

n S

tan

d.

(S

ee N

ote 5

)

(S

ee N

ote 5

)

(S

ee N

ote 6

)

(S

ee N

ote 6

)

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays)

A

=

500 ft., W

20-2 sign distance plaque to read 500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

B

=

500 ft., W

20-3 sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

and B

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

B

B

9. T

he R

11

-3

A (6

0" x

3

0") "R

OA

D C

LO

SE

D x

x M

IL

ES

A

HE

AD

L

OC

AL

T

RA

FF

IC

O

NL

Y" S

ig

n m

ay

b

e u

sed

in

p

lace o

f th

e R

11

-4

S

ig

n.

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

60

" x

3

0"

(S

ee N

ote 9

)

60" x 30"

(S

ee N

ote 9

)

PA

GE

31 O

F 1

13

Page 39: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

11

d

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

R

O

A

D

C

L

O

S

U

R

E

RO

AD

A

C

L

O

S

E

D

DE

TO

UR

A

R

O

A

D

C

L

O

S

E

D

DE

TO

UR

RO

AD

CL

OS

ED

TH

RU

TR

AF

FIC

TO

R11-4

DE

TO

UR

FO

LL

OW

RE

D A

RR

OW

G20-6

G20-6-1

10

00

’500’

Min

.

ROADC

L

O

S

E

D

1

0

0

0

F

T

10

00

’500’

Min

.

RO

AD

C

L

O

S

E

D

1

0

0

0

F

T

R1

1-2

RO

AD

CL

OS

ED

R1

1-2

48"X

30"

RO

AD

CL

OS

ED

NO

TE

S

2. T

his setup is to be used during daylight hours only and only on roadw

ays w

ith A

DT

’s of 1500 or less.

3. H

ou

rs o

f w

ork

sh

ou

ld

n

ot in

terfere w

ith

ru

sh

h

ou

r traffic o

r sch

oo

l b

us sch

ed

ules an

d th

e w

ork

site m

ust be capable of accom

modating em

ergency vehicles w

ith as little delay as possible.

4. R

oad

s u

sed

as altern

ate ro

utes sh

ou

ld

b

e o

wn

ed

an

d m

ain

tain

ed

b

y th

e C

om

mo

nw

ealth

(D

ep

artm

en

t p

ro

jects

o

nly

).

1. T

his figure applies for stationary operations w

here it is not feasible to m

aintain alternate one direction

traffic flow

.

RO

AD

CL

OS

ED

TH

RU

TR

AF

FIC

TO

R1

1-4

DE

TO

UR

FO

LL

OW

RE

D A

RR

OW

G20-6

G20-6-1

5. A

t lo

catio

ns w

here th

ere are o

verlap

pin

g d

eto

urs o

r sev

eral d

eto

urs w

ith

in

th

e sam

e area, street n

am

es

m

ay

b

e ad

ded

to

th

e G

20

-6

an

d G

20

-6

-1

S

ig

ns, o

r sig

ns w

ith

d

ifferen

t co

lo

red

arro

ws m

ay

b

e u

sed

to

d

esig

nate th

e d

ifferen

t d

eto

ur ro

utes. T

he d

esig

n an

d ap

plicatio

n o

f sig

ns d

isp

lay

in

g co

lo

red

arro

ws

shall com

ply w

ith 236M

.

W2

0-3

W2

0-2

W2

0-3

W2

0-3

W2

0-2

W2

0-3

48" x 30"

24

" x

1

2"

48" x 30"

48" x 30"

24

" x

1

2"

Barricad

e T

yp

e I, II, III o

r

Po

rtab

le S

ig

n S

tan

d.

Barricade T

ype I, II, III or

Po

rtab

le S

ig

n S

tan

d.

Barricad

e T

yp

e I,

II, III o

r P

ortab

le

Sig

n S

tan

d.

Barricad

e T

yp

e I,

II, III o

r P

ortab

le

Sig

n S

tan

d.

60" x 30"

(S

ee N

ote 6

)

60" x 30"

(S

ee N

ote 6

)

B

B

6. T

he R

11-3A

(60" x 30") "R

OA

D C

LO

SE

D xx M

IL

ES

A

HE

AD

L

OC

AL

T

RA

FF

IC

O

NL

Y" S

ign m

ay be used in

p

lace o

f th

e R

11

-4

S

ig

n.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-2

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

5

00

ft. o

r "A

HE

AD

"

B

=

500 ft., W

20-3 sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

and B

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

GE

32 O

F 1

13

Page 40: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

11

e

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

R

O

A

D

C

L

O

S

U

R

E

R1

1-2

RO

AD

CL

OS

ED

R1

1-2

RO

AD

CL

OS

ED

DET

OU

R

M4

-1

0L

DET

OU

R

M4

-1

0R

ROAD

CLOS

EDD

ET

OU

RWO

RK

R

O

A

D

DE

TO

UR

DE

TO

UR

DE

TO

UR

DE

TO

UR

M4-9R

M4-8A

END

DET

OU

R

NO

TE

S

2. T

his setu

p is to

b

e u

sed

d

urin

g d

ay

lig

ht h

ou

rs o

nly

an

d o

nly

o

n ro

ad

way

s w

ith

A

DT

’s o

f 1

50

0 o

r less.

3. H

ou

rs o

f w

ork

sh

ou

ld

n

ot in

terfere w

ith

ru

sh

h

ou

r traffic o

r sch

oo

l b

us sch

ed

ules an

d th

e w

ork

site m

ust be capable of accom

modating em

ergency vehicles w

ith as little delay as possible.

4. R

oad

s u

sed

as altern

ate ro

utes sh

ou

ld

b

e o

wn

ed

an

d m

ain

tain

ed

b

y th

e C

om

mo

nw

ealth

(D

ep

artm

en

t p

ro

jects

only).

1. T

his figure applies for stationary operations w

here it is not feasible to m

aintain alternate one direction

traffic flow

.

W2

0-2

W2

0-3

W2

0-1

48

" x

3

0"

48

" x

3

0"

36" x 12"

36" x 12"

30

" x

2

4"

30

" x

2

4"

30" x 24"

30" x 24"

24" x 18"

M4

-9

SL

M4

-9

SR

M4

-9

L

No

te:

Barricade T

ype I, II, III or

Portable S

ign S

tand m

ay

be used for all signs.

C B A

3 6

10

9

10B A1

4 5

A B

5 4 2

8

7 3

8

8

9

9

CBA

*

105

11

3

2

98

7

1 6

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft., #5, #6, and #7 sign distance plaque to read 500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

B

=

5

00

ft., #

3 an

d #

4 sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft. o

r "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

5

00

ft., #

11

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft. o

r "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

an

d C

=

2

00

ft. an

d all sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ues to

read

"A

HE

AD

"

4

11 11

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

5. A

t locations w

here there are overlapping detours or several detours w

ithin the sam

e area, street nam

es

m

ay

b

e ad

ded

to

th

e M

4-9

series S

ig

ns, o

r sig

ns w

ith

d

ifferen

t co

lo

red

arro

ws m

ay

b

e u

sed

to

d

esig

nate th

e d

ifferen

t d

eto

ur ro

utes. T

he d

esig

n an

d ap

plicatio

n o

f sig

ns d

isp

lay

in

g co

lo

red

arro

ws

shall com

ply w

ith 236M

.

PA

GE

33 O

F 1

13

Page 41: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

12

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

M

O

B

I

L

E

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

O

R

O

N

E

-

L

A

N

E

A

P

P

R

O

A

C

H

O

F

A

T

H

R

E

E

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

**

**

**

A

H

E

A

D

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

Shadow

Vehicle

Work

Vehicle

Shadow

Veh

icle

Work

Vehicle

Shadow

Vehicle

Work

Vehicle

NO

TE

S

1. T

his fig

ure ap

plies fo

r o

peratio

ns th

at m

ov

e in

term

itten

tly

o

r co

ntin

uo

usly

at an

av

erag

e sp

eed

o

f 1

M

PH

or m

ore.

3. W

here passing is not perm

itted for extended lengths, the shadow

and w

ork vehicles should pull over

periodically, w

hen it is reasonable and safe, in order to allow

"backed-up" or queued traffic to resum

e its

n

orm

al sp

eed

.

4. O

ther appropriate standard signs m

ay be used instead of the W

20-1 S

ign.

OR

AHEAD

WO

RK

R

O

A

D

OR

A

H

E

A

D

W

O

R

K

ROAD

W2

0-1

(S

ee N

ote 4

)

OR

2. T

he shadow

vehicle shall be positioned so that it is visible from

behind for a m

inim

um

distance of A

. T

he

sh

ad

ow

v

eh

icle sh

ou

ld

slo

w d

ow

n in

ad

van

ce o

f v

ertical o

r h

orizo

ntal cu

rv

es th

at restrict sig

ht d

istan

ce.

See N

ote 2

5. T

he shadow

vehicle should be equipped w

ith tw

o high-intensity flashing lights m

ounted on the rear,

adjacent to the sign.

6. A

truck-m

ounted attenuator m

ay be used on the shadow

vehicle and/or on the w

ork vehicle.

W2

0-1

(S

ee N

ote 4

)

W2

0-1

(S

ee N

ote 4

)

Flash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el

in

C

au

tio

n M

od

e

(S

ee N

ote 7

)

Flashing A

rrow

P

anel

in

C

au

tio

n M

od

e

(S

ee N

ote 7

)

Flashing A

rrow

P

anel

in

C

au

tio

n M

od

e

(S

ee N

ote 7

)

7. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays)

A

=

10 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

=

200 ft.

A (M

in

.)

See N

ote 2

A (M

in

.)

See N

ote 2

A (M

in

.)

PA

GE

34 O

F 1

13

Page 42: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

13

a

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

H

R

E

E

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

W

I

T

H

P

A

S

S

I

N

G

-

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

T

H

E

S

I

N

G

L

E

A

P

P

R

O

A

C

H

D M

ax

.

100’ M

in.

25

0’ M

ax

.

A

W

O

R

K

RO

AD

NO

TE

S

See G

en

eral N

otes, T

ab

les, an

d L

eg

en

d

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

W1-4R

L M

in

.

W2

0-1

A

W1-4L

E� L

Min

.

W4

-2

L

ROAD

W

O

R

K

W2

0-1

2. W

hen a highw

ay-rail grade crossing exists w

ithin the w

ork zone, or it is anticipated that

queues resulting from

the lane closure m

ight extend through a highw

ay-rail grade crossing,

provisions shall be m

ade to elim

inate conflicts, w

hich m

ay require placing a flagger at the

crossing. C

oordination w

ith the railroad is essential.

1. W

hen paved shoulders having a w

idth of 8 ft or m

ore are closed, channelizing devices

should be used to close the shoulder in advance of the shifting taper.

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

1/3

L

M

in

.

(S

ee N

ote 4

)

� L

Min

.

3. If the length of the tangent section betw

een beginning and ending tapers is m

ore than 600 ft,

use tw

o W

1-4 S

igns as show

n. If the distance is 600 ft or less, use a W

24-1 S

ign.

4. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

30

" x

3

0"

30

" x

3

0"

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ays

(except

freew

ay a

nd e

xpressw

ay)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

42

5

49

5

15

5

20

0

25

0

30

5

36

0*

*D

istances m

ay be increased for

dow

ngrades or other conditions

th

at affect sto

pp

in

g sig

ht

distance.

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptional)

B

20

0’ fro

m b

eg

in

in

g

of tap

er.

Optional

*

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

and B

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

B25

0’to

5

00

**

**

**

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for

all tapers)

**

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

GE

35 O

F 1

13

Page 43: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

13

b

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

H

R

E

E

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

W

I

T

H

P

A

S

S

I

N

G

-

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

B

O

T

H

L

A

N

E

S

O

F

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

A

P

P

R

O

A

C

H

-

W

I

T

H

F

L

A

G

G

E

R

S

Min

.

A

A

1. A

ll flaggers m

ust be in com

munication w

ith each other.

D M

ax.

NO

TE

S

Flagger

No.1

Flagger

No.2

100’

2. E

ach

flag

ger sh

ou

ld

b

e clearly

v

isib

le to

traffic fo

r a m

in

im

um

d

istan

ce o

f E

.

a. T

he W

20

-1

an

d W

20

-4

S

ig

ns are n

ot req

uired

.

L Min

.2

L

Min

.

D M

ax.

W2

0-5

R

WORK

R

O

A

D

W2

0-1

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W2

0-7

A

W2

0-7

A

W

O

R

K

ROAD

W2

0-1

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W2

0-4

E

50

’ M

in

. to

1

00

’ M

ax

.

Distances m

ay be increased for

dow

ngrades or other conditions

th

at affect sto

pp

in

g sig

ht

distance.

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

Max

.

200’

c. T

he W

20

-7

A S

ig

n m

ay

b

e elim

in

ated

if th

e flag

ger is clearly

v

isib

le to

traffic fo

r a

m

in

im

um

d

istan

ce o

f E

.

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for all tapers)

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

*

**

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ays

(except

freew

ay a

nd e

xpressw

ay)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

100

110

50

60

70

80

90

42

5

49

5

15

5

200

250

30

5

360

4. F

or operations of 15 m

inutes or less:

5. T

he buffer space should be extended so that the tw

o-w

ay traffic taper is placed before

a h

orizo

ntal (o

r crest v

ertical) cu

rv

e to

p

ro

vid

e ad

eq

uate sig

ht d

istan

ce fo

r th

e flag

ger

and a queue of stopped vehicles.

6. W

hen

a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g ex

ists w

ith

in

th

e w

ork

zo

ne, o

r it is an

ticip

ated

th

at

queues resulting from

the lane closure m

ight extend through a highw

ay-rail grade

cro

ssin

g, p

ro

visio

ns sh

all b

e m

ad

e to

elim

in

ate co

nflicts, w

hich

m

ay

req

uire p

lacin

g a

flagger at the crossing. C

oordination w

ith the railroad is essential.

7. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

Op

tio

nal, b

ut is

required if N

ote 4

ap

plies.

b. A

ll channelizing devices m

ay be elim

inated if tw

o vehicles w

ith an activated flashing or

rev

olv

in

g y

ello

w lig

ht are p

resen

t in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e w

ork

sp

ace.

CB

BC

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-4

an

d W

20

-5

R sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft. o

r "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

(S

ee N

ote 7

)

*

*

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

**

**

3. A

t n

ig

ht, flag

ger statio

ns sh

all b

e illu

min

ated

, ex

cep

t in

em

erg

en

cies. S

ee G

en

eral N

otes, sh

eet 3

, n

ote 2

6.

PA

GE

36 O

F 1

13

Page 44: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

13

c

A

A

1. A

ll flaggers m

ust be in com

munication w

ith each other.

D M

ax

.

NO

TE

S

Flag

ger

No.1

Flagger

No.2

2. E

ach

flag

ger sh

ou

ld

b

e clearly

v

isib

le to

traffic fo

r a m

in

im

um

d

istan

ce o

f E

.

a. T

he W

20-1 and W

20-4 S

igns are not required.

L

Min

.2

L

Min

.

D M

ax

.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

THREE-LA

NE, TWO-W

AY ROAD

WAY WIT

H PASSIN

G - WORK

AREA IN

ONE-LANE

APPROAC

H AND LE

FT LANE O

F TWO-WA

Y APPROA

CH - WITH

FLAGGER

S

100’ M

in.

20

0’ M

ax

.

200’

Min

.

10

0’

W

O

R

K

RO

AD

W2

0-1

LE

FT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W20-7A

W20-7A

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

W2

0-1

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W2

0-5

L

50

’ M

in

. to

1

00

’ M

ax

.

W2

0-4

E

min

im

um

d

istan

ce o

f E

.

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

c. T

he W

20

-7

A S

ig

n m

ay

b

e elim

in

ated

if th

e flag

ger is clearly

v

isib

le to

traffic fo

r a

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for all tapers)

Distances m

ay be increased for

dow

ngrades or other conditions

th

at affect sto

pp

in

g sig

ht

distance.

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ays

(except

freew

ay a

nd e

xpressw

ay)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

425

495

155

200

250

305

360

4. F

or operations of 15 m

inutes or less:

5. T

he b

uffer sp

ace sh

ou

ld

b

e ex

ten

ded

so

th

at th

e tw

o-w

ay

traffic tap

er is p

laced

b

efo

re a

h

orizo

ntal (o

r crest v

ertical) cu

rv

e to

p

ro

vid

e ad

eq

uate sig

ht d

istan

ce fo

r th

e flag

ger

and a queue of stopped vehicles.

6. W

hen a highw

ay-rail grade crossing exists w

ithin the w

ork zone, or it is anticipated that

q

ueu

es resu

ltin

g fro

m th

e lan

e clo

su

re m

ig

ht ex

ten

d th

ro

ug

h a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g,

p

ro

visio

ns sh

all b

e m

ad

e to

elim

in

ate co

nflicts, w

hich

m

ay

req

uire p

lacin

g a flag

ger at

th

e cro

ssin

g. C

oo

rd

in

atio

n w

ith

th

e railro

ad

is essen

tial.

7. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

**

**

*

Op

tio

nal, b

ut is

required if N

ote 4

ap

plies.

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-4

an

d W

20

-5

L sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft. o

r "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to

read

"A

HE

AD

"

(D

esirable)

(S

ee N

ote 7

)

BC

CB

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

b. A

ll channelizing devices m

ay be elim

inated if tw

o veh

icles w

ith

an activ

ated

flashin

g

or revolving yellow

light is present in advance of the w

ork space.

*

*

**

PA

GE

37 O

F 1

13

3. A

t n

ig

ht, flag

ger statio

ns sh

all b

e illu

min

ated

, ex

cep

t in

em

erg

en

cies.

S

ee G

eneral N

otes, sheet 3, note 26.

Page 45: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

14

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

-

T

H

R

E

E

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

W

I

T

H

A

C

E

N

T

E

R

L

A

N

E

,

L

E

F

T

T

U

R

N

O

N

L

Y

P

A

T

T

E

R

N

-

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

O

N

E

O

F

T

H

E

T

H

R

O

U

G

H

L

A

N

E

S

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

100’ M

in.

25

0’ M

ax

.

100’

A

W

O

R

K

RO

AD

CL

OS

ED

NO

TE

S

W1-4R

CE

NT

ER

LA

NE

W9-3

W2

0-1

W2

0-1

W1-4L

AE

Max

.D

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

1/3

L

M

in

.

1. W

hen

p

av

ed

sh

ou

ld

ers h

av

in

g a w

id

th

o

f 8

ft o

r m

ore are clo

sed

, ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

to

clo

se th

e sh

ou

ld

er in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e sh

iftin

g tap

er.

� L

Min

.

� L

Min

.

Max.

a. T

he W

20-1, W

9-3, W

1-4L

, and W

1-4R

S

igns are not required.

b

. A

ll ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices m

ay

b

e elim

in

ated

if a v

eh

icle w

ith

an

activ

ated

flash

in

g o

r

rev

olv

in

g y

ello

w lig

ht is p

resen

t in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e w

ork

sp

ace.

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for all tapers)

30

" x

3

0"

30" x 30"

Distances m

ay be increased for

dow

ngrades or other conditions

th

at affect sto

pp

in

g sig

ht

distance.

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ays

(except

freew

ay a

nd e

xpressw

ay)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

425

495

155

200

250

305

360

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

2. F

or operations of 15 m

inutes or less:

3. W

hen

a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g ex

ists w

ith

in

th

e w

ork

zo

ne, o

r it is an

ticip

ated

th

at

queues resulting from

the lane closure m

ight extend through a highw

ay-rail grade crossing,

provisions shall be m

ade to elim

inate conflicts, w

hich m

ay require placing a flagger at the

crossing. C

oordination w

ith the railroad is essential.

4. If th

e len

gth of the tangent section betw

een beginning an

d en

din

g tap

ers is m

ore than

60

0 ft,

use tw

o W

1-4 S

igns as show

n. If the distance is 600 ft or less, use a W

24-1 S

ign.

Op

tio

nal, b

ut is

required if N

ote 2

ap

plies.

*

B

B

**

20

0’ fro

m b

eg

in

in

g

of taper

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

and B

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"*

*

**

**

**

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

5. W

here sp

eed

o

r v

olu

me is h

ig

her, sig

nin

g su

ch

as ad

ditio

nal L

eft L

an

e C

lo

sed

X

X ft S

ig

n

(W

20

-5

L) o

r B

e P

rep

ared

T

o S

to

p S

ig

n (W

3-4

) sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e W

20

-1

sig

n.

PA

GE

38 O

F 1

13

Page 46: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

15

WO

RK

ROAD

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

CL

OS

ED

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

NO

TE

S

2. F

or operations of 15 m

inutes or less:

a. T

he W

20-1 and W

9-3 S

igns are not required.

CE

NT

ER

LA

NE

100’ M

in.

25

0’ M

ax

.

(ty

p.)

CL

OS

ED

CE

NT

ER

LA

NE

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

O

R

M

O

B

I

L

E

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

A

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

L

E

F

T

T

U

R

N

L

A

N

E

W2

0-1

W9-3

W9-3

W2

0-1

L M

in

.

L M

in

.

(S

tationary O

peration)

Min.to 3000’ M

ax (M

obile O

peration)

A A

Max.

D

(S

tationary O

peration)

Min.to 3000’ M

ax (M

obile O

peration)

A

A

1. F

or statio

nary

o

peratio

ns 6

0 m

in

utes o

r less, o

r fo

r m

ob

ile o

peratio

ns th

at m

ov

e in

term

itten

tly

o

r

co

ntin

uo

usly

at an

av

erag

e sp

eed

o

f 1

M

PH

o

r less, a tap

er is n

ot req

uired

if a v

eh

icle w

ith

an

activ

ated

flash

in

g or revolving yellow

light is located in advance o

f the w

ork

sp

ace.

3. W

hen a highw

ay-rail grade crossing exists w

ithin the w

ork zone, or it is anticipated that queues

resu

ltin

g fro

m th

e lan

e clo

su

re m

ig

ht ex

ten

d th

ro

ug

h a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g, p

ro

visio

ns sh

all

be m

ade to elim

inate conflicts, w

hich m

ay require placing a flagger at the crossing. C

oordination

w

ith

th

e railro

ad

is essen

tial.

b. A

ll channelizing devices m

ay be elim

inated if a vehicle w

ith an activated flashing or revolving

y

ello

w lig

ht is p

resen

t in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e w

ork

sp

ace.

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

25

0’to

5

00

6 devices M

in.

(typ. for all tapers)

Optional, but is

required if N

ote 2

ap

plies.

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

**

B

B

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

5

00

ft., W

9-3

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

5

00

ft. o

r "A

HE

AD

"

B

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

and B

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

*

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

*

� D

M

ax.

(ty

p. fo

r

all tapers)

*

4. W

here speed or volum

e is higher, signing such as additional C

enter L

ane C

losed X

X ft S

ign (W

9-3)

or B

e P

repared T

o S

top S

ign (W

3-4) should be used in advance of the W

20-1 sign.

PA

GE

39 O

F 1

13

Page 47: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

16

100’

100’ M

in.

25

0’ M

ax

.

W

O

R

K

ROAD

W4-2L

WO

RK

R

O

A

D

NO

TE

S

1. F

or right lane closures, signs in the opposite direction of travel are not required.

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

O

R

M

O

B

I

L

E

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

MULTILA

NE, UNDIV

IDED HIGH

WAY - WO

RK AREA

IN THE LEF

T OR RIGH

T LANE

W2

0-1

W2

0-1

Max.

D

A A

(S

tationary O

peration)

Min.to 3000’ M

ax (M

obile O

peration)

L M

in.

E

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

425

495

155

200

250

305

360

Max.

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36" x 18"

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for all tapers)

Ex

pressw

ay

s

50

55

10

0

11

0

42

5

49

5

60

65

12

0

13

0

57

0

64

5

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

*

Distan

ces m

ay

b

e in

creased

fo

r

do

wn

grad

es o

r o

th

er co

nd

itio

ns

that affect stopping sight

distan

ce.

All H

ighw

ays (except

freew

ays a

nd e

xpressw

ays)

B

(S

tationary O

peration)

Min.to 3000’ M

ax (M

obile O

peration)

A A

3. F

or stationary operations 60 m

inutes or less in duration, or for m

obile operations that

m

ov

e in

term

itten

tly

o

r co

ntin

uo

usly

at an

av

erag

e sp

eed

o

f 1

M

PH

o

r less,

a. T

he W

20-1 S

ign in the opposite direction of travel is not required.

2. F

or o

peratio

ns 1

5 m

in

utes o

r less:

a. T

he W

20

-1

, W

9-3

an

d W

1-4

R S

ig

ns are n

ot req

uired

.

b

. A

ll ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices m

ay

b

e elim

in

ated

if a v

eh

icle w

ith

an

activ

ated

flash

in

g o

r

rev

olv

in

g y

ello

w lig

ht is p

resen

t in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e w

ork

sp

ace.

4. W

hen

a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g ex

ists w

ith

in

th

e w

ork

zo

ne, o

r it is an

ticip

ated

th

at

queues resulting from

the lane closure m

ight extend through a highw

ay-rail grade

cro

ssin

g, p

ro

visio

ns sh

all b

e m

ad

e to

elim

in

ate co

nflicts, w

hich

m

ay

req

uire p

lacin

g a

flag

ger at th

e cro

ssin

g. C

oo

rd

in

atio

n w

ith

th

e railro

ad

is essen

tial.

6. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

and B

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

Req

uired

o

n ex

pressw

ay

s.

Op

tio

nal o

n all o

th

er

hig

hw

ay

s b

ut is req

uired

if N

ote 2

ap

plies, also

,

see note 7.

*

*

(S

ee N

ote 6

)

**

**

7. S

had

ow

vehicle shall be equipped w

ith a T

ruck M

ounted A

tten

uato

r (T

MA

) o

n exp

ressw

ays an

d

o

ptio

nal o

n all o

th

er h

ig

hw

ay

s.

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

5. W

here speed or volum

e is higher, signing such as additional L

eft L

ane C

losed X

X ft

S

ign (W

20-5L

) or B

e P

repared T

o S

top S

ign (W

3-4) should be used in advance of the W

20-1 sign.

PA

GE

40 O

F 1

13

Page 48: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

17

W4

-2

R

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

ROAD

W

O

R

K

A

A

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

CL

OS

ED

LE

FT

LA

NE

W4-2L

NO

TE

S

W1

-4

R

W1-4L

See G

en

eral N

otes, T

ab

les, an

d L

eg

en

d

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

100’ M

in.

25

0’ M

ax

.

D M

ax

.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

-

F

O

U

R

-

L

A

N

E

,

U

N

D

I

V

I

D

E

D

H

I

G

H

W

A

Y

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

R

E

Q

U

I

R

I

N

G

T

H

E

C

L

O

S

U

R

E

O

F

O

N

E

S

I

D

E

O

F

T

H

E

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

R

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

L

L M

in

.

� L

Min

.

L M

in

.*

E

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

1/3

L

M

in

.

(S

ee N

ote 5

)

� L

Min

.(S

ee N

ote 5

)

*� L

Min

.

1. W

hen

p

av

ed

sh

ou

ld

ers h

av

in

g a w

id

th

o

f 8

ft o

r m

ore are clo

sed

, ch

an

nelizin

g

devices should be used to close the shoulder in advance of the m

erging taper.

5. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

2. W

hen a highw

ay-rail grade crossing exists w

ithin the w

ork zone, or it is anticipated that

queues resulting from

the lane closure m

ight extend through a highw

ay-rail grade

cro

ssin

g, p

ro

visio

ns sh

all b

e m

ad

e to

elim

in

ate co

nflicts, w

hich

m

ay

req

uire p

lacin

g a

flag

ger at th

e cro

ssin

g. C

oo

rd

in

atio

n w

ith

th

e railro

ad

is essen

tial.

3. If the length of the tangent section betw

een beginning and ending tapers is m

ore than

6

00

ft, u

se tw

o W

1-4

S

ig

ns as sh

ow

n. If th

e d

istan

ce is 6

00

ft o

r less, u

se a W

24

-1

S

ig

n.

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

250’to 500’

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for

all tapers)

30

" x

3

0"

30

" x

3

0"

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

DE

ft

ft

100

110

50

60

70

80

90

42

5

49

5

15

5

20

0

25

0

30

5

36

0

Ex

pressw

ay

s

50

55

100

110

425

495

60

65

120

130

570

645

Distances m

ay be increased for

dow

ngrades or other conditions

th

at affect sto

pp

in

g sig

ht

distance.

All H

ighw

ays (except

freew

ays and expressw

ays)

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

*

Req

uired

o

n ex

pressw

ay

s,

Op

tio

nal o

n all o

th

er

highw

ays see note 6.

CB

BC

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

**

**

**

**

**

*

*

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-5

R sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft. o

r "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

C

ON

DIT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaq

ue to read "A

HE

AD

"

C

ON

DIT

IO

N 3: F

or E

xpressw

ays H

ighw

ays

A

=

1

00

0 ft.

B

=

1640 ft., W

20-5R

and W

20-5L

sign distance plaque to read � M

IL

E or "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

2640 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1

M

IL

E or "A

HE

AD

"

6. S

hadow

vehicle shall be equipped w

ith a T

ruck

M

oun

ted

A

tten

uato

r (T

MA

) o

n ex

pressw

ay

s and

o

ptio

nal o

n all o

th

er h

ig

hw

ay

s.

4. W

here speed or volum

e is higher, signing such as additional L

eft L

ane C

losed X

X ft S

ign

(W

20-5L

), R

ight L

ane C

losed X

X ft. S

ign (W

20-5R

) or B

e P

repared T

o S

top S

ign (W

3-4)

sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e W

20

-1

sig

n.

PA

GE

41 O

F 1

13

Page 49: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

18

(S

ee N

ote 1

)

W4-2R

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

ROAD

W

O

R

K

W4-2R

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

R

O

A

D

WO

RK

100’

D M

ax. 1

00’ M

in.

25

0’ M

ax

.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

O

R

M

O

B

I

L

E

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

DIVIDED

OR ONE-W

AY HIGHW

AY - WOR

K AREA IN

THE LEFT

OR RIGHT

LANE

W2

0-1

W20-5R

W2

0-1

W20-5R

L M

in

.

A A

(S

tationary O

peration)

Min.to 3000’ M

ax (M

obile O

peration)

1/3

L

M

in

.

E

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

NO

TE

S

2. F

or left lan

e clo

su

res, th

e W

20

-5

L S

ig

n sh

all b

e u

sed

in

stead

o

f th

e W

20

-5

R S

ig

n.

1. W

hen

p

av

ed

sh

ou

ld

ers h

av

in

g a w

id

th

o

f 8

ft o

r m

ore are clo

sed

, ch

an

nelizin

g

devices should be used to close the shoulder in advance of the m

erging taper.

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

Max

.

25

0’to

5

00

’A

BC

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

DE

ft

ft

100

110

50

60

70

80

90

42

5

49

5

15

5

200

250

30

5

360

50

55

10

0

11

0

425

495

60

65

12

0

13

0

570

645

Distances m

ay be increased for

dow

ngrades or other conditions

th

at affect sto

pp

in

g sig

ht

distance.

All H

ighw

ays (except

freew

ays a

nd e

xpressw

ays)

� D

M

ax.

(ty

p. fo

r

all tapers)

3. W

hen

a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g ex

ists w

ith

in

th

e w

ork

zo

ne, o

r it is

an

ticip

ated

th

at q

ueu

es resu

ltin

g fro

m th

e lan

e clo

su

re m

ig

ht ex

ten

d th

ro

ug

h a

h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g, p

ro

visio

ns sh

all b

e m

ad

e to

elim

in

ate co

nflicts,

w

hich m

ay require placing a flagger at the crossing. C

oordination w

ith the

railroad is essential.

5. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

*

Req

uired

o

n F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s

but O

ptional for A

ll O

ther H

ighw

ays,

see N

ote 6.

(O

ptio

nal)

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-5

R sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft. o

r "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaq

ue to read "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 3

: F

or F

reew

ay

an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

H

ig

hw

ay

s

A

=

1000 ft.

B

=

1

64

0 ft., W

20

-5

R sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

� M

IL

E o

r "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

2

64

0 ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

M

IL

E o

r "A

HE

AD

"

Freew

ays and E

xpressw

ays

Taper (O

ptional)

*

*

(S

ee N

ote 5

)

** *

*

**

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

4. W

here sp

eed

o

r v

olu

me is h

ig

her, sig

nin

g su

ch

as ad

ditio

nal R

ig

ht L

an

e C

lo

sed

X

X ft S

ign (W

20-5R

) or B

e P

repared T

o S

top S

ign (W

3-4) should be used in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e W

20

-1

sig

n.

6. S

hadow

vehicle shall be equipped w

ith a T

ruck M

ounted A

ttenuator (T

MA

) on

E

xpressw

ays and F

reew

ays. U

se of a T

MA

is optional on all other H

ighw

ays

w

hen

a sh

ad

ow

v

eh

icle is u

sed

.

PA

GE

42 O

F 1

13

Page 50: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

19

100’ M

in.

25

0’ M

ax

.

A

(S

ee N

ote 1)

2L

Min

.

W4

-2

L

LE

FT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

R

O

A

D

W

O

R

K

W4-2L

R

O

A

D

W

O

R

K

LE

FT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W1

2-1

16

’ M

in

.

D M

ax

.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

H

R

E

E

-

L

A

N

E

,

O

N

E

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

T

H

E

C

E

N

T

E

R

L

A

N

E

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

L

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

L

1/3 L

M

in.

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

NO

TE

S

2. A

rev

ersed

p

attern

, b

eg

in

nin

g w

ith

a rig

ht lan

e clo

su

re, m

ay

also

b

e u

sed

.

1. W

hen

p

av

ed

sh

ou

ld

ers h

av

in

g a w

id

th

o

f 8

ft o

r m

ore are clo

sed

, ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices sh

ou

ld

b

e

u

sed

to

clo

se th

e sh

ou

ld

er in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e m

erg

in

g tap

er.

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

� L

Min

.

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

W9

-3

A

48

" x

4

8"

L M

in

.

25

0’to

5

00

’F

B

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptio

nal)

*

Required on F

reew

ays and E

xp

ressw

ay

s

but O

ptional for A

ll O

ther H

ighw

ays.

3. If a paved shoulder having a m

inim

um

w

idth of 10 ft and sufficient strength is available, the

left and center lanes m

ay be closed and m

otor vehicle traffic carried around the w

ork space on

th

e rig

ht lan

e an

d a rig

ht sh

ou

ld

er. W

hen

a sh

ou

ld

er lan

e is u

sed

th

at can

no

t ad

eq

uately

accom

modate trucks, trucks m

ay be directed to used the norm

al travel lanes.

5. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and F

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 3

: F

or F

reew

ay

an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

H

ig

hw

ay

s

A

=

1

00

0 ft.

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it.

B

=

1640 ft., W

20-5L

sign distance plaque to read � M

IL

E

or "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

2

64

0 ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

M

IL

E

or "A

HE

AD

"

(D

istan

ce C

an

d th

e seco

nd

W

20

-5

AR

sig

n m

ay

b

e elim

in

ated

if sp

eed

s are less th

an

4

5 M

PH

)

C

=

1140 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read � M

ile

or "A

HE

AD

".

B

=

1

00

0 ft., W

20

-5

L sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft.

or "A

HE

AD

".

F

=

� M

ile, W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

M

ile o

r "A

HE

AD

".

(If second W

20-5L

is elim

inated, F

w

ill be 1140 ft., and the

W2

0-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

� M

ile o

r "A

HE

AD

")

(D

istance C

and the second W

20-5A

R sign m

ay be elim

inated)

See G

en

eral N

otes, T

ab

les, an

d L

eg

en

d

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

*

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

*

*

**

***

***

***

(S

ee N

ote 5

)

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for

all tapers)

(S

ee N

ote 6

)

(S

ee N

ote 5

)

LE

FT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W2

0-5

L

LE

FT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W2

0-5

L

C

Sp

eed

s less th

an

4

5 M

PH

(O

ptio

nal)

4. W

here speed or volum

e is higher, signing such as additional L

eft L

ane C

losed X

X ft S

ign (W

20-5L

)

o

r B

e P

rep

ared

T

o S

to

p S

ig

n (W

3-4

) sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e W

20

-1

sig

n.

6. S

hadow

vehicle shall be equipped w

ith a T

ruck M

ounted A

ttenuator (T

MA

) on E

xpressw

ays and F

reew

ays.

U

se o

f a T

MA

is O

ptio

nal o

n all o

th

er H

ig

hw

ay

s w

hen

a sh

ad

ow

v

eh

icle is u

sed

.

PA

GE

43 O

F 1

13

Page 51: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

BL

AN

K

PA

GE

PA

GE

44 O

F 1

13

Page 52: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

20

D M

ax

.

**

A

WO

RK

ROAD

TW

O L

AN

ES

CL

OS

ED

RIG

HT

W4-2R

*2

L M

in

.

W4-2R

W

O

R

K

W4

-2

R

RO

AD

TW

O L

AN

ES

CL

OS

ED

RIG

HT

100’ M

in.

25

0’ M

ax

.

W2

0-1

W2

0-1

L M

in

.L

Min.

* (S

ee N

ote 1

)

1/3 L

M

in.

TW

O L

AN

ES

CL

OS

ED

RIG

HT

TW

O L

AN

ES

CL

OS

ED

RIG

HT

200’

50

0’ EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60" x 24"

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

**

**

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

* **

(S

ee N

ote 5

)(S

ee N

ote 5

)

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

E

Max.

� D

M

ax.

(ty

p. fo

r

all tapers)

25

0’to

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

425

495

155

200

250

305

360

Ex

pressw

ay

s

50

55

10

0

11

0

425

495

60

65

12

0

13

0

570

64

5

Distances m

ay be increased for

dow

ngrades or other conditions

that affect stopping sight

distance.

All H

ighw

ays (except

freew

ays a

nd e

xpressw

ays)

W20-5A

R

48" x 48"

W20-5A

R

48" x 48"

W20-5A

R

48" x 48"

W20-5A

R

48" x 48"

(O

ptio

nal)

(O

ptional)

*

Required for F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays,

Optional far all other H

ighw

ays, see note 6.

*

*

*

**

*

*

*

Taper

(O

ptio

nal)

SH

EE

T 1

OF

2

*

*

Sp

eed

s less th

an

4

5 M

PH

(O

ptio

nal)

FC

B

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

(S

EE

SH

EE

T 2

OF

2 F

OR

NO

TE

S)

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

D

I

V

I

D

E

D

O

R

O

N

E

-

W

A

Y

H

I

G

H

W

A

Y

-

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

T

W

O

A

D

J

A

C

E

N

T

L

A

N

E

S

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

1

00

0 ft., W

20

-5

AR

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft. o

r "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

1140 ft., W

20-5A

R sign distance plaque to read � M

IL

E or "A

HE

AD

"

(D

istance C

and the second W

20-5A

R sign m

ay be elim

inated if speeds are less than 45 M

PH

)

F

=

2

64

0 ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

M

IL

E o

r "A

HE

AD

".

(If sig

n is elim

in

ated

, F

w

ill b

e 1

14

0 ft., an

d th

e W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

� M

IL

E o

r "A

HE

AD

")

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

, C

and F

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

(D

istance C

and the second W

20-5A

R sign m

ay be elim

inated)

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 3

: F

or F

reew

ay

an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

H

ig

hw

ay

s

A

=

1

00

0 ft.

B

=

1640 ft., W

20-5A

R sign distance plaque to read � M

IL

E or "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

2640 ft., W

20-5A

R sign distance plaque to read 1 M

IL

E or "A

HE

AD

"

F

=

1

M

IL

E, W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

2

M

IL

ES

o

r "A

HE

AD

"

PA

GE

45 O

F 1

13

Page 53: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

D

I

V

I

D

E

D

O

R

O

N

E

-

W

A

Y

H

I

G

H

W

A

Y

-

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

T

W

O

A

D

J

A

C

E

N

T

L

A

N

E

S

NO

TE

S

2. If the tw

o left lanes are closed, the L

eft T

wo L

anes C

losed A

head S

ign (W

20-5A

L) shall be used

in

stead

o

f th

e W

20

-5

AR

S

ig

n.

1. W

hen

p

av

ed

sh

ou

ld

ers h

av

in

g a w

id

th

o

f 8

ft o

r m

ore are clo

sed

, ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices sh

ou

ld

b

e

u

sed

to

clo

se th

e sh

ou

ld

er in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e m

erg

in

g tap

er.

5. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

4. W

hen a highw

ay-rail grade crossing exists w

ithin the w

ork zone, or it is anticipated that queues

resulting from

the lane closure m

ight extend through a highw

ay-rail grade crossing, provisions

shall be m

ade to elim

inate conflicts, w

hich m

ay require placing a flagger at the crossing.

C

oordination w

ith the railroad is essential.

PA

TA

20

SH

EE

T 2

OF

2

6. S

hadow

vehicle shall be equipped w

ith a T

ruck M

ounted A

ttenuator (T

MA

) on E

xpressw

ays and F

reew

ays.

U

se o

f a T

MA

is O

ptio

nal o

n all o

th

er H

ig

hw

ay

s w

hen

a sh

ad

ow

v

eh

icle is u

sed

.

3. W

here speed or volum

e is higher, signing such as additional R

ight T

wo L

anes C

losed X

X ft S

ign

(W

20

-5

AR

) o

r B

e P

rep

ared

T

o S

to

p S

ig

n (W

3-4

) sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e W

20

-1

sig

n.

PA

GE

46 O

F 1

13

Page 54: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

21

10

00

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W4-2R

BC

A

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W4-2R

100’ M

in.

25

0’ M

ax

.

D M

ax

.

EX

IT

See G

en

eral N

otes, T

ab

les, an

d L

eg

en

d

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

NO

TE

S

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

R

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

R

L M

in

.L

Min

.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

L

A

N

E

C

L

O

S

U

R

E

N

E

A

R

A

F

R

E

E

W

A

Y

O

R

E

X

R

E

S

S

W

A

Y

E

X

I

T

R

A

M

P

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

1. In locations w

ith heavy ram

p traffic, the channelizing devices in advance of the ram

p

m

ay

b

e elim

in

ated

if sp

ecial ad

van

ce sig

nin

g is erected

to

in

dicate th

at th

e rig

ht lan

e

is a m

andatory exit only lane.

3. T

he guide signs should indicate that the ram

p is open, and w

here the tem

porary ram

p is

located. H

ow

ever, if the ram

p is closed, guide signs should indicate that the ram

p is

clo

sed

.

4. W

hen

th

e ex

it ram

p is clo

sed

, a b

lack

o

n o

ran

ge E

XIT

C

LO

SE

D p

an

el sh

ould

be p

laced

diagonally across the interchange/intersection guide signs.

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

(S

ee N

ote 5

)

5. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

100’

Max.

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for all tapers)

25

0’to

5

00

W2

5-4

(O

ptio

nal)

*

Req

uired

See N

ote 6

2. T

he tem

po

rary

E

XIT

sig

n sh

all b

e lo

cated

in

th

e tem

po

rary

g

ore. It sh

all b

e m

ou

nted

a

m

in

im

um

o

f 3

ft. fro

m th

e p

av

em

en

t su

rface to

th

e b

otto

m o

f th

e sig

n.

Tap

er (O

ptio

nal)

A

=

100

0 ft.

B

=

1

64

0 ft., W

20

-5

R sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

� M

IL

E o

r "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

2

64

0 ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

M

IL

E or "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it.

6. S

had

ow

v

eh

icle sh

all b

e eq

uip

ped

w

ith

a T

ru

ck

M

ou

nted

A

tten

uato

r (T

MA

).

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

*

**

7. W

here speed or volum

e is higher, signing such as additional R

ight L

ane C

losed X

X ft S

ign

(W

20

-5

R) o

r B

e P

rep

ared

T

o S

to

p S

ig

n (W

3-4

) sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e W

20

-1

sig

n.

PA

GE

47 O

F 1

13

Page 55: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

RAMP

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

W

O

R

K

B

*

R

A

M

P

NARR

OWS

48

"x

48

"

W2

1-4

-1

B

A 1/3 L

/ L

12

10

0’ M

in

.

25

0’ M

ax

.

100’

500’

250’to

T

a

p

e

r

(

o

p

t

i

o

n

a

l

)

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

(O

ptio

nal)

MIN

.

M

I

N

.

**

10

’ M

in

.

See N

ote 2.

*

NO

TE

S

A

=

500 ft., W

21-4-1B

sign distance plaque to read 500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

B

=

5

00

ft., W

5-4

-2

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft. o

r "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

40 ft. M

AX

.

PA

TA

21 R

AM

P

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

W

O

R

K

S

P

A

C

E

O

N

A

R

A

M

P

1. S

had

ow

v

eh

icle sh

all b

e eq

uip

ped

w

ith

a T

ru

ck

M

ou

nted

A

tten

uato

r (T

MA

).

2. If sh

ou

ld

er is to

b

e u

sed

fo

r v

eh

icu

lar traffic in

su

re th

e sh

ou

ld

er is in

good condition and free of debris prior to its use.

3. A

ll distances m

ay be adjusted slightly to fit field condition.

4. R

efer to P

ublication 213 G

eneral N

otes for additional inform

ation.

W5-4

48

"x

48

"

PA

GE

48 O

F 1

13

C

Req

uired

See N

ote 1.

Page 56: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

22

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

L

A

N

E

C

L

O

S

U

R

E

N

E

A

R

A

F

R

E

E

W

A

Y

O

R

E

X

P

R

E

S

S

W

A

Y

E

N

T

R

A

N

C

E

R

A

M

P

100’ M

in.

25

0’ M

ax

.

**

AB

C*

L M

in

.

W

O

R

K

ROAD

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W4-2R

AHEAD

WO

RK

R

O

A

D

W3-2

R1-2

YIE

LD

W4-1R

NO

TE

S

500’

500’

W3

-1

ST

OP

R1

-1

OR

OR

2. W

here inadequate acceleration distance exists for the tem

porary entrance, the Y

ield (R

1-2) and

Y

ield A

head (W

3-2) S

igns shall be replaced w

ith S

top (R

1-1) and S

top A

head (W

3-1) S

igns.

1. A

n acceleratio

n lan

e o

f su

fficien

t len

gth

sh

ou

ld

b

e p

ro

vid

ed

w

hen

ev

er p

ossib

le.

See G

en

eral N

otes, T

ab

les, an

d L

eg

en

d

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

*

W

O

R

K

ROAD

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W4-2R

(S

ee N

ote 1

)

D M

ax

.

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

R

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

R

W2

0-1

L M

in

.L

Min

.

(S

ee N

ote 3

)

RY

RA

MP

RA

MP

10

’ M

in

.

3. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

R1-1-2

48

" x

2

4"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60" x 24"

10

0’

Max.

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for all tapers)

25

0’to

5

00

(O

ptional)

Op

tio

nal if an

ex

istin

g W

4-1R

sig

n is

with

in

5

00

ft. th

at is n

ot b

lo

ck

ed

b

y

sh

ort term

sig

nin

g.

*

Required,

see N

ote 4.

A

=

10

00

ft.

B

=

1

64

0 ft., W

20

-5

R sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

� M

IL

E o

r "A

HE

AD

"

C

=

2

64

0 ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

M

IL

E o

r "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it.

Taper (O

ptional)

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

4. S

had

ow

v

eh

icle sh

all b

e eq

uip

ped

w

ith

a T

ru

ck

M

ou

nted

A

tten

uato

r (T

MA

).

5. W

here sp

eed

o

r v

olu

me is h

ig

her, sig

nin

g su

ch

as ad

ditio

nal R

ig

ht L

an

e C

lo

sed

X

X ft S

ig

n

(W

20-5R

) or B

e P

repared T

o S

top S

ign (W

3-4) should be used in advance of the W

20-1 sign.

PA

GE

49 O

F 1

13

Page 57: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

23

Work

Vehicle

Shadow

Veh

icle 1

Shadow

Vehicle 2

AH

EA

D

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

NO

TE

S

1. T

his figure applies for operations that m

ove interm

ittently or continuously at an average speed of m

ore than 1 M

PH

.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

M

O

B

I

L

E

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

-

D

I

V

I

D

E

D

H

I

G

H

W

A

Y

,

O

N

E

-

W

A

Y

H

I

G

H

W

A

Y

,

O

R

T

W

O

O

R

M

O

R

E

L

A

N

E

A

P

P

O

A

C

H

O

F

A

N

U

N

D

I

V

I

D

E

D

H

I

G

H

W

A

Y

-

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

T

H

E

L

E

F

T

,

C

E

N

T

E

R

,

O

R

R

I

G

H

T

L

A

N

E

W2

0-5

R

2. W

hen

th

e w

ork

v

eh

icle o

ccu

pies th

e far left lan

e o

r an

in

terio

r lan

e, th

e ap

pro

priate lan

e clo

su

re sig

n sh

ou

ld

b

e

used in place of the W

20-5R

S

ign on S

hadow

V

ehicle 2. T

he lane closure sign on S

hadow

V

ehicle 2 should be placed

so as not to obscure the arrow

panel.

3. W

hen

th

e w

ork

v

eh

icle o

ccu

pies an

in

terio

r lan

e (a lan

e o

th

er th

an

th

e far rig

ht o

r far left) o

f a d

irectio

nal ro

ad

way

w

ith

a rig

ht sh

ou

ld

er 1

0 ft o

r m

ore in

w

id

th

, S

had

ow

V

eh

icle 2

sh

ou

ld

d

riv

e in

th

e rig

ht sh

ou

ld

er w

ith

a sig

n in

dicatin

g

that w

ork is taking place in the interior lane.

4. W

hen

ev

er ad

eq

uate sto

pp

in

g sig

ht d

istan

ce ex

ists to

th

e rear, th

e sh

ad

ow

v

eh

icle sh

ou

ld

m

ain

tain

th

e m

in

im

um

d

istan

ce

fro

m th

e w

ork

v

eh

icle an

d p

ro

ceed

at th

e sam

e sp

eed

. T

he sh

ad

ow

v

eh

icle sh

ou

ld

slo

w d

ow

n in

ad

van

ce o

f v

ertical o

r

h

orizo

ntal cu

rv

es.

6. W

ork should norm

ally be accom

plished during off-peak hours.

7. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

(S

ee N

ote 7

)

(O

ptio

nal)

*

**

100’ M

in.to 250’ M

ax.

(S

ee N

ote 4

)

A M

in.

(S

ee N

ote 7

)

Req

uired

fo

r F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s

but O

ptional for all other H

ighw

ays,

see N

ote 5

an

d N

ote 8

.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

M

in

. =

5

00

ft.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

M

in

. =

2

00

ft.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 3

: F

or F

reew

ay

an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

H

ig

hw

ay

s

A

M

in. =

1000 ft.

8. A

ll shadow

vehicles shall be equipped w

ith T

ruck M

ounted A

ttenuator (T

MA

).

5. A

dd

itio

nal sh

ad

ow

v

eh

icles to

w

arn

an

d red

uce th

e sp

eed

o

f o

nco

min

g o

r o

pp

osin

g v

eh

icu

lar traffic m

ay

b

e u

sed

. L

aw

enforcem

ent vehicles m

ay be used for this purpose but not to be used to close a lane.

PA

GE

50 O

F 1

13

Page 58: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

24

NO

TE

S

Edge of any roadw

ay

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

A

D

J

A

C

E

N

T

T

O

A

N

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

WO

RK

A

____

Additional signs m

ay be used

based on engineering judgem

ent.

W2

0-1

1. T

raffic co

ntro

l d

ev

ices are n

ot req

uired

if th

e w

ork

sp

ace is o

utsid

e

the highw

ay right-of-w

ay, behind barrier, m

ore than 2 ft behind curb,

or 15 ft or m

ore from

the edge of any roadw

ay.

2. F

or d

iv

id

ed

h

ig

hw

ay

s an

d o

ne-w

ay

h

ig

hw

ay

s w

here it is p

hy

sically

p

ossib

le, ad

van

ce w

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

ou

ld

also

b

e p

laced

o

n th

e

left-hand side of the roadw

ay.

*

*

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s):

A

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 500 ft. or "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets:

A

=

2

00

ft. an

d sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

"A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 3: F

or F

reew

ay and E

xpressw

ay H

ighw

ays:

A

=

1

00

0 ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft. o

r "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60" x 24"

ROAD

W

O

R

K

_

_

_

_

W2

0-1

R

O

A

D

WORK

_

_

_

_

W2

0-1

D M

ax. (T

yp.)

25

0’to

5

00

’A

**

**

RO

AD

W

O

R

K

_

_

_

_

W2

0-1

*

4. T

he W

20-1 S

ign on an intersecting roadw

ay is not required if drivers em

erging from

that roadw

ay w

ill encounter another advance w

arning sign prior to the w

ork space.

**

3. T

he W

20

-1

S

ig

n m

ay

b

e rep

laced

w

ith

o

th

er ap

pro

piate sig

ns (L

ow

S

ho

uld

er S

ig

n,

N

o G

uide R

ail S

ign, and so forth).

PA

GE

51 O

F 1

13

Page 59: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

25

WO

RK

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

S

H

O

U

L

D

E

R

AA

NE

XT

MIL

ES

RO

AD

WO

RK

A

D M

ax

.

(ty

p)W

O

R

K

S

H

O

U

L

D

E

R

NE

XT

MIL

ES

RO

AD

WO

RK

W

O

R

K

S

H

O

U

L

D

E

R

W

O

R

K

S

H

O

U

L

D

E

R

G20-1

60" x 30" M

in.

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

N

U

M

E

R

O

U

S

N

I

G

H

T

T

I

M

E

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

S

O

N

O

R

B

E

Y

O

N

D

T

H

E

S

H

O

U

L

D

E

R

W

O

R

K

RO

AD

W2

0-1

W

O

R

K

RO

AD

W2

0-1

Lim

it

of W

ork

Lim

it

of W

ork

*

NO

TE

S

2. T

he W

21-5 S

ign m

ay be replaced w

ith other appropriate signs (L

ow

S

houlder S

ign,

N

o G

uid

e R

ail S

ig

n, an

d so

fo

rth

).

*S

ee G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

G20-1

60" x 30" M

in.

1/3

L

M

in

.

(ty

p.)

25

0’to

5

00

W2

1-5

30" x 30"

(S

ee N

ote 2

)

W2

1-5

30

" x

3

0"

(S

ee N

ote 2

)

W2

1-5

30

" x

3

0"

(S

ee N

ote 2

)

W2

1-5

30" x 30"

(S

ee N

ote 2

)

6 devices M

in.

(typ. for all tapers)

25

0’to

5

00

BA

CB

1. F

or d

iv

id

ed

h

ig

hw

ay

s an

d o

ne-w

ay

h

ig

hw

ay

s w

here it is p

hy

sically

p

ossib

le,

ad

van

ce w

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

ou

ld

also

b

e p

laced

o

n th

e left-h

an

d sid

e o

f th

e ro

ad

way

.

3. T

he W

21

-5

S

ig

n o

n an

in

tersectin

g ro

ad

way

is n

ot req

uired

if d

riv

ers em

erg

in

g

fro

m th

at ro

ad

way

w

ill en

co

un

ter an

oth

er ad

van

ce w

arn

in

g sig

n p

rio

r to

th

e w

ork

sp

ace.

5. If drivers cannot see a pull-off area beyond the closed shoulder, inform

ation

reg

ard

in

g th

e len

gth

o

f th

e sh

ou

ld

er clo

su

re sh

ou

ld

b

e p

ro

vid

ed in

feet o

r m

iles, as ap

pro

priate.

6. B

ased on engineering judgem

ent, a tem

porary barrier w

ith proper delineation and end treatm

ent

m

ay

b

e u

sed

in

stead

o

f lo

ng

itu

din

al ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices. T

he ch

an

nelized

tap

er is still req

uired

.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft.

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 3

: F

or F

reew

ay

an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

H

ig

hw

ay

s

A

=

1000 ft.

B

=

1640 ft.

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it.

C

C

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft.

C

=

2

64

0 ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

M

IL

E

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

4. A

W

21-5B

L or W

21-5B

R S

ign should be used on lim

ited-access highw

ays w

here there is no opportunity

fo

r d

isab

led

v

eh

icles to

p

ull o

ff th

e ro

ad

way

.

PA

GE

52 O

F 1

13

Page 60: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Min

.

1. A

ll flaggers m

ust be in com

munication w

ith each other.

D M

ax

.

NO

TE

S

Flag

ger

No.1

Flag

ger

No.2

PA

TA

26

a

W2

0-7

A

10

0’

100’

2. E

ach

flag

ger sh

ou

ld

b

e clearly

v

isib

le to

traffic fo

r a m

in

im

um

d

istan

ce o

f E

.

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

F

L

A

G

G

I

N

G

R

O

A

D

W

O

R

K

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

A

TH

E S

AM

E S

IG

NIN

G

IS

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R

TH

IS

AP

PR

OA

CH

50’ M

in. to 100’ M

ax.

6 D

ev

ices M

in

.

Additional signs m

ay be used

based on engineering judgem

ent.

Optional

W2

0-1

W2

0-4

� D

M

ax.

(typ. all tapers)

5. W

hen a highw

ay-rail grade crossing exists w

ithin the w

ork zone, or it is anticipated that

queues resulting from

the lane closure m

ight extend through a highw

ay-rail grade crossing,

provisions shall be m

ade to elim

inate conflicts, w

hich m

ay require placing a flagger at the

crossing. C

oordination w

ith the railroad is essential.

4. T

he b

uffer sp

ace sh

ou

ld

b

e ex

ten

ded

so

th

at th

e tw

o-w

ay

traffic tap

er is p

laced

b

efo

re a

h

orizo

ntal (o

r crest v

ertical) cu

rv

e to

p

ro

vid

e ad

eq

uate sig

ht d

istan

ce fo

r th

e flag

ger an

d

a queue of stopped vehicles.

W3-4

BE

PR

EP

AR

ED

TO

ST

OP

Distances m

ay be increased for

dow

ngrades or other conditions

th

at affect sto

pp

in

g sig

ht

distance.

Max.

250’to 500’

25

0’to

5

00

’E

ND

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ays

(except

freew

ay a

nd e

xpressw

ay)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

425

495

155

200

250

305

360

E

*

**

**

*

*

FC

B

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-4

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft.

C

=

500 ft., W

3-4 sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft.

F

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read � M

IL

E.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

, B

, C

and F

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

GE

53 O

F 1

13

3. A

t n

ig

ht, flag

ger statio

ns sh

all b

e illu

min

ated

, ex

cep

t in

em

erg

en

cies.

S

ee G

eneral N

otes, sheet 3, note 26.

Page 61: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

1. T

his fig

ure ap

plies w

hen

all o

f th

e fo

llo

win

g co

nd

itio

ns are satisfied

:

PA

TA

26

b

NO

TE

S

100’

Point X

Point Y

2. F

lagger should be clearly visible to traffic for a m

inim

um

distance of E

.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

S

I

N

G

L

E

F

L

A

G

G

E

R

RO

AD

W

O

R

K

Optional

50

’ M

in

. to

1

00

’ M

ax

.

6 D

evices M

in.

A

TH

E S

AM

E S

IG

NIN

G

IS

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R

TH

IS

AP

PR

OA

CH

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60" x 24"

W20-7A

Additional signs m

ay be used

based on engineering judgem

ent.

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

� D

M

ax.

(typ. all tapers)

W2

0-1

W2

0-4

D M

ax

.

a. S

ight distance betw

een the flagger and any vehicle betw

een P

oints X

and Y

w

ill be

u

no

bstru

cted

.

c. T

he A

DT

is not greater than approxim

ately 1500, or the average 5-m

inute traffic volum

e

during the period of w

ork is 12 vehicles or less.

4. W

hen a highw

ay-rail grade crossing exists w

ithin the w

ork zone, or it is anticipated that

queues resulting from

the lane closure m

ight extend through a highw

ay-rail grade crossing,

p

ro

visio

ns sh

all b

e m

ad

e to

elim

in

ate co

nflicts, w

hich

m

ay

req

uire p

lacin

g a flag

ger at

th

e cro

ssin

g. C

oo

rd

in

atio

n w

ith

th

e railro

ad

is essen

tial.

Fo

r sp

eed

s g

reater th

an

4

5 M

PH

,

use F

igure P

AT

A 26a.W

3-4

BE

PR

EP

AR

ED

TO

ST

OP

Distances m

ay be increased for

dow

ngrades or other conditions

th

at affect sto

pp

in

g sig

ht

distance.

E M

in.

(typ. to points X

and Y

)

Unobstructed

sight distance

Max.

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ays

(except

freew

ay a

nd e

xpressw

ay)

DE

ft

ft

50

60

70

80

90

15

5

20

0

25

0

30

5

36

0

*

*

**

**

FC

B

*

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-4

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft.

C

=

5

00

ft.

F

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read � M

IL

E.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets:

A

, B

, C

and F

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

(D

istan

ce C

an

d th

e seco

nd

W

3-4

sig

n m

ay

b

e elim

in

ated

)

25

0’ M

ax

.

b

. T

he len

gth

o

f th

e o

ne-lan

e sectio

n (n

ot in

clu

din

g an

y tap

er) is n

ot g

reater th

an

approxim

ately 250 ft.

PA

GE

54 O

F 1

13

3. A

t n

ig

ht, flag

ger statio

n sh

all b

e illu

min

ated

, ex

cep

t in

em

erg

en

cies. S

ee G

en

eral N

otes,

sheet 3, note 26.

Page 62: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

1. T

his fig

ure ap

plies w

hen

all o

f th

e fo

llo

win

g co

nd

itio

ns are satisfied

:

PA

TA

26

c

NO

TE

S

100’

*

R

O

A

D

WORK

Optional

50

’ M

in

. to

1

00

’ M

ax

.

6 D

evices M

in.

A

TH

E S

AM

E S

IG

NIN

G

IS

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R

TH

IS

AP

PR

OA

CH

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

*

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

ST

OP

R1

-1

W3

-1

ST

OP

R1

-1

c. T

he A

DT

is n

ot g

reater than approxim

ately 1500.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

S

T

O

P

S

I

G

N

-

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

L

E

D

L

A

N

E

C

L

O

S

U

R

E

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

3. W

hen a highw

ay-rail grade crossing exists w

ithin the w

ork zone, or it is anticipated that

queues resulting from

the lane closure m

ight extend through a highw

ay-rail grade crossing,

provisions shall be m

ade to elim

inate conflicts, w

hich m

ay require placing a flagger at the

crossing. C

oordination w

ith the railroad is essential.

D M

ax.

� D

M

ax.

(typ. all tapers)

W2

0-1

W2

0-4

R

R

Red

T

yp

e B

L

ig

ht

Red

T

yp

e B

L

ig

ht

30" x 30"

30

" x

3

0"

a. S

ight distance betw

een the S

top S

igns w

ill be unobstructed.

Max.

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

CB

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-4

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft.

C

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft.

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets:

A

, B

, and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it.

W1-4R

30

" x

3

0"

25

0’ M

ax

.

Additional signs m

ay be used

based on engineering judgem

ent.

*

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

2. T

he length of the one-lane section and/or A

DT

m

ay be increased if a study indicates that a

satisfacto

ry

lev

el o

f serv

ice can

b

e m

ain

tain

ed

.

b

. T

he len

gth

o

f th

e o

ne-lan

e sectio

n (n

ot in

clu

din

g an

y tap

er) is n

ot g

reater th

an

approxim

ately 250 ft.

PA

GE

55 O

F 1

13

Page 63: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

1. T

his fig

ure ap

plies w

hen

all o

f th

e fo

llo

win

g co

nd

itio

ns are satisfied

:

PA

TA

26

d

NO

TE

S

100’

*

R

O

A

D

WO

RK

Optional

50

’ M

in

. to

1

00

’ M

ax

.

6 D

ev

ices M

in

.

A

G20-2

60" x 24"

*

Additional signs m

ay be used

based on engineering judgem

ent.

*

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

c. T

he A

DT

is not greater than approxim

ately 750.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

S

E

L

F

-

R

E

G

U

L

A

T

I

N

G

L

A

N

E

C

L

O

S

U

R

E

W3-2

R1-2

YIE

LD

ON

CO

MIN

G

TO

TR

AF

FIC

R1

-2

A

100’

A

Point X

1

a. S

ight distance betw

een

X

an

d X

, an

d b

etw

een

Y

an

d Y

, w

ill b

e u

nabstructed

.1

21

2

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

D M

ax

.

2P

oint X

1P

oint Y

Point Y

2

W2

0-1

W2

0-4

Y

(typ. all tapers)

Max

.

24" x 18"

3. W

hen

a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g ex

ists w

ith

in

th

e w

ork

zo

ne, o

r it is an

ticip

ated

th

at q

ueu

es

resu

ltin

g fro

m th

e lan

e clo

su

re m

ig

ht ex

ten

d th

ro

ug

h a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g, p

ro

visio

ns sh

all b

e

m

ade to elim

inate conflicts, w

hich m

ay require placing a flagger at the crossing. C

oordination w

ith

the railroad is essential.

TH

E S

AM

E S

IG

NIN

G

IS

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R

TH

IS

AP

PR

OA

CH

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

G20-2

60" x 24"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

W1-4R

30

" x

3

0"

CB

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-4

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft.

C

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft.

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets:

A

, B

, and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it.

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

2. T

he length of the one-lane section and/or A

DT

m

ay be increased if a study indicates that a satisfactory

level of service can be m

aintained.

25

0’ M

ax

.

b. T

he length of the one-lane section (not including any taper) is not greater than approxim

ately 250 ft.

PA

GE

56 O

F 1

13

Page 64: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

BL

AN

K

PA

GE

PA

GE

57 O

F 1

13

Page 65: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

26

e

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

US

IN

G F

IX

ED

SU

PP

OR

TS

TW

O-L

AN

E,

TW

O W

AY

HIG

HW

AY

WIT

H O

NE

-L

AN

E,

TW

O-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M

ST

AT

IO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N

MA

NU

AL

LY

-CO

NT

RO

LL

ED

TY

PE

OF

HIG

HW

AY

CO

ND

ITIO

NU

SIN

G P

ED

ES

TA

L-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

US

ING

TR

AIL

ER

-MO

UN

TE

D

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M

ST

AT

IO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N

FO

R N

ON

-C

OM

PL

EX

CO

ND

IT

IO

NS

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M

ST

AT

IO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N

FO

R C

OM

PL

EX

CO

ND

IT

IO

NS

LO

NG

-TE

RM

ST

AT

IO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

NP

AT

A 2

6e L

PA

TA

26e M

-1

PA

TA

26

e N

C-1

PA

TA

26e C

-1

PA

TA

26e P

L

PA

TA

26

e C

-2

PA

TA

26e N

C-2

PA

TA

26

e M

-2

R

E

F

E

R

E

N

C

E

G

U

I

D

E

F

O

R

P

A

T

A

2

6

e

T

Y

P

I

C

A

L

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

F

I

G

U

R

E

S

FIG

UR

E N

UM

BE

R

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L R

EQ

UIR

EM

EN

TS

AN

D T

IM

EF

RA

ME

S

PR

OC

ES

S F

OR

OB

TA

IN

IN

G P

EN

ND

OT

AP

PR

OV

AL

TO

US

E T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

BL

AN

KE

T P

ER

MIT

S

AP

PL

IC

AT

IO

N F

OR

PE

RM

IT

TO

OP

ER

AT

E T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

ER

MIT

AP

PL

IC

AT

IO

N I

NS

TR

UC

TIO

NS

FO

R P

ER

MIT

TO

OP

ER

AT

E T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

EX

AM

PL

E P

RO

BL

EM

: A

PP

LIC

AT

IO

N F

OR

PE

RM

IT

TO

OP

ER

AT

E T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

GU

ID

EL

IN

ES

FO

R T

HE

SE

LE

CT

IO

N O

F T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

IN

WO

RK

ZO

NE

S

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

NO

N-C

OM

PL

IA

NC

E D

OC

UM

EN

TA

TIO

N F

OR

M

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

US

ER

CO

MM

EN

T F

OR

M

DO

CU

ME

NT

TY

PE

A

P

P

E

N

D

I

X

A

I

N

D

E

X

;

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

D

O

C

U

M

E

N

T

A

T

I

O

N

PA

GE

58 O

F 1

13

Page 66: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

A

50’ M

in. to 100’ M

ax.

6 D

ev

ices M

in

.

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W3-3

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

TH

E S

AM

E S

IG

NIN

G

IS

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R

TH

IS

AP

PR

OA

CH

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

R

O

A

D

W

O

R

K

D M

ax.

W2

0-1

W2

0-4

40

’ M

in

.

15

0’ M

ax

.

100’ M

in.

100’ M

in.

40

’ M

in

.

15

0’ M

ax

.

R1

0-6

AL

R1

0-6

AL

24" x 30"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

CB

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-4

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft.

C

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft.

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

TA

26

e M

-1

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

1 o

f 4

24" x 30"

2 1

4 3

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

LA

N

Pedestal-M

ounted

Portable T

raffic

Control S

ignal (typ.)

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

M

A

N

U

A

L

L

Y

-

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

L

E

D

,

P

E

D

E

S

T

A

L

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

PA

GE

59 O

F 1

13

Page 67: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

26

e M

-1

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

2 o

f 4

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

No

rm

al S

peed

Lim

it (

MP

H)

Min

imu

m

Visib

ility

Distance (F

T)

21

5

27

0

32

5

39

0

46

0

54

0

62

5

IN

TE

RV

AL

SIN

TE

RV

AL

S

12

3

55

R

12

3

Phase 1

Ph

ase 2

1 2

3 4

SIG

NA

L

FIX

ED

MIN

IMU

M

R REMERGENCY

FLASHING

RR

R

GY

RR

RR

GY

Len

gth

o

f O

ne-L

an

e,

Tw

o-W

ay

T

raffic S

ectio

n

betw

een S

TO

P H

ER

E

ON

RE

D S

IG

NS

(F

T)

Req

uired

M

in

im

um

L

en

gth

o

f

All-R

ed C

learance Interval

(S

EC

)

15

M

PH

2

0 M

PH

2

5 M

PH

R Y G

12

"

12

"

12

"

1-2-3-4

SIG

NA

L N

O’S

.

SIG

NA

L R

EQ

UIR

EM

EN

TS

45

43

41

39

36

34

32

30

27

25

23

20

18

16

14

1,0

00

950

900

850

800

750

700

650

600

550

500

450

400

350

300

34

32

31

29

27

26

24

22

20

19

17

15

14

12

10

27

26

25

23

22

20

19

18

16

15

14

12

11

10 8

**

SE

E T

AB

LE

AN

D N

OT

E 1

4.

*

Signal F

ace V

isibility

(S

ee N

ote 1

2)

All-R

ed C

learance Interval C

alculations (S

ee N

ote 14)

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

- M

AN

UA

LL

Y-C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D,

PE

DE

ST

AL

-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

AN

Y F

IE

LD

AD

JU

ST

ME

NT

OF

"S

TO

P H

ER

E O

N R

ED

SIG

NS

" R

EQ

UIR

ES

NE

W C

AL

CU

LA

TIO

N O

F C

LE

AR

-

AN

CE

IN

TE

RV

AL

S I

N A

CC

OR

DA

NC

E W

IT

H P

EN

ND

OT

SP

EC

IF

IC

AT

IO

NS

.

IN

TE

RV

AL

DE

TE

RM

IN

ED

BY

OP

ER

AT

OR

.

NO

TE

:

AL

L S

IG

NA

LS

TO

BE

EQ

UIP

PE

D

WIT

H B

AC

KP

LA

TE

S.

PA

GE

60 O

F 1

13

Page 68: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

26

e M

-1

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

3 o

f 4

1. T

HE

US

E O

F M

AN

UA

LL

Y-C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D, P

ED

ES

TA

L-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

IN

PE

NN

SY

LV

AN

IA

FO

R S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M

S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

SH

AL

L C

OM

PL

Y W

IT

H P

RO

VIS

IO

NS

OF

TH

IS

FIG

UR

E.

2. T

HIS

FIG

UR

E M

AY

BE

US

ED

IF

AL

L O

F T

HE

FO

LL

OW

IN

G C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

AR

E S

AT

IS

FIE

D:

a.

TH

E O

PE

RA

TIO

N I

S A

ST

AT

IO

NA

RY

, S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M O

PE

RA

TIO

N A

S D

EF

IN

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

21

2 A

ND

21

3.

b

. T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

AR

E U

SE

D T

O C

ON

TR

OL

ON

E-L

AN

E,

TW

O-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

, A

ND

NO

MO

RE

TH

AN

TW

O

AP

PR

OA

CH

ES

TO

TH

E W

OR

K Z

ON

E W

IL

L B

E C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D B

Y T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

.

c. T

HE

RE

IS

NO

AT

-G

RA

DE

RA

IL

RO

AD

CR

OS

SIN

G W

IT

HIN

TH

E O

NE

-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

SE

CT

IO

N (

BE

TW

EE

N S

TO

P H

ER

E O

N R

ED

S

IG

NS

) A

ND

WIT

HIN

300 F

EE

T O

F A

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L.

d. N

O R

OA

DW

AY

AP

PR

OA

CH

TO

TH

E P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

S O

N A

DO

WN

GR

AD

E O

F 5

% O

R M

OR

E, IF

TH

E N

OR

MA

L

S

PE

ED

LIM

IT

IS

GR

EA

TE

R T

HA

N 3

5 M

IL

ES

PE

R H

OU

R.

e.

TH

ER

E A

RE

NO

IN

TE

RS

EC

TIO

NS

OR

UN

CO

NT

RO

LL

ED

CO

MM

ER

CIA

L D

RIV

EW

AY

S W

IT

HIN

TH

E O

NE

-L

AN

E,

TW

O-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

SE

CT

IO

N.

TH

E P

RO

PO

SE

D M

ET

HO

D O

F T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L F

OR

NO

N-C

OM

ME

RC

IA

L D

RIV

EW

AY

S S

HA

LL

BE

AC

CE

PT

AB

LE

TO

PE

NN

DO

T.

3.

FO

R M

AN

UA

L C

ON

TR

OL

, A

SIN

GL

E O

PE

RA

TO

R M

AY

BE

US

ED

IF

TH

E O

PE

RA

TO

R H

AS

AN

UN

OB

ST

RU

CT

ED

VIE

W O

F B

OT

H T

RA

FF

IC

TR

AV

EL

IN

G

T

HR

OU

GH

TH

E O

NE

-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

SE

CT

IO

N A

ND

TR

AF

FIC

ON

TH

E A

PP

RO

AC

H T

O E

AC

H P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

NIT

.

OT

HE

RW

IS

E,

A S

EP

AR

AT

E O

PE

RA

TO

R I

S R

EQ

UIR

ED

AT

EA

CH

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

NIT

AN

D C

OM

MU

NIC

AT

IO

NS

MU

ST

BE

MA

IN

TA

IN

ED

BE

TW

EE

N T

HE

OP

ER

AT

OR

S.

4.

SU

PP

LE

ME

NT

AL

SIG

NA

L I

ND

IC

AT

OR

LA

MP

S A

RE

RE

QU

IR

ED

TO

SH

OW

TH

E O

PE

RA

TO

R T

HE

ST

AT

US

OF

TH

E S

IG

NA

L I

ND

IC

AT

IO

NS

IF

TH

E

CO

NT

RO

LL

ER

DO

ES

NO

T P

RO

VID

E A

VIS

UA

L D

IS

PL

AY

OF

TH

E S

IG

NA

L I

ND

IC

AT

IO

NS

.

5. P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

SH

OU

LD

RE

MA

IN

IN

A M

AN

UA

LL

Y-C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D M

OD

E A

ND

SH

OU

LD

NO

T B

E C

HA

NG

ED

U

NL

ES

S D

IR

EC

TE

D B

Y P

EN

ND

OT

.

6.

AD

VA

NC

E W

RIT

TE

N A

PP

RO

VA

L M

US

T B

E O

BT

AIN

ED

FR

OM

PE

NN

DO

T P

RIO

R T

O U

SIN

G P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

FO

R

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

ON

AN

Y P

UB

LIC

HIG

HW

AY

. A

PE

NN

DO

T T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

ER

MIT

IS

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R

S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

, A

ND

A C

OP

Y M

US

T B

E M

AIN

TA

IN

ED

ON

-S

IT

E D

UR

IN

G T

HE

PE

RIO

D O

F P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

.

7. S

UB

MIT

A C

OM

PL

ET

ED

AP

PL

IC

AT

IO

N F

OR

A P

ER

MIT

TO

OP

ER

AT

E T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

TO

TH

E A

PP

RO

PR

IA

TE

PE

NN

DO

T

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G D

IS

TR

IC

T O

FF

IC

E S

O T

HA

T I

T I

S R

EC

EIV

ED

AT

LE

AS

T 3

FU

LL

WO

RK

IN

G D

AY

S B

EF

OR

E T

HE

DE

SIR

ED

BE

GIN

NIN

G T

IM

E O

F

T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

, E

XC

EP

T F

OR

EM

ER

GE

NC

Y W

OR

K A

S D

EF

IN

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

N 2

12.

8. R

EF

ER

TO

AP

PE

ND

IX

A O

F T

HIS

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N F

OR

AD

DIT

IO

NA

L G

UID

AN

CE

AN

D A

CC

EP

TA

NC

E P

RO

CE

DU

RE

S P

ER

TA

IN

IN

G T

O P

OR

TA

BL

E

T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

.

9.

TH

E D

ES

IG

N A

ND

AP

PL

IC

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

SH

AL

L C

OM

PL

Y W

IT

H T

HE

MO

ST

CU

RR

EN

T V

ER

SIO

N O

F

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

21

2,

21

3,

AN

D 1

49

.

10

. S

IG

NA

L S

UP

PO

RT

S S

HO

UL

D B

E A

MIN

IM

UM

OF

2 F

EE

T O

FF

TH

E E

DG

E O

F T

RA

VE

L W

AY

. I

F T

HIS

IS

NO

T P

OS

SIB

LE

, T

HE

SU

PP

OR

TS

SH

AL

L B

E A

DE

QU

AT

EL

Y P

RO

TE

CT

ED

BY

BA

RR

IE

R,

GU

ID

ER

AIL

, O

R C

HA

NN

EL

IZ

IN

G D

EV

IC

ES

.

11

. T

HE

BO

TT

OM

OF

TH

E H

OU

SIN

G O

F A

SIG

NA

L F

AC

E T

HA

T I

S N

OT

MO

UN

TE

D O

VE

R T

HE

RO

AD

WA

Y S

HA

LL

BE

AT

LE

AS

T 8

FE

ET

, B

UT

NO

T

MO

RE

TH

AN

15

FE

ET

AB

OV

E T

HE

SID

EW

AL

K O

R,

IF

TH

ER

E I

S N

O S

ID

EW

AL

K,

AB

OV

E T

HE

PA

VE

ME

NT

GR

AD

E A

T T

HE

CE

NT

ER

OF

TH

E R

OA

DW

AY

.

12

. A

MIN

IM

UM

OF

TW

O S

IG

NA

L F

AC

ES

ON

EA

CH

AP

PR

OA

CH

SH

OU

LD

BE

CO

NT

IN

UO

US

LY

VIS

IB

LE

TO

AP

PR

OA

CH

IN

G T

RA

FF

IC

FR

OM

A P

OIN

T

M

EE

TIN

G T

HE

SIG

NA

L V

IS

IB

IL

IT

Y D

IS

TA

NC

ES

SP

EC

IF

IE

D I

N T

HE

TA

BL

E O

N S

HE

ET

2 O

F 3

.

(

N

O

T

E

S

C

O

N

T

D

.

O

N

S

H

E

E

T

4

)

NO

TE

S

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

M

A

N

U

A

L

L

Y

-

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

L

E

D

,

P

E

D

E

S

T

A

L

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

PA

GE

61 O

F 1

13

Page 69: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

13. T

HE

LE

NG

TH

OF

YE

LL

OW

CH

AN

GE

IN

TE

RV

AL

S I

S N

OR

MA

LL

Y I

N T

HE

RA

NG

E F

RO

M A

BO

UT

3 S

EC

ON

DS

TO

6 S

EC

ON

DS

. U

SE

A 5

-S

EC

ON

D

YE

LL

OW

CH

AN

GE

IN

TE

RV

AL

, O

R A

N A

PP

RO

PR

IA

TE

AL

TE

RN

AT

E V

AL

UE

FR

OM

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

N 1

49

BA

SE

D O

N A

CT

UA

L S

IT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

.

14

. A

N A

LL

-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L M

US

T B

E U

SE

D.

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F T

HE

AL

L-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L I

S B

AS

ED

ON

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F

T

HE

ON

E-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

SE

CT

IO

N C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D B

Y T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

AN

D T

HE

SP

EE

D O

F T

RA

FF

IC

T

HR

OU

GH

TH

AT

SE

CT

IO

N. M

ON

IT

OR

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

DU

RIN

G T

HE

PE

RIO

D O

F P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

AN

D A

DJU

ST

T

HE

LE

NG

TH

OF

TH

E A

LL

-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L T

O A

CC

OU

NT

FO

R S

IT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

AN

D T

O P

RO

VID

E F

OR

SA

FE

AN

D E

FF

IC

IE

NT

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

. U

NL

ES

S O

TH

ER

WIS

E I

ND

IC

AT

ED

BY

PE

NN

DO

T,

TH

E M

IN

IM

UM

LE

NG

TH

OF

AL

L-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

LS

SH

AL

L B

E

AS

IN

DIC

AT

ED

ON

TH

E T

AB

LE

ON

SH

EE

T 2

OF

4.

15. W

HE

N N

OT

IN

OP

ER

AT

IO

N, S

IG

NA

L H

EA

DS

SH

AL

L B

E R

EM

OV

ED

FR

OM

TH

E V

IE

W O

F T

RA

FF

IC

OR

HO

OD

ED

WIT

H A

MA

TE

RIA

L T

HA

T C

OV

ER

S

TH

E S

IG

NA

L I

ND

IC

AT

IO

NS

FR

OM

TH

E V

IE

W O

F T

RA

FF

IC

. A

LL

IN

AP

PR

OP

RIA

TE

SIG

NS

SH

AL

L A

LS

O B

E R

EM

OV

ED

, C

OV

ER

ED

, F

OL

DE

D,

OR

TU

RN

ED

SO

TH

AT

TH

EY

AR

E N

OT

RE

AD

AB

LE

BY

ON

CO

MIN

G T

RA

FF

IC

WH

EN

TH

E P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

S N

OT

IN

OP

ER

AT

IO

N.

16

. S

IG

NA

L M

OD

UL

ES

MU

ST

BE

RE

PL

AC

ED

IN

AC

CO

RD

AN

CE

WIT

H T

HE

MA

NU

FA

CT

UR

ER

S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

AT

IO

NS

, A

ND

A R

EC

OR

D O

F T

HIS

MU

ST

BE

M

AIN

TA

IN

ED

BY

TH

E U

SE

R.

17. A

DD

IT

IO

NA

L S

IG

NS

AN

D D

EV

IC

ES

SH

AL

L B

E I

NS

TA

LL

ED

AS

RE

QU

IR

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

212 A

ND

213, A

ND

AS

RE

QU

IR

ED

B

AS

ED

ON

AC

TU

AL

SIT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

.

18

. P

EN

ND

OT

RE

SE

RV

ES

TH

E R

IG

HT

TO

IN

SP

EC

T E

AC

H P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

. P

EN

ND

OT

AL

SO

RE

SE

RV

ES

TH

E R

IG

HT

TO

RE

VO

KE

A T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

ER

MIT

OR

TO

SU

SP

EN

D T

HE

OP

ER

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L

IF

TH

E U

SE

R S

HA

LL

AT

AN

Y T

IM

E W

IL

LF

UL

LY

OR

NE

GL

IG

EN

TL

Y F

AIL

TO

CO

MP

LY

WIT

H T

HE

CO

ND

IT

IO

NS

CO

NT

AIN

ED

IN

TH

E P

ER

MIT

OR

P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

N 2

13, O

R F

AIL

TO

MA

KE

AN

Y C

HA

NG

ES

IN

TH

E O

PE

RA

TIO

N O

F T

HE

SIG

NA

L, O

R R

EM

OV

E I

T, W

HE

N S

O O

RD

ER

ED

BY

PE

NN

DO

T.

T

HE

US

ER

SH

AL

L N

OT

MA

KE

AN

Y C

HA

NG

E I

N T

HE

OP

ER

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L A

S D

EF

IN

ED

IN

TH

E P

ER

MIT

D

RA

WIN

GS

WIT

HO

UT

PR

IO

R W

RIT

TE

N A

PP

RO

VA

L O

F P

EN

ND

OT

.

PA

TA

26

e M

-1

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

4 o

f 4

(C

ON

T’D

. F

RO

M S

HE

ET

3)

NO

TE

S

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

- M

AN

UA

LL

Y-C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D,

PE

DE

ST

AL

-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

PA

GE

62 O

F 1

13

Page 70: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

A

50’ M

in. to 100’ M

ax.

6 D

ev

ices M

in

.

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W3-3

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

TH

E S

AM

E S

IG

NIN

G

IS

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R

TH

IS

AP

PR

OA

CH

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

R

O

A

D

W

O

R

K

D M

ax

.

W2

0-1

W2

0-4

40

’ M

in

.

15

0’ M

ax

.

100’ M

in.

10

0’ M

in

.

40

’ M

in

.

15

0’ M

ax

.

R1

0-6

AL

R1

0-6

AL

24" x 30"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

CB

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-4

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft.

C

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft.

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

TA

26

e M

-2

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

1 o

f 5

24" x 30"

2 1

34

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

LA

N

Trailer M

ou

nted

Portable T

raffic

Control S

ignal (typ.)

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

- M

AN

UA

LL

Y-C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D, T

RA

IL

ER

-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

NO

TE

Refer to S

heet 3 of 5 for A

lternate T

railer-M

ounted P

ortable T

raffic S

ignal P

lacem

ent.

PA

GE

63 O

F 1

13

Page 71: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

26

e M

-2

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

2 o

f 5

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

No

rm

al S

peed

Lim

it (

MP

H)

Min

imu

m

Visib

ility

Distance (F

T)

21

5

27

0

32

5

39

0

46

0

54

0

62

5

Len

gth

o

f O

ne-L

an

e,

Tw

o-W

ay

T

raffic S

ectio

n

betw

een S

TO

P H

ER

E

ON

RE

D S

IG

NS

(F

T)

Req

uired

M

in

im

um

L

en

gth

o

f

All-R

ed C

learance Interval

(S

EC

)

15

M

PH

2

0 M

PH

2

5 M

PH

45

43

41

39

36

34

32

30

27

25

23

20

18

16

14

1,0

00

950

900

850

800

750

700

650

600

550

500

450

400

350

300

34

32

31

29

27

26

24

22

20

19

17

15

14

12

10

27

26

25

23

22

20

19

18

16

15

14

12

11

10 8

Signal F

ace V

isibility

(S

ee N

ote 1

2)

All-R

ed C

learance Interval C

alculations (S

ee N

ote 14)

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

- M

AN

UA

LL

Y-C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D, T

RA

IL

ER

-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

IN

TE

RV

AL

SIN

TE

RV

AL

S

12

3

55

R

12

3

Phase 1

Ph

ase 2

1 2

3 4

SIG

NA

L

FIX

ED

MIN

IMU

M

R REMERGENCY

FLASHING

RR

R

GY

RR

RR

GY

R Y G

12

"

12

"

12

"

1-2-3-4

SIG

NA

L N

O’S

.

SIG

NA

L R

EQ

UIR

EM

EN

TS

**

SE

E T

AB

LE

AN

D N

OT

E 1

4.

*

AN

Y F

IE

LD

AD

JU

ST

ME

NT

OF

"S

TO

P H

ER

E O

N R

ED

SIG

NS

" R

EQ

UIR

ES

NE

W C

AL

CU

LA

TIO

N O

F C

LE

AR

-

AN

CE

IN

TE

RV

AL

S I

N A

CC

OR

DA

NC

E W

IT

H P

EN

ND

OT

SP

EC

IF

IC

AT

IO

NS

.

IN

TE

RV

AL

DE

TE

RM

IN

ED

BY

OP

ER

AT

OR

.

NO

TE

:

AL

L S

IG

NA

LS

TO

BE

EQ

UIP

PE

D

WIT

H B

AC

KP

LA

TE

S.

PA

GE

64 O

F 1

13

Page 72: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

26

e M

-2

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

3 o

f 5

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

- M

AN

UA

LL

Y-C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D, T

RA

IL

ER

-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

21

34

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

2134

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

100’

MIN

.

21

3 4

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

100’

MIN

.

21

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

100’

MIN

.

3 4

10

0’

MIN

.

AL

TE

RN

AT

E T

RA

IL

ER

-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

SIG

NA

L P

LA

CE

ME

NT

S

OP

TIO

N 2

OP

TIO

N 1

OP

TIO

N 3

OP

TIO

N 4

PA

GE

65 O

F 1

13

Page 73: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

26

e M

-2

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

4 o

f 5

NO

TE

S

1.

TH

E U

SE

OF

MA

NU

AL

LY

-C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D,

TR

AIL

ER

-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

IN

PE

NN

SY

LV

AN

IA

FO

R S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

SH

AL

L C

OM

PL

Y W

IT

H P

RO

VIS

IO

NS

OF

TH

IS

FIG

UR

E.

2. T

HIS

FIG

UR

E M

AY

BE

US

ED

IF

AL

L O

F T

HE

FO

LL

OW

IN

G C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

AR

E S

AT

IS

FIE

D:

a.

TH

E O

PE

RA

TIO

N I

S A

ST

AT

IO

NA

RY

, S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M O

PE

RA

TIO

N A

S D

EF

IN

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

21

2 A

ND

21

3.

b

. T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

AR

E U

SE

D T

O C

ON

TR

OL

ON

E-L

AN

E,

TW

O-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

, A

ND

NO

MO

RE

TH

AN

TW

O A

PP

RO

AC

HE

S T

O

T

HE

WO

RK

ZO

NE

WIL

L B

E C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D B

Y T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

.

c.

TH

ER

E I

S N

O A

T-G

RA

DE

RA

IL

RO

AD

CR

OS

SIN

G W

IT

HIN

TH

E O

NE

-L

AN

E,

TW

O-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

SE

CT

IO

N (

BE

TW

EE

N S

TO

P H

ER

E O

N R

ED

SIG

NS

) A

ND

W

IT

HIN

300 F

EE

T O

F A

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L.

d. N

O R

OA

DW

AY

AP

PR

OA

CH

TO

TH

E P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

S O

N A

DO

WN

GR

AD

E O

F 5

% O

R M

OR

E, IF

TH

E N

OR

MA

L S

PE

ED

LIM

IT

IS

GR

EA

TE

R T

HA

N 3

5 M

IL

ES

PE

R H

OU

R.

e.

TH

ER

E A

RE

NO

IN

TE

RS

EC

TIO

NS

OR

UN

CO

NT

RO

LL

ED

CO

MM

ER

CIA

L D

RIV

EW

AY

S W

IT

HIN

TH

E O

NE

-L

AN

E,

TW

O-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

SE

CT

IO

N.

TH

E

PR

OP

OS

ED

ME

TH

OD

OF

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L F

OR

NO

N-C

OM

ME

RC

IA

L D

RIV

EW

AY

S S

HA

LL

BE

AC

CE

PT

AB

LE

TO

PE

NN

DO

T.

3. F

OR

MA

NU

AL

CO

NT

RO

L, A

SIN

GL

E O

PE

RA

TO

R M

AY

BE

US

ED

IF

TH

E O

PE

RA

TO

R H

AS

AN

UN

OB

ST

RU

CT

ED

VIE

W O

F B

OT

H T

RA

FF

IC

TR

AV

EL

IN

G T

HR

OU

GH

T

HE

ON

E-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

SE

CT

IO

N A

ND

TR

AF

FIC

ON

TH

E A

PP

RO

AC

H T

O E

AC

H P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

NIT

. O

TH

ER

WIS

E, A

S

EP

AR

AT

E O

PE

RA

TO

R I

S R

EQ

UIR

ED

AT

EA

CH

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

NIT

AN

D C

OM

MU

NIC

AT

IO

NS

MU

ST

BE

MA

IN

TA

IN

ED

BE

TW

EE

N T

HE

OP

ER

AT

OR

S.

4. S

UP

PL

EM

EN

TA

L S

IG

NA

L I

ND

IC

AT

OR

LA

MP

S A

RE

RE

QU

IR

ED

TO

SH

OW

TH

E O

PE

RA

TO

R T

HE

ST

AT

US

OF

TH

E S

IG

NA

L I

ND

IC

AT

IO

NS

IF

TH

E C

ON

TR

OL

LE

R

D

OE

S N

OT

PR

OV

ID

E A

VIS

UA

L D

IS

PL

AY

OF

TH

E S

IG

NA

L I

ND

IC

AT

IO

NS

.

5.

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

SH

OU

LD

RE

MA

IN

IN

A M

AN

UA

LL

Y-C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D M

OD

E A

ND

SH

OU

LD

NO

T B

E C

HA

NG

ED

UN

LE

SS

D

IR

EC

TE

D B

Y P

EN

ND

OT

.

6. A

DV

AN

CE

WR

IT

TE

N A

PP

RO

VA

L M

US

T B

E O

BT

AIN

ED

FR

OM

PE

NN

DO

T P

RIO

R T

O U

SIN

G P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

FO

R S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

ON

AN

Y P

UB

LIC

HIG

HW

AY

. A

PE

NN

DO

T T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

ER

MIT

IS

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

,

A

ND

A C

OP

Y M

US

T B

E M

AIN

TA

IN

ED

ON

-S

IT

E D

UR

IN

G T

HE

PE

RIO

D O

F P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

.

7. S

UB

MIT

A C

OM

PL

ET

ED

AP

PL

IC

AT

IO

N F

OR

A P

ER

MIT

TO

OP

ER

AT

E T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

TO

TH

E A

PP

RO

PR

IA

TE

PE

NN

DO

T

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G D

IS

TR

IC

T O

FF

IC

E S

O T

HA

T I

T I

S R

EC

EIV

ED

AT

LE

AS

T 3

FU

LL

WO

RK

IN

G D

AY

S B

EF

OR

E T

HE

DE

SIR

ED

BE

GIN

NIN

G T

IM

E O

F T

HE

P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

, E

XC

EP

T F

OR

EM

ER

GE

NC

Y W

OR

K A

S D

EF

IN

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

N 2

12.

8. R

EF

ER

TO

AP

PE

ND

IX

A O

F T

HIS

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N F

OR

AD

DIT

IO

NA

L G

UID

AN

CE

AN

D A

CC

EP

TA

NC

E P

RO

CE

DU

RE

S P

ER

TA

IN

IN

G T

O P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

C

ON

TR

OL

SIG

NA

LS

.

9.

TH

E D

ES

IG

N A

ND

AP

PL

IC

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

SH

AL

L C

OM

PL

Y W

IT

H T

HE

MO

ST

CU

RR

EN

T V

ER

SIO

N O

F P

EN

ND

OT

P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

2

12

, 2

13

, A

ND

1

49

.

10

. S

IG

NA

L S

UP

PO

RT

S S

HO

UL

D B

E A

MIN

IM

UM

OF

2 F

EE

T O

FF

TH

E E

DG

E O

F T

RA

VE

L W

AY

. I

F T

HIS

IS

NO

T P

OS

SIB

LE

, T

HE

SU

PP

OR

TS

SH

AL

L B

E

A

DE

QU

AT

EL

Y P

RO

TE

CT

ED

BY

BA

RR

IE

R, G

UID

ER

AIL

, O

R C

HA

NN

EL

IZ

IN

G D

EV

IC

ES

.

11. T

HE

BO

TT

OM

OF

TH

E H

OU

SIN

G O

F A

SIG

NA

L F

AC

E S

US

PE

ND

ED

OV

ER

TH

E R

OA

DW

AY

SH

AL

L B

E A

MIN

IM

UM

OF

15 F

EE

T, B

UT

NO

T M

OR

E T

HA

N 1

9

F

EE

T A

BO

VE

TH

E P

AV

EM

EN

T. T

HE

BO

TT

OM

OF

TH

E H

OU

SIN

G O

F A

SIG

NA

L F

AC

E T

HA

T I

S N

OT

MO

UN

TE

D O

VE

R T

HE

RO

AD

WA

Y S

HA

LL

BE

AT

LE

AS

T 8

FE

ET

, B

UT

NO

T M

OR

E T

HA

N 1

5 F

EE

T A

BO

VE

TH

E S

ID

EW

AL

K O

R,

IF

TH

ER

E I

S N

O S

ID

EW

AL

K,

AB

OV

E T

HE

PA

VE

ME

NT

GR

AD

E A

T T

HE

CE

NT

ER

OF

TH

E

R

OA

DW

AY

.

(

N

O

T

E

S

C

O

N

T

D

.

O

N

S

H

E

E

T

4

)

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

- M

AN

UA

LL

Y-C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D, T

RA

IL

ER

-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

PA

GE

66 O

F 1

13

Page 74: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

12

. A

MIN

IM

UM

OF

TW

O S

IG

NA

L F

AC

ES

ON

EA

CH

AP

PR

OA

CH

SH

OU

LD

BE

CO

NT

IN

UO

US

LY

VIS

IB

LE

TO

AP

PR

OA

CH

IN

G T

RA

FF

IC

FR

OM

A P

OIN

T M

EE

TIN

G T

HE

S

IG

NA

L V

IS

IB

IL

IT

Y D

IS

TA

NC

ES

SP

EC

IF

IE

D I

N T

HE

TA

BL

E O

N S

HE

ET

2 O

F 3

.

13

. T

HE

LE

NG

TH

OF

YE

LL

OW

CH

AN

GE

IN

TE

RV

AL

S I

S N

OR

MA

LL

Y I

N T

HE

RA

NG

E F

RO

M A

BO

UT

3 S

EC

ON

DS

TO

6 S

EC

ON

DS

. U

SE

A 5

-S

EC

ON

D Y

EL

LO

W

14. A

N A

LL

-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L M

US

T B

E U

SE

D. T

HE

LE

NG

TH

OF

TH

E A

LL

-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L I

S B

AS

ED

ON

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F T

HE

ON

E-L

AN

E,

TW

O-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

SE

CT

IO

N C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D B

Y T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

AN

D T

HE

SP

EE

D O

F T

RA

FF

IC

TH

RO

UG

H T

HA

T

S

EC

TIO

N. M

ON

IT

OR

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

DU

RIN

G T

HE

PE

RIO

D O

F P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

AN

D A

DJU

ST

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F T

HE

A

LL

-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L T

O A

CC

OU

NT

FO

R S

IT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

AN

D T

O P

RO

VID

E F

OR

SA

FE

AN

D E

FF

IC

IE

NT

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

. U

NL

ES

S

O

TH

ER

WIS

E I

ND

IC

AT

ED

BY

PE

NN

DO

T, T

HE

MIN

IM

UM

LE

NG

TH

OF

AL

L-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

LS

SH

AL

L B

E A

S I

ND

IC

AT

ED

ON

TH

E T

AB

LE

ON

SH

EE

T

2

O

F 4

.

15. W

HE

N N

OT

IN

OP

ER

AT

IO

N, S

IG

NA

L H

EA

DS

SH

AL

L B

E R

EM

OV

ED

FR

OM

TH

E V

IE

W O

F T

RA

FF

IC

OR

HO

OD

ED

WIT

H A

MA

TE

RIA

L T

HA

T C

OV

ER

S T

HE

SIG

NA

L I

ND

IC

AT

IO

NS

FR

OM

TH

E V

IE

W O

F T

RA

FF

IC

. A

LL

IN

AP

PR

OP

RIA

TE

SIG

NS

SH

AL

L A

LS

O B

E R

EM

OV

ED

, C

OV

ER

ED

, F

OL

DE

D,

OR

TU

RN

ED

SO

TH

AT

TH

EY

AR

E N

OT

RE

AD

AB

LE

BY

ON

CO

MIN

G T

RA

FF

IC

WH

EN

TH

E P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

S N

OT

IN

OP

ER

AT

IO

N.

16. S

IG

NA

L M

OD

UL

ES

MU

ST

BE

RE

PL

AC

ED

IN

AC

CO

RD

AN

CE

WIT

H T

HE

MA

NU

FA

CT

UR

ER

S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

AT

IO

NS

, A

ND

A R

EC

OR

D O

F T

HIS

MU

ST

BE

MA

IN

TA

IN

ED

BY

TH

E U

SE

R.

17

. A

DD

IT

IO

NA

L S

IG

NS

AN

D D

EV

IC

ES

SH

AL

L B

E I

NS

TA

LL

ED

AS

RE

QU

IR

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

21

2 A

ND

21

3,

AN

D A

S R

EQ

UIR

ED

BA

SE

D O

N

A

CT

UA

L S

IT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

.

18. P

EN

ND

OT

RE

SE

RV

ES

TH

E R

IG

HT

TO

IN

SP

EC

T E

AC

H P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

. P

EN

ND

OT

AL

SO

RE

SE

RV

ES

TH

E R

IG

HT

TO

RE

VO

KE

A T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

ER

MIT

OR

TO

SU

SP

EN

D T

HE

OP

ER

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

F T

HE

US

ER

SH

AL

L A

T A

NY

TIM

E W

IL

LF

UL

LY

OR

NE

GL

IG

EN

TL

Y F

AIL

TO

CO

MP

LY

WIT

H T

HE

CO

ND

IT

IO

NS

CO

NT

AIN

ED

IN

TH

E P

ER

MIT

OR

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

, O

R

FA

IL

TO

M

AK

E A

NY

CH

AN

GE

S I

N T

HE

OP

ER

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

SIG

NA

L,

OR

RE

MO

VE

IT

, W

HE

N S

O O

RD

ER

ED

BY

PE

NN

DO

T .

T

HE

US

ER

SH

AL

L N

OT

MA

KE

AN

Y

CH

AN

GE

IN

T

HE

OP

ER

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L A

S D

EF

IN

ED

IN

TH

E P

ER

MIT

DR

AW

IN

GS

WIT

HO

UT

PR

IO

R W

RIT

TE

N A

PP

RO

VA

L O

F

PE

NN

DO

T.

PA

TA

26

e M

-2

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

5 o

f 5

(C

ON

T’D

. F

RO

M S

HE

ET

3)

NO

TE

S

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

- M

AN

UA

LL

Y-C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D, T

RA

IL

ER

-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

PA

GE

67 O

F 1

13

C

HA

NG

E I

NT

ER

VA

L, O

R A

N A

PP

RO

PR

IA

TE

AL

TE

RN

AT

E V

AL

UE

FR

OM

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

N 1

49 B

AS

ED

ON

AC

TU

AL

SIT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

.

Page 75: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

BL

AN

K

PA

GE

PA

GE

68 O

F 1

13

Page 76: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

A

50’ M

in. to 100’ M

ax.

6 D

ev

ices M

in

.

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W3-3

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

TH

E S

AM

E S

IG

NIN

G

IS

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R

TH

IS

AP

PR

OA

CH

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

R

O

A

D

W

O

R

K

D M

ax

.

W2

0-1

W2

0-4

40

’ M

in

.

15

0’ M

ax

.

100’ M

in.

10

0’ M

in

.

40

’ M

in

.

15

0’ M

ax

.

R1

0-6

AL

R1

0-6

AL

24" x 30"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

CB

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-4

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft.

C

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft.

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

1 o

f 4

24" x 30"

2 1

4 3

PA

TA

26

e N

C-1

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

LA

N

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

P

E

D

E

S

T

A

L

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

F

O

R

N

O

N

-

C

O

M

P

L

E

X

C

O

N

D

I

T

I

O

N

S

Pedestal-M

ounted

Portable T

raffic

Control S

ignal (typ.)

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

PA

GE

69 O

F 1

13

Page 77: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

2 o

f 4

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

No

rm

al S

peed

Lim

it (

MP

H)

Min

imu

m

Visib

ility

Distance (F

T)

21

5

27

0

32

5

39

0

46

0

54

0

62

5

IN

TE

RV

AL

SIN

TE

RV

AL

S

12

3

5

10 3 NL

10

5

R

NL

312

3

Phase 1

Ph

ase 2

1 2

3 4

SIG

NA

L

R REMERGENCY

FLASHING

RR

R

GY

RR

RR

GY

R Y G

12

"

12

"

12

"

1-2-3-4

SIG

NA

L N

O’S

.

SIG

NA

L R

EQ

UIR

EM

EN

TS

PA

TA

26

e N

C-1

FIX

ED

MIN

IMU

M

PA

SS

AG

E

MA

XIM

UM

ME

MO

RY

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

P

E

D

E

S

T

A

L

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

F

O

R

N

O

N

-

C

O

M

P

L

E

X

C

O

N

D

I

T

I

O

N

S

SE

E T

AB

LE

AN

D N

OT

E 1

1.

*

Signal F

ace V

isibility

Len

gth

o

f O

ne-L

an

e,

Tw

o-W

ay

T

raffic S

ectio

n

betw

een S

TO

P H

ER

E

ON

RE

D S

IG

NS

(F

T)

Req

uired

M

in

im

um

L

en

gth

o

f

All-R

ed C

learance Interval

(S

EC

)

15

M

PH

2

0 M

PH

2

5 M

PH

45

43

41

39

36

34

32

30

27

25

23

20

18

16

14

1,0

00

950

900

850

800

750

700

650

600

550

500

450

400

350

300

34

32

31

29

27

26

24

22

20

19

17

15

14

12

10

27

26

25

23

22

20

19

18

16

15

14

12

11

10 8

**

**

**

SE

E N

OT

E 1

2.

All-R

ed C

learance Interval (S

ee N

ote 11)

(S

ee N

ote 9

)

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

NO

TE

:

AL

L S

IG

NA

LS

TO

BE

EQ

UIP

PE

D

WIT

H B

AC

KP

LA

TE

S.

AN

Y F

IE

LD

AD

JU

ST

ME

NT

OF

"S

TO

P H

ER

E O

N R

ED

SIG

NS

" R

EQ

UIR

ES

NE

W C

AL

CU

LA

TIO

N O

F C

LE

AR

-

AN

CE

IN

TE

RV

AL

S I

N A

CC

OR

DA

NC

E W

IT

H P

EN

ND

OT

SP

EC

IF

IC

AT

IO

NS

.

PA

GE

70 O

F 1

13

Page 78: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

3 o

f 4

PA

TA

26

e N

C-1

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

P

E

D

E

S

T

A

L

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

F

O

R

N

O

N

-

C

O

M

P

L

E

X

C

O

N

D

I

T

I

O

N

S

1. T

HE

US

E O

F P

ED

ES

TA

L-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

IN

PE

NN

SY

LV

AN

IA

FO

R S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

WIT

H

N

ON

-C

OM

PL

EX

CO

ND

IT

IO

NS

SH

AL

L C

OM

PL

Y W

IT

H P

RO

VIS

IO

NS

OF

TH

IS

FIG

UR

E.

2. T

HIS

FIG

UR

E M

AY

BE

US

ED

IF

AL

L O

F T

HE

FO

LL

OW

IN

G C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

AR

E S

AT

IS

FIE

D:

a.

TH

E O

PE

RA

TIO

N I

S A

ST

AT

IO

NA

RY

, S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M O

PE

RA

TIO

N A

S D

EF

IN

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

21

2 A

ND

21

3.

b. T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

AR

E U

SE

D T

O C

ON

TR

OL

ON

E-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

, A

ND

NO

MO

RE

TH

AN

TW

O A

PP

RO

AC

HE

S T

O

TH

E W

OR

K Z

ON

E W

IL

L B

E C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D B

Y T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

.

c.

TH

ER

E I

S N

O A

T-G

RA

DE

RA

IL

RO

AD

CR

OS

SIN

G W

IT

HIN

TH

E O

NE

-L

AN

E,

TW

O-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

SE

CT

IO

N (

BE

TW

EE

N S

TO

P H

ER

E O

N R

ED

SIG

NS

) A

ND

W

IT

HIN

300 F

EE

T O

F A

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L.

d. N

O R

OA

DW

AY

AP

PR

OA

CH

TO

TH

E P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

S O

N A

DO

WN

GR

AD

E O

F 5

% O

R M

OR

E, IF

TH

E N

OR

MA

L S

PE

ED

LIM

IT

IS

G

RE

AT

ER

TH

AN

35 M

IL

ES

PE

R H

OU

R.

e.

TH

ER

E A

RE

NO

IN

TE

RS

EC

TIO

NS

OR

UN

CO

NT

RO

LL

ED

CO

MM

ER

CIA

L D

RIV

EW

AY

S W

IT

HIN

TH

E O

NE

-L

AN

E,

TW

O-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

SE

CT

IO

N.

TH

E

PR

OP

OS

ED

ME

TH

OD

OF

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L F

OR

NO

N-C

OM

ME

RC

IA

L D

RIV

EW

AY

S S

HA

LL

BE

AC

CE

PT

AB

LE

TO

PE

NN

DO

T.

f. T

HE

RO

AD

WA

Y A

DT

(A

VE

RA

GE

DA

IL

Y T

RA

FF

IC

) I

S 1

0,0

00 V

EH

IC

LE

S P

ER

DA

Y O

R L

ES

S, A

ND

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F T

HE

ON

E-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

SE

CT

IO

N (

BE

TW

EE

N S

TO

P H

ER

E O

N R

ED

SIG

NS

) I

S 1

,00

0 F

EE

T O

R L

ES

S.

3. A

DV

AN

CE

WR

IT

TE

N A

PP

RO

VA

L M

US

T B

E O

BT

AIN

ED

FR

OM

PE

NN

DO

T P

RIO

R T

O U

SIN

G P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

FO

R S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

ON

AN

Y P

UB

LIC

HIG

HW

AY

. A

PE

NN

DO

T T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

ER

MIT

IS

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

,

A

ND

A C

OP

Y M

US

T B

E M

AIN

TA

IN

ED

ON

-S

IT

E D

UR

IN

G T

HE

PE

RIO

D O

F P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

.

4.

SU

BM

IT

A C

OM

PL

ET

ED

AP

PL

IC

AT

IO

N F

OR

A P

ER

MIT

TO

OP

ER

AT

E T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

TO

TH

E A

PP

RO

PR

IA

TE

PE

NN

DO

T

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G D

IS

TR

IC

T O

FF

IC

E S

O T

HA

T I

T I

S R

EC

EIV

ED

AT

LE

AS

T 3

FU

LL

WO

RK

IN

G D

AY

S B

EF

OR

E T

HE

DE

SIR

ED

BE

GIN

NIN

G T

IM

E O

F T

HE

P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

, E

XC

EP

T F

OR

EM

ER

GE

NC

Y W

OR

K A

S D

EF

IN

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

N 2

12.

5. R

EF

ER

TO

AP

PE

ND

IX

A O

F T

HIS

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N F

OR

AD

DIT

IO

NA

L G

UID

AN

CE

AN

D A

CC

EP

TA

NC

E P

RO

CE

DU

RE

S P

ER

TA

IN

IN

G T

O P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

C

ON

TR

OL

SIG

NA

LS

.

6.

TH

E D

ES

IG

N A

ND

AP

PL

IC

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

SH

AL

L C

OM

PL

Y W

IT

H T

HE

MO

ST

CU

RR

EN

T V

ER

SIO

N O

F P

EN

ND

OT

P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

2

12

, 2

13

, A

ND

1

49

.

7.

SIG

NA

L S

UP

PO

RT

S S

HO

UL

D B

E A

MIN

IM

UM

OF

2 F

EE

T O

FF

TH

E E

DG

E O

F T

RA

VE

L W

AY

. I

F T

HIS

IS

NO

T P

OS

SIB

LE

, T

HE

SU

PP

OR

TS

SH

AL

L B

E

A

DE

QU

AT

EL

Y P

RO

TE

CT

ED

BY

BA

RR

IE

R, G

UID

ER

AIL

, O

R C

HA

NN

EL

IZ

IN

G D

EV

IC

ES

.

8.

TH

E B

OT

TO

M O

F T

HE

HO

US

IN

G O

F A

SIG

NA

L F

AC

E T

HA

T I

S N

OT

MO

UN

TE

D O

VE

R T

HE

RO

AD

WA

Y S

HA

LL

BE

AT

LE

AS

T 8

FE

ET

, B

UT

NO

T M

OR

E T

HA

N

15

FE

ET

AB

OV

E T

HE

SID

EW

AL

K O

R,

IF

TH

ER

E I

S N

O S

ID

EW

AL

K,

AB

OV

E T

HE

PA

VE

ME

NT

GR

AD

E A

T T

HE

CE

NT

ER

OF

TH

E R

OA

DW

AY

.

9.

A M

IN

IM

UM

OF

TW

O S

IG

NA

L F

AC

ES

ON

EA

CH

AP

PR

OA

CH

SH

OU

LD

BE

CO

NT

IN

UO

US

LY

VIS

IB

LE

TO

AP

PR

OA

CH

IN

G T

RA

FF

IC

FR

OM

A P

OIN

T M

EE

TIN

G T

HE

S

IG

NA

L V

IS

IB

IL

IT

Y D

IS

TA

NC

ES

S

PE

CIF

IE

D IN

T

HE

T

AB

LE

O

N S

HE

ET

2 O

F 3.

10

. T

HE

LE

NG

TH

OF

YE

LL

OW

CH

AN

GE

IN

TE

RV

AL

S I

S N

OR

MA

LL

Y I

N T

HE

RA

NG

E F

RO

M A

BO

UT

3 S

EC

ON

DS

TO

6 S

EC

ON

DS

. U

SE

A 5

-S

EC

ON

D Y

EL

LO

W

C

HA

NG

E I

NT

ER

VA

L, O

R A

N A

PP

RO

PR

IA

TE

AL

TE

RN

AT

E V

AL

UE

FR

OM

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

N 1

49

M B

AS

ED

ON

AC

TU

AL

SIT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

.

NO

TE

S

(N

OT

ES

CO

NT

’D

. O

N S

HE

ET

4)

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

PA

GE

71 O

F 1

13

Page 79: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

11. A

N A

LL

-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L M

US

T B

E U

SE

D. T

HE

LE

NG

TH

OF

TH

E A

LL

-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L I

S B

AS

ED

ON

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F T

HE

ON

E-L

AN

E,

TW

O-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

SE

CT

IO

N C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D B

Y T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

AN

D T

HE

SP

EE

D O

F T

RA

FF

IC

TH

RO

UG

H T

HA

T

S

EC

TIO

N. M

ON

IT

OR

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

DU

RIN

G T

HE

PE

RIO

D O

F P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

AN

D A

DJU

ST

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F T

HE

A

LL

-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L T

O A

CC

OU

NT

FO

R S

IT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

AN

D T

O P

RO

VID

E F

OR

SA

FE

AN

D E

FF

IC

IE

NT

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

. U

NL

ES

S

OT

HE

RW

IS

E I

ND

IC

AT

ED

BY

PE

NN

DO

T,

TH

E M

IN

IM

UM

LE

NG

TH

OF

AL

L-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

LS

SH

AL

L B

E A

S I

ND

IC

AT

ED

ON

TH

E T

AB

LE

ON

SH

EE

T

2

O

F 4

.

12

. F

OR

FIX

ED

TIM

E A

ND

AC

TU

AT

ED

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

, T

HE

MIN

IM

UM

GR

EE

N I

NT

ER

VA

L P

RO

VID

ED

FO

R E

AC

H A

PP

RO

AC

H S

HA

LL

BE

10

SE

CO

ND

S,

UN

LE

SS

OT

HE

RW

IS

E I

ND

IC

AT

ED

BY

PE

NN

DO

T.

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F G

RE

EN

IN

TE

RV

AL

S S

HO

UL

D B

E S

UC

H A

S T

O P

RO

VID

E F

OR

SA

FE

AN

D E

FF

IC

IE

NT

TR

AF

FIC

O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

. U

SE

GR

EE

N I

NT

ER

VA

LS

AS

IN

DIC

AT

ED

ON

TH

E P

ER

MIT

DR

AW

IN

G. I

F T

HE

RE

IS

NO

PE

RM

IT

DR

AW

IN

G, M

ON

IT

OR

TR

AF

FIC

O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

AS

TR

AF

FIC

VO

LU

ME

S C

HA

NG

E T

HR

OU

GH

OU

T T

HE

PE

RIO

D O

F P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

AN

D A

DJU

ST

GR

EE

N

IN

TE

RV

AL

S T

O P

RO

VID

E F

OR

SA

FE

AN

D E

FF

IC

IE

NT

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

.

13. W

HE

N N

OT

IN

OP

ER

AT

IO

N, S

IG

NA

L H

EA

DS

SH

AL

L B

E R

EM

OV

ED

FR

OM

TH

E V

IE

W O

F T

RA

FF

IC

OR

HO

OD

ED

WIT

H A

MA

TE

RIA

L T

HA

T C

OV

ER

S T

HE

SIG

NA

L I

ND

IC

AT

IO

NS

FR

OM

TH

E V

IE

W O

F T

RA

FF

IC

. A

LL

IN

AP

PR

OP

RIA

TE

SIG

NS

SH

AL

L A

LS

O B

E R

EM

OV

ED

, C

OV

ER

ED

, F

OL

DE

D,

OR

TU

RN

ED

SO

TH

AT

TH

EY

AR

E N

OT

RE

AD

AB

LE

BY

ON

CO

MIN

G T

RA

FF

IC

WH

EN

TH

E P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

S N

OT

IN

OP

ER

AT

IO

N.

14

. S

IG

NA

L M

OD

UL

ES

MU

ST

BE

RE

PL

AC

ED

IN

AC

CO

RD

AN

CE

WIT

H T

HE

MA

NU

FA

CT

UR

ER

S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

AT

IO

NS

, A

ND

A R

EC

OR

D O

F T

HIS

MU

ST

BE

M

AIN

TA

IN

ED

BY

TH

E U

SE

R.

15

. A

DD

IT

IO

NA

L S

IG

NS

AN

D D

EV

IC

ES

SH

AL

L B

E I

NS

TA

LL

ED

AS

RE

QU

IR

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

21

2 A

ND

21

3,

AN

D A

S R

EQ

UIR

ED

BA

SE

D O

N

AC

TU

AL

SIT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

.

16. P

EN

ND

OT

RE

SE

RV

ES

TH

E R

IG

HT

TO

IN

SP

EC

T E

AC

H P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

. P

EN

ND

OT

AL

SO

RE

SE

RV

ES

TH

E R

IG

HT

TO

RE

VO

KE

A T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

ER

MIT

OR

TO

SU

SP

EN

D T

HE

OP

ER

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

F T

HE

US

ER

SH

AL

L A

T A

NY

TIM

E W

IL

LF

UL

LY

OR

NE

GL

IG

EN

TL

Y F

AIL

TO

CO

MP

LY

WIT

H T

HE

CO

ND

IT

IO

NS

CO

NT

AIN

ED

IN

TH

E P

ER

MIT

OR

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

, O

R

FA

IL

TO

MA

KE

AN

Y C

HA

NG

ES

IN

TH

E O

PE

RA

TIO

N O

F T

HE

SIG

NA

L,

OR

RE

MO

VE

IT

, W

HE

N S

O O

RD

ER

ED

BY

PE

NN

DO

T .

T

HE

US

ER

SH

AL

L N

OT

MA

KE

AN

Y C

HA

NG

E I

N T

HE

OP

ER

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L A

S D

EF

IN

ED

IN

TH

E P

ER

MIT

DR

AW

IN

GS

WIT

HO

UT

PR

IO

R W

RIT

TE

N

A

PP

RO

VA

L O

F P

EN

ND

OT

.

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

4 o

f 4

PA

TA

26

e N

C-1

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

P

E

D

E

S

T

A

L

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

F

O

R

N

O

N

-

C

O

M

P

L

E

X

C

O

N

D

I

T

I

O

N

S

(C

ON

T’D

. F

RO

M S

HE

ET

3)

N

O

T

E

S

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

PA

GE

72 O

F 1

13

Page 80: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

A

50’ M

in. to 100’ M

ax.

6 D

ev

ices M

in

.

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W3-3

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

TH

E S

AM

E S

IG

NIN

G

IS

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R

TH

IS

AP

PR

OA

CH

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

R

O

A

D

W

O

R

K

D M

ax

.

W2

0-1

W2

0-4

40

’ M

in

.

15

0’ M

ax

.

100’ M

in.

10

0’ M

in

.

40

’ M

in

.

15

0’ M

ax

.

R1

0-6

AL

R1

0-6

AL

24" x 30"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

CB

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-4

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft.

C

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft.

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

1 o

f 5

24" x 30"

PA

TA

26e N

C-2

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E,

TW

O W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

T

R

A

I

L

E

R

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

F

O

R

N

O

N

-

C

O

M

P

L

E

X

C

O

N

D

I

T

I

O

N

S

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

LA

N

Trailer-M

ou

nted

Portable T

raffic

Control S

ignal (typ.)

2 1

34

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

NO

TE

Refer to S

heet 3 of 5 for A

lternate T

railer-M

ounted P

ortable T

raffic S

ignal P

lacem

ent.

PA

GE

73 O

F 1

13

Page 81: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

2 o

f 5

PA

TA

26e N

C-2

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

No

rm

al S

peed

Lim

it (

MP

H)

Min

imu

m

Visib

ility

Distance (F

T)

21

5

27

0

32

5

39

0

46

0

54

0

62

5

IN

TE

RV

AL

SIN

TE

RV

AL

S

12

3

5

10 3 NL

10

5

R

NL

312

3

Phase 1

Ph

ase 2

1 2

3 4

SIG

NA

L

R REMERGENCY

FLASHING

RR

R

GY

RR

RR

GY

R Y G

12

"

12

"

12

"

1-2-3-4

SIG

NA

L N

O’S

.

SIG

NA

L R

EQ

UIR

EM

EN

TS

FIX

ED

MIN

IMU

M

PA

SS

AG

E

MA

XIM

UM

ME

MO

RY

Signal F

ace V

isibility

Len

gth

o

f O

ne-L

an

e,

Tw

o-W

ay

T

raffic S

ectio

n

betw

een S

TO

P H

ER

E

ON

RE

D S

IG

NS

(F

T)

Req

uired

M

in

im

um

L

en

gth

o

f

All-R

ed C

learance Interval

(S

EC

)

15

M

PH

2

0 M

PH

2

5 M

PH

45

43

41

39

36

34

32

30

27

25

23

20

18

16

14

1,0

00

950

900

850

800

750

700

650

600

550

500

450

400

350

300

34

32

31

29

27

26

24

22

20

19

17

15

14

12

10

27

26

25

23

22

20

19

18

16

15

14

12

11

10 8

**

**

All-R

ed C

learance Interval (S

ee N

ote 11)

(S

ee N

ote 9

)

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

SE

E T

AB

LE

AN

D N

OT

E 1

1.

*

**

SE

E N

OT

E 1

2.

AN

Y F

IE

LD

AD

JU

ST

ME

NT

OF

"S

TO

P H

ER

E O

N R

ED

SIG

NS

" R

EQ

UIR

ES

NE

W C

AL

CU

LA

TIO

N O

F C

LE

AR

-

AN

CE

IN

TE

RV

AL

S I

N A

CC

OR

DA

NC

E W

IT

H P

EN

ND

OT

SP

EC

IF

IC

AT

IO

NS

.

NO

TE

:

AL

L S

IG

NA

LS

TO

BE

EQ

UIP

PE

D

WIT

H B

AC

KP

LA

TE

S.

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E,

TW

O W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

T

R

A

I

L

E

R

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

F

O

R

N

O

N

-

C

O

M

P

L

E

X

C

O

N

D

I

T

I

O

N

S

PA

GE

74 O

F 1

13

Page 82: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

3 o

f 5

PA

TA

26e N

C-2

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E,

TW

O W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

T

R

A

I

L

E

R

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

F

O

R

N

O

N

-

C

O

M

P

L

E

X

C

O

N

D

I

T

I

O

N

S

21

34

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

2134

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

100’

MIN

.

21

3 4

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

100’

MIN

.

21

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

100’

MIN

.

3 4

10

0’

MIN

.

AL

TE

RN

AT

E T

RA

IL

ER

-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

SIG

NA

L P

LA

CE

ME

NT

S

OP

TIO

N 2

OP

TIO

N 1

OP

TIO

N 3

OP

TIO

N 4

PA

GE

75 O

F 1

13

Page 83: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

4 o

f 5

PA

TA

26e N

C-21

. T

HE

US

E O

F T

RA

IL

ER

-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

IN

PE

NN

SY

LV

AN

IA

FO

R S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

WIT

H

N

ON

-C

OM

PL

EX

CO

ND

IT

IO

NS

SH

AL

L C

OM

PL

Y W

IT

H P

RO

VIS

IO

NS

OF

TH

IS

FIG

UR

E.

2. T

HIS

FIG

UR

E M

AY

BE

US

ED

IF

AL

L O

F T

HE

FO

LL

OW

IN

G C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

AR

E S

AT

IS

FIE

D:

a.

TH

E O

PE

RA

TIO

N I

S A

ST

AT

IO

NA

RY

, S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M O

PE

RA

TIO

N A

S D

EF

IN

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

21

2 A

ND

21

3.

b. T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

AR

E U

SE

D T

O C

ON

TR

OL

ON

E-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

, A

ND

NO

MO

RE

TH

AN

TW

O A

PP

RO

AC

HE

S T

O

TH

E W

OR

K Z

ON

E W

IL

L B

E C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D B

Y T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

.

c.

TH

ER

E I

S N

O A

T-G

RA

DE

RA

IL

RO

AD

CR

OS

SIN

G W

IT

HIN

TH

E O

NE

-L

AN

E,

TW

O-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

SE

CT

IO

N (

BE

TW

EE

N S

TO

P H

ER

E O

N R

ED

SIG

NS

) A

ND

W

IT

HIN

300 F

EE

T O

F A

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L.

d

. N

O R

OA

DW

AY

AP

PR

OA

CH

TO

TH

E P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

S O

N A

DO

WN

GR

AD

E O

F 5

% O

R M

OR

E,

IF

TH

E N

OR

MA

L S

PE

ED

LIM

IT

IS

GR

EA

TE

R T

HA

N 3

5 M

IL

ES

PE

R H

OU

R.

e.

TH

ER

E A

RE

NO

IN

TE

RS

EC

TIO

NS

OR

UN

CO

NT

RO

LL

ED

CO

MM

ER

CIA

L D

RIV

EW

AY

S W

IT

HIN

TH

E O

NE

-L

AN

E,

TW

O-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

SE

CT

IO

N.

TH

E

PR

OP

OS

ED

ME

TH

OD

OF

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L F

OR

NO

N-C

OM

ME

RC

IA

L D

RIV

EW

AY

S S

HA

LL

BE

AC

CE

PT

AB

LE

TO

PE

NN

DO

T.

f. T

HE

RO

AD

WA

Y A

DT

(A

VE

RA

GE

DA

IL

Y T

RA

FF

IC

) I

S 1

0,0

00 V

EH

IC

LE

S P

ER

DA

Y O

R L

ES

S, A

ND

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F T

HE

ON

E-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

SE

CT

IO

N (

BE

TW

EE

N S

TO

P H

ER

E O

N R

ED

SIG

NS

) I

S 1

,00

0 F

EE

T O

R L

ES

S.

3. A

DV

AN

CE

WR

IT

TE

N A

PP

RO

VA

L M

US

T B

E O

BT

AIN

ED

FR

OM

PE

NN

DO

T P

RIO

R T

O U

SIN

G P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

FO

R S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

ON

AN

Y P

UB

LIC

HIG

HW

AY

. A

PE

NN

DO

T T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

ER

MIT

IS

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

,

A

ND

A C

OP

Y M

US

T B

E M

AIN

TA

IN

ED

ON

-S

IT

E D

UR

IN

G T

HE

PE

RIO

D O

F P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

.

4. S

UB

MIT

A C

OM

PL

ET

ED

AP

PL

IC

AT

IO

N F

OR

A P

ER

MIT

TO

OP

ER

AT

E T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

TO

TH

E A

PP

RO

PR

IA

TE

PE

NN

DO

T

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G D

IS

TR

IC

T O

FF

IC

E S

O T

HA

T I

T I

S R

EC

EIV

ED

AT

LE

AS

T 3

FU

LL

WO

RK

IN

G D

AY

S B

EF

OR

E T

HE

DE

SIR

ED

BE

GIN

NIN

G T

IM

E O

F T

HE

P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

, E

XC

EP

T F

OR

EM

ER

GE

NC

Y W

OR

K A

S D

EF

IN

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

N 2

12.

5. R

EF

ER

TO

AP

PE

ND

IX

A O

F T

HIS

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N F

OR

AD

DIT

IO

NA

L G

UID

AN

CE

AN

D A

CC

EP

TA

NC

E P

RO

CE

DU

RE

S P

ER

TA

IN

IN

G T

O P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

C

ON

TR

OL

SIG

NA

LS

.

6.

TH

E D

ES

IG

N A

ND

AP

PL

IC

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

SH

AL

L C

OM

PL

Y W

IT

H T

HE

MO

ST

CU

RR

EN

T V

ER

SIO

N O

F P

EN

ND

OT

P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

2

12

, 2

13

, A

ND

1

49

.

7.

SIG

NA

L S

UP

PO

RT

S S

HO

UL

D B

E A

MIN

IM

UM

OF

2 F

EE

T O

FF

TH

E E

DG

E O

F T

RA

VE

L W

AY

. I

F T

HIS

IS

NO

T P

OS

SIB

LE

, T

HE

SU

PP

OR

TS

SH

AL

L B

E

A

DE

QU

AT

EL

Y P

RO

TE

CT

ED

BY

BA

RR

IE

R, G

UID

ER

AIL

, O

R C

HA

NN

EL

IZ

IN

G D

EV

IC

ES

.

8.

TH

E B

OT

TO

M O

F T

HE

HO

US

IN

G O

F A

SIG

NA

L F

AC

E S

US

PE

ND

ED

OV

ER

TH

E R

OA

DW

AY

SH

AL

L B

E A

MIN

IM

UM

OF

15

FE

ET

, B

UT

NO

T M

OR

E T

HA

N 1

9

FE

ET

AB

OV

E T

HE

PA

VE

ME

NT

. T

HE

BO

TT

OM

OF

TH

E H

OU

SIN

G O

F A

SIG

NA

L F

AC

E T

HA

T I

S N

OT

MO

UN

TE

D O

VE

R T

HE

RO

AD

WA

Y S

HA

LL

BE

AT

LE

AS

T 8

FE

ET

, B

UT

NO

T M

OR

E T

HA

N 1

5 F

EE

T A

BO

VE

TH

E S

ID

EW

AL

K O

R,

IF

TH

ER

E I

S N

O S

ID

EW

AL

K,

AB

OV

E T

HE

PA

VE

ME

NT

GR

AD

E A

T T

HE

CE

NT

ER

OF

TH

E

R

OA

DW

AY

.

9.

A M

IN

IM

UM

OF

TW

O S

IG

NA

L F

AC

ES

ON

EA

CH

AP

PR

OA

CH

SH

OU

LD

BE

CO

NT

IN

UO

US

LY

VIS

IB

LE

TO

AP

PR

OA

CH

IN

G T

RA

FF

IC

FR

OM

A P

OIN

T M

EE

TIN

G T

HE

SIG

NA

L V

IS

IB

IL

IT

Y D

IS

TA

NC

ES

SP

EC

IF

IE

D I

N T

HE

TA

BL

E O

N S

HE

ET

2 O

F 3

.

10

. T

HE

LE

NG

TH

OF

YE

LL

OW

CH

AN

GE

IN

TE

RV

AL

S I

S N

OR

MA

LL

Y I

N T

HE

RA

NG

E F

RO

M A

BO

UT

3 S

EC

ON

DS

TO

6 S

EC

ON

DS

. U

SE

A 5

-S

EC

ON

D Y

EL

LO

W

CH

AN

GE

IN

TE

RV

AL

, O

R A

N A

PP

RO

PR

IA

TE

AL

TE

RN

AT

E V

AL

UE

FR

OM

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

N 1

49

M B

AS

ED

ON

AC

TU

AL

SIT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

.

(N

OT

ES

CO

NT

’D

. O

N S

HE

ET

4)

NO

TE

S

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E,

TW

O W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

T

R

A

I

L

E

R

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

F

O

R

N

O

N

-

C

O

M

P

L

E

X

C

O

N

D

I

T

I

O

N

S

PA

GE

76 O

F 1

13

Page 84: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

County

Route

Sheet

Dist.

5 o

f 5

PA

TA

26e N

C-2

11. A

N A

LL

-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L M

US

T B

E U

SE

D. T

HE

LE

NG

TH

OF

TH

E A

LL

-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L I

S B

AS

ED

ON

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F T

HE

ON

E-L

AN

E,

TW

O-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

SE

CT

IO

N C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D B

Y T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

AN

D T

HE

SP

EE

D O

F T

RA

FF

IC

TH

RO

UG

H T

HA

T

S

EC

TIO

N. M

ON

IT

OR

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

DU

RIN

G T

HE

PE

RIO

D O

F P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

AN

D A

DJU

ST

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F T

HE

A

LL

-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L T

O A

CC

OU

NT

FO

R S

IT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

AN

D T

O P

RO

VID

E F

OR

SA

FE

AN

D E

FF

IC

IE

NT

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

. U

NL

ES

S

12

. F

OR

FIX

ED

TIM

E A

ND

AC

TU

AT

ED

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

, T

HE

MIN

IM

UM

GR

EE

N I

NT

ER

VA

L P

RO

VID

ED

FO

R E

AC

H A

PP

RO

AC

H S

HA

LL

BE

10

SE

CO

ND

S,

UN

LE

SS

OT

HE

RW

IS

E I

ND

IC

AT

ED

BY

PE

NN

DO

T.

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F G

RE

EN

IN

TE

RV

AL

S S

HO

UL

D B

E S

UC

H A

S T

O P

RO

VID

E F

OR

SA

FE

AN

D E

FF

IC

IE

NT

TR

AF

FIC

O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

. U

SE

GR

EE

N I

NT

ER

VA

LS

AS

IN

DIC

AT

ED

ON

TH

E P

ER

MIT

DR

AW

IN

G. I

F T

HE

RE

IS

NO

PE

RM

IT

DR

AW

IN

G, M

ON

IT

OR

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

AS

TR

AF

FIC

VO

LU

ME

S C

HA

NG

E T

HR

OU

GH

OU

T T

HE

PE

RIO

D O

F P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

AN

D A

DJU

ST

GR

EE

N

IN

TE

RV

AL

S T

O P

RO

VID

E F

OR

SA

FE

AN

D E

FF

IC

IE

NT

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

.

13. W

HE

N N

OT

IN

OP

ER

AT

IO

N, S

IG

NA

L H

EA

DS

SH

AL

L B

E R

EM

OV

ED

FR

OM

TH

E V

IE

W O

F T

RA

FF

IC

OR

HO

OD

ED

WIT

H A

MA

TE

RIA

L T

HA

T C

OV

ER

S T

HE

SIG

NA

L I

ND

IC

AT

IO

NS

FR

OM

TH

E V

IE

W O

F T

RA

FF

IC

. A

LL

IN

AP

PR

OP

RIA

TE

SIG

NS

SH

AL

L A

LS

O B

E R

EM

OV

ED

, C

OV

ER

ED

, F

OL

DE

D,

OR

TU

RN

ED

SO

TH

AT

TH

EY

AR

E N

OT

RE

AD

AB

LE

BY

ON

CO

MIN

G T

RA

FF

IC

WH

EN

TH

E P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

S N

OT

IN

OP

ER

AT

IO

N.

14

. S

IG

NA

L M

OD

UL

ES

MU

ST

BE

RE

PL

AC

ED

IN

AC

CO

RD

AN

CE

WIT

H T

HE

MA

NU

FA

CT

UR

ER

S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

AT

IO

NS

, A

ND

A R

EC

OR

D O

F T

HIS

MU

ST

BE

M

AIN

TA

IN

ED

BY

TH

E U

SE

R.

15

. A

DD

IT

IO

NA

L S

IG

NS

AN

D D

EV

IC

ES

SH

AL

L B

E I

NS

TA

LL

ED

AS

RE

QU

IR

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

21

2 A

ND

21

3,

AN

D A

S R

EQ

UIR

ED

BA

SE

D O

N

AC

TU

AL

SIT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

.

16. P

EN

ND

OT

RE

SE

RV

ES

TH

E R

IG

HT

TO

IN

SP

EC

T E

AC

H P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

. P

EN

ND

OT

AL

SO

RE

SE

RV

ES

TH

E R

IG

HT

TO

RE

VO

KE

A T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

ER

MIT

OR

TO

SU

SP

EN

D T

HE

OP

ER

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

F T

HE

US

ER

SH

AL

L A

T A

NY

TIM

E W

IL

LF

UL

LY

OR

NE

GL

IG

EN

TL

Y F

AIL

TO

CO

MP

LY

WIT

H T

HE

CO

ND

IT

IO

NS

CO

NT

AIN

ED

IN

TH

E P

ER

MIT

OR

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

, O

R

FA

IL

TO

MA

KE

AN

Y C

HA

NG

ES

IN

TH

E O

PE

RA

TIO

N O

F T

HE

SIG

NA

L,

OR

RE

MO

VE

IT

, W

HE

N S

O O

RD

ER

ED

BY

PE

NN

DO

T .

T

HE

US

ER

SH

AL

L N

OT

MA

KE

CH

AN

GE

IN

TH

E O

PE

RA

TIO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L A

S D

EF

IN

ED

IN

TH

E P

ER

MIT

DR

AW

IN

GS

WIT

HO

UT

PR

IO

R W

RIT

TE

N

A

PP

RO

VA

L O

F P

EN

ND

OT

.

(C

ON

T’D

. F

RO

M S

HE

ET

3)

NO

TE

S

PE

RM

IT

NO

.:

PE

RM

IT

TE

E:

PE

NN

DO

T

AP

PR

OV

AL

:

DIS

T.T

RA

F.E

NG

IN

EE

R

DA

TE

:

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

SH

OR

T-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

N -

TW

O-L

AN

E,

TW

O W

AY

RO

AD

WA

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

T

R

A

I

L

E

R

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

F

O

R

N

O

N

-

C

O

M

P

L

E

X

C

O

N

D

I

T

I

O

N

S

O

TH

ER

WIS

E I

ND

IC

AT

ED

BY

PE

NN

DO

T, T

HE

MIN

IM

UM

LE

NG

TH

OF

AL

L-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

LS

SH

AL

L B

E A

S I

ND

IC

AT

ED

ON

TH

E T

AB

LE

ON

SH

EE

T 2

OF

4.

PA

GE

77 O

F 1

13

Page 85: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

BL

AN

K

PA

GE

PA

GE

78 O

F 1

13

Page 86: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

A

50’ M

in. to 100’ M

ax.

6 D

ev

ices M

in

.

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W3-3

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

TH

E S

AM

E S

IG

NIN

G

IS

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R

TH

IS

AP

PR

OA

CH

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

RO

AD

W

O

R

K

D M

ax

.

W2

0-1

W2

0-4

40

’ M

in

.

15

0’ M

ax

.

100’ M

in.

100’ M

in.

40

’ M

in

.

15

0’ M

ax

.

R10-6A

L

R1

0-6

AL

24" x 30"

24" x 30"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

CB

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-4

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft.

C

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft.

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

TA

26

e C

-1

SH

EE

T 1

OF

3

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

-

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

P

E

D

E

S

T

A

L

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

F

O

R

C

O

M

P

L

E

X

C

O

N

D

I

T

I

O

N

S

Ped

estal M

ou

nted

Portable T

raffic

Control S

ignal (typ.)

PA

GE

79 O

F 1

13

Page 87: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

Norm

al S

peed

Lim

it (

MP

H)

Min

imu

m

Visib

ility

Distance (F

T)

21

5

270

325

390

460

540

62

5

Len

gth

o

f O

ne-L

an

e,

Tw

o-W

ay

T

raffic S

ectio

n

betw

een S

TO

P H

ER

E

ON

RE

D S

IG

NS

(F

T)

Req

uired

M

in

im

um

L

en

gth

o

f

All-R

ed C

learance Interval

(S

EC

)

15

M

PH

2

0 M

PH

2

5 M

PH

45

43

41

39

36

34

32

30

27

25

23

20

18

16

14

1,000

95

0

90

0

85

0

80

0

75

0

70

0

65

0

60

0

55

0

50

0

45

0

40

0

35

0

30

0

34

32

31

29

27

26

24

22

20

19

17

15

14

12

10

27

26

25

23

22

20

19

18

16

15

14

12

11

10 8

SH

EE

T 2

OF

3

PA

TA

26

e C

-1

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

-

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

P

E

D

E

S

T

A

L

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

F

O

R

C

O

M

P

L

E

X

C

O

N

D

I

T

I

O

N

S

Signal F

ace V

isibility

(S

ee N

ote 7

)

All-R

ed C

learance Interval (S

ee N

ote 10)

PA

GE

80 O

F 1

13

Page 88: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

SH

EE

T 3

OF

3

PA

TA

26

e C

-1

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

-

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

P

E

D

E

S

T

A

L

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

F

O

R

C

O

M

P

L

E

X

C

O

N

D

I

T

I

O

N

S

NO

TE

S

PA

GE

81 O

F 1

13

1. T

HE

US

E O

F M

AN

UA

LL

Y-C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D, P

ED

ES

TA

L-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

IN

PE

NN

SY

LV

AN

IA

FO

R S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

WIT

H C

OM

PL

EX

CO

ND

IT

IO

NS

SH

AL

L C

OM

PL

Y W

IT

H P

RO

VIS

IO

NS

OF

TH

IS

FIG

UR

E.

2. A

DV

AN

CE

WR

IT

TE

N A

PP

RO

VA

L M

US

T B

E O

BT

AIN

ED

FR

OM

PE

NN

DO

T P

RIO

R T

O U

SIN

G P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

FO

R S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M

ST

AT

IO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

ON

AN

Y P

UB

LIC

HIG

HW

AY

EX

CE

PT

FO

R E

ME

RG

EN

CY

WO

RK

AS

DE

FIN

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

N 2

13

. A

PE

NN

DO

T T

EM

PO

RA

RY

T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

ER

MIT

AN

D S

IT

E-S

PE

CIF

IC

DR

AW

IN

G A

RE

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

WIT

H C

OM

PL

EX

CO

ND

IT

IO

NS

, A

ND

A

CO

PY

MU

ST

BE

MA

IN

TA

IN

ED

ON

-S

IT

E D

UR

IN

G T

HE

PE

RIO

D O

F T

HE

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

.

3. R

EF

ER

TO

AP

PE

ND

IX

A O

F T

HIS

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N F

OR

AD

DIT

IO

NA

L G

UID

AN

CE

AN

D A

CC

EP

TA

NC

E P

RO

CE

DU

RE

S P

ER

TA

IN

IN

G T

O P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

C

ON

TR

OL

SIG

NA

LS

.

4.

TH

E D

ES

IG

N A

ND

AP

PL

IC

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

SH

AL

L C

OM

PL

Y W

IT

H T

HE

MO

ST

CU

RR

EN

T V

ER

SIO

N O

F P

EN

ND

OT

P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

2

12

, 2

13

, A

ND

1

49

.

5.

SIG

NA

L S

UP

PO

RT

S S

HO

UL

D B

E A

MIN

IM

UM

OF

2 F

EE

T O

FF

TH

E E

DG

E O

F T

RA

VE

L W

AY

. I

F T

HIS

IS

NO

T P

OS

SIB

LE

, T

HE

SU

PP

OR

TS

SH

AL

L B

E

A

DE

QU

AT

EL

Y P

RO

TE

CT

ED

BY

BA

RR

IE

R, G

UID

ER

AIL

, O

R C

HA

NN

EL

IZ

IN

G D

EV

IC

ES

.

6. T

HE

BO

TT

OM

OF

TH

E H

OU

SIN

G O

F A

SIG

NA

L F

AC

E T

HA

T I

S N

OT

MO

UN

TE

D O

VE

R T

HE

RO

AD

WA

Y S

HA

LL

BE

AT

LE

AS

T 8

FE

ET

, B

UT

NO

T M

OR

E T

HA

N

15

FE

ET

AB

OV

E T

HE

SID

EW

AL

K O

R,

IF

TH

ER

E I

S N

O S

ID

EW

AL

K,

AB

OV

E T

HE

PA

VE

ME

NT

GR

AD

E A

T T

HE

CE

NT

ER

OF

TH

E R

OA

DW

AY

.

7.

A M

IN

IM

UM

OF

TW

O S

IG

NA

L F

AC

ES

ON

EA

CH

AP

PR

OA

CH

SH

OU

LD

BE

CO

NT

IN

UO

US

LY

VIS

IB

LE

TO

AP

PR

OA

CH

IN

G T

RA

FF

IC

FR

OM

A P

OIN

T M

EE

TIN

G T

HE

SIG

NA

L V

IS

IB

IL

IT

Y D

IS

TA

NC

ES

SP

EC

IF

IE

D I

N T

HE

TA

BL

E O

N S

HE

ET

2 O

F 3

.

8. A

LL

SIG

NA

LS

LE

NS

ES

SH

AL

L B

E 1

2 I

NC

HE

S I

N D

IA

ME

TE

R.

9. T

HE

LE

NG

TH

OF

YE

LL

OW

CH

AN

GE

IN

TE

RV

AL

S I

S N

OR

MA

LL

Y I

N T

HE

RA

NG

E F

RO

M A

BO

UT

3 S

EC

ON

DS

TO

6 S

EC

ON

DS

. U

SE

A 5

-S

EC

ON

D Y

EL

LO

W

CH

AN

GE

IN

TE

RV

AL

, O

R A

N A

PP

RO

PR

IA

TE

AL

TE

RN

AT

E V

AL

UE

FR

OM

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

N 1

49

M B

AS

ED

ON

AC

TU

AL

SIT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

.

10. A

N A

LL

-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L M

US

T B

E U

SE

D. T

HE

LE

NG

TH

OF

TH

E A

LL

-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L I

S B

AS

ED

ON

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F T

HE

O

NE

-L

AN

E, T

WO

-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

SE

CT

IO

N C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D B

Y T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

AN

D T

HE

SP

EE

D O

F T

RA

FF

IC

TH

RO

UG

H T

HA

T

SE

CT

IO

N.

MO

NIT

OR

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

DU

RIN

G T

HE

PE

RIO

D O

F P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

AN

D A

DJU

ST

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F T

HE

AL

L-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L T

O A

CC

OU

NT

FO

R S

IT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

AN

D T

O P

RO

VID

E F

OR

SA

FE

AN

D E

FF

IC

IE

NT

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

. U

NL

ES

S

OT

HE

RW

IS

E I

ND

IC

AT

ED

BY

PE

NN

DO

T,

TH

E M

IN

IM

UM

LE

NG

TH

OF

AL

L-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

LS

SH

AL

L B

E A

S I

ND

IC

AT

ED

ON

TH

E T

AB

LE

ON

SH

EE

T 2

OF

3.

11. F

OR

FIX

ED

TIM

E A

ND

AC

TU

AT

ED

OP

ER

AT

IO

N, T

HE

MIN

IM

UM

GR

EE

N I

NT

ER

VA

L P

RO

VID

ED

FO

R E

AC

H A

PP

RO

AC

H S

HA

LL

BE

10 S

EC

ON

DS

, U

NL

ES

S

O

TH

ER

WIS

E I

ND

IC

AT

ED

BY

PE

NN

DO

T. T

HE

LE

NG

TH

OF

GR

EE

N I

NT

ER

VA

LS

SH

OU

LD

BE

SU

CH

AS

TO

PR

OV

ID

E F

OR

SA

FE

AN

D E

FF

IC

IE

NT

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

. U

SE

GR

EE

N I

NT

ER

VA

LS

AS

IN

DIC

AT

ED

ON

TH

E P

ER

MIT

DR

AW

IN

G.

MO

NIT

OR

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

AS

TR

AF

FIC

VO

LU

ME

S C

HA

NG

E

TH

RO

UG

HO

UT

TH

E P

ER

IO

D O

F P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

AN

D A

DJU

ST

GR

EE

N I

NT

ER

VA

LS

TO

PR

OV

ID

E F

OR

SA

FE

AN

D E

FF

IC

IE

NT

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

.

12

. W

HE

N N

OT

IN

OP

ER

AT

IO

N,

SIG

NA

L H

EA

DS

SH

AL

L B

E R

EM

OV

ED

FR

OM

TH

E V

IE

W O

F T

RA

FF

IC

OR

HO

OD

ED

WIT

H A

MA

TE

RIA

L T

HA

T C

OV

ER

S T

HE

SIG

NA

L I

ND

IC

AT

IO

NS

FR

OM

TH

E V

IE

W O

F T

RA

FF

IC

. A

LL

IN

AP

PR

OP

RIA

TE

SIG

NS

SH

AL

L A

LS

O B

E R

EM

OV

ED

, C

OV

ER

ED

, F

OL

DE

D,

OR

TU

RN

ED

SO

TH

AT

T

HE

Y A

RE

NO

T R

EA

DA

BL

E B

Y O

NC

OM

IN

G T

RA

FF

IC

WH

EN

TH

E P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

S N

OT

IN

OP

ER

AT

IO

N.

13. W

HE

N T

HE

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

S C

HA

NG

ED

TO

FL

AS

HIN

G M

OD

E, E

IT

HE

R M

AN

UA

LL

Y O

R A

UT

OM

AT

IC

AL

LY

, R

ED

SIG

NA

L

IN

DIC

AT

IO

NS

SH

AL

L B

E F

LA

SH

ED

TO

BO

TH

AP

PR

OA

CH

ES

.

14

. S

IG

NA

L M

OD

UL

ES

MU

ST

BE

RE

PL

AC

ED

IN

AC

CO

RD

AN

CE

WIT

H T

HE

MA

NU

FA

CT

UR

ER

S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

AT

IO

NS

, A

ND

A R

EC

OR

D O

F T

HIS

MU

ST

BE

M

AIN

TA

IN

ED

BY

TH

E U

SE

R.

15

. A

DD

IT

IO

NA

L S

IG

NS

AN

D D

EV

IC

ES

SH

AL

L B

E I

NS

TA

LL

ED

AS

RE

QU

IR

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

21

2 A

ND

21

3,

AN

D A

S R

EQ

UIR

ED

BA

SE

D O

N

AC

TU

AL

SIT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

.

16. P

EN

ND

OT

RE

SE

RV

ES

TH

E R

IG

HT

TO

IN

SP

EC

T E

AC

H P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

. P

EN

ND

OT

AL

SO

RE

SE

RV

ES

TH

E R

IG

HT

TO

RE

VO

KE

A

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

ER

MIT

OR

TO

SU

SP

EN

D T

HE

OP

ER

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

F T

HE

US

ER

SH

AL

L A

T

A

NY

TIM

E W

IL

LF

UL

LY

OR

NE

GL

IG

EN

TL

Y F

AIL

TO

CO

MP

LY

WIT

H T

HE

CO

ND

IT

IO

NS

CO

NT

AIN

ED

IN

TH

E P

ER

MIT

OR

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13, O

R F

AIL

TO

MA

KE

A

NY

CH

AN

GE

S I

N T

HE

OP

ER

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

SIG

NA

L, O

R R

EM

OV

E I

T, W

HE

N S

O O

RD

ER

ED

BY

PE

NN

DO

T . T

HE

US

ER

SH

AL

L N

OT

MA

KE

AN

Y C

HA

NG

E I

N T

HE

OP

ER

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L A

S D

EF

IN

ED

IN

TH

E P

ER

MIT

DR

AW

IN

GS

WIT

HO

UT

PR

IO

R W

RIT

TE

N A

PP

RO

VA

L O

F P

EN

ND

OT

.

Page 89: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

BL

AN

K

PA

GE

PA

GE

82 O

F 1

13

Page 90: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays)

A

=

5

00

ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-4

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft.

C

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft.

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

TA

26

e C

-2

SH

EE

T 1

OF

4

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

-

T

W

O

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

T

R

A

I

L

E

R

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

F

O

R

C

O

M

P

L

E

X

C

O

N

D

I

T

I

O

N

S

A

50’ M

in. to 100’ M

ax.

6 D

ev

ices M

in

.

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W3-3

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

TH

E S

AM

E S

IG

NIN

G

IS

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R

TH

IS

AP

PR

OA

CH

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

R

O

A

D

WO

RK

D M

ax

.

W2

0-1

W2

0-4

40

’ M

in

.

15

0’ M

ax

.

100’ M

in.

100’ M

in.

40

’ M

in

.

15

0’ M

ax

.

R1

0-6

AL

R1

0-6

AL

24

" x

3

0"

24" x 30"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

36

" x

1

8"

CB

Trailer M

ou

nted

Portable T

raffic

Control S

ignal (typ.)

NO

TE

Refer to

S

heet 3

o

f 4

fo

r A

ltern

ate T

railer-M

ou

nted

P

ortab

le T

raffic S

ig

nal P

lacem

en

t.

PA

GE

83 O

F 1

13

Page 91: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

Norm

al S

peed

Lim

it (

MP

H)

Min

imu

m

Visib

ility

Distance (F

T)

21

5

270

325

390

460

540

62

5

Len

gth

o

f O

ne-L

an

e,

Tw

o-W

ay

T

raffic S

ectio

n

betw

een S

TO

P H

ER

E

ON

RE

D S

IG

NS

(F

T)

Req

uired

M

in

im

um

L

en

gth

o

f

All-R

ed C

learance Interval

(S

EC

)

15

M

PH

2

0 M

PH

2

5 M

PH

45

43

41

39

36

34

32

30

27

25

23

20

18

16

14

1,000

95

0

90

0

85

0

80

0

75

0

70

0

65

0

60

0

55

0

50

0

45

0

40

0

35

0

30

0

34

32

31

29

27

26

24

22

20

19

17

15

14

12

10

27

26

25

23

22

20

19

18

16

15

14

12

11

10 8

PA

TA

26

e C

-2

SH

EE

T 2

OF

4

All-R

ed

C

learan

ce In

terv

al (S

ee N

ote 1

0)

Signal F

ace V

isibility

(S

ee N

ote 7

)

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

-

T

W

O

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

T

R

A

I

L

E

R

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

F

O

R

C

O

M

P

L

E

X

C

O

N

D

I

T

I

O

N

S

PA

GE

84 O

F 1

13

Page 92: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

26

e C

-2

SH

EE

T 3

OF

4

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

-

T

W

O

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

T

R

A

I

L

E

R

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

F

O

R

C

O

M

P

L

E

X

C

O

N

D

I

T

I

O

N

S

21

34

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

2134

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

100’

MIN

.

21

3 4

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

10

0’

MIN

.

21

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

10

0’

MIN

.

3 4

100’

MIN

.

AL

TE

RN

AT

E T

RA

IL

ER

-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

SIG

NA

L P

LA

CE

ME

NT

S

OP

TIO

N 2

OP

TIO

N 1

OP

TIO

N 3

OP

TIO

N 4

PA

GE

85 O

F 1

13

Page 93: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

26

e C

-2

SH

EE

T 4

OF

4

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

-

T

W

O

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

-

T

R

A

I

L

E

R

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

F

O

R

C

O

M

P

L

E

X

C

O

N

D

I

T

I

O

N

S

NO

TE

S

PA

GE

86 O

F 1

13

1. T

HE

US

E O

F M

AN

UA

LL

Y-C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D, T

RA

IL

ER

-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

IN

PE

NN

SY

LV

AN

IA

FO

R S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

WIT

H C

OM

PL

EX

CO

ND

IT

IO

NS

SH

AL

L C

OM

PL

Y W

IT

H P

RO

VIS

IO

NS

OF

TH

IS

FIG

UR

E.

2. A

DV

AN

CE

WR

IT

TE

N A

PP

RO

VA

L M

US

T B

E O

BT

AIN

ED

FR

OM

PE

NN

DO

T P

RIO

R T

O U

SIN

G P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

FO

R S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

ON

AN

Y P

UB

LIC

HIG

HW

AY

EX

CE

PT

FO

R E

ME

RG

EN

CY

WO

RK

AS

DE

FIN

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

N 2

13

. A

PE

NN

DO

T T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L

S

IG

NA

L P

ER

MIT

AN

D S

IT

E-S

PE

CIF

IC

DR

AW

IN

G A

RE

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R S

HO

RT

-T

ER

M O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

WIT

H C

OM

PL

EX

CO

ND

IT

IO

NS

, A

ND

A C

OP

Y M

US

T B

E M

AIN

TA

IN

ED

ON

-S

IT

E D

UR

IN

G T

HE

PE

RIO

D O

F T

HE

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

.

3.

RE

FE

R T

O A

PP

EN

DIX

A O

F T

HIS

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N F

OR

AD

DIT

IO

NA

L G

UID

AN

CE

AN

D A

CC

EP

TA

NC

E P

RO

CE

DU

RE

S P

ER

TA

IN

IN

G T

O P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

.

4. T

HE

DE

SIG

N A

ND

AP

PL

IC

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

SH

AL

L C

OM

PL

Y W

IT

H T

HE

MO

ST

CU

RR

EN

T V

ER

SIO

N O

F P

EN

ND

OT

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

NS

212, 213, A

ND

149.

5. S

IG

NA

L S

UP

PO

RT

S S

HO

UL

D B

E A

MIN

IM

UM

OF

2 F

EE

T O

FF

TH

E E

DG

E O

F T

RA

VE

L W

AY

. I

F T

HIS

IS

NO

T P

OS

SIB

LE

, T

HE

SU

PP

OR

TS

SH

AL

L B

E A

DE

QU

AT

EL

Y

PR

OT

EC

TE

D B

Y B

AR

RIE

R,

GU

ID

ER

AIL

, O

R C

HA

NN

EL

IZ

IN

G D

EV

IC

ES

.

6. T

HE

BO

TT

OM

OF

TH

E H

OU

SIN

G O

F A

SIG

NA

L F

AC

E S

US

PE

ND

ED

OV

ER

TH

E R

OA

DW

AY

SH

AL

L B

E A

MIN

IM

UM

OF

15 F

EE

T, B

UT

NO

T M

OR

E T

HA

N 1

9 F

EE

T A

BO

VE

TH

E

P

AV

EM

EN

T. T

HE

BO

TT

OM

OF

TH

E H

OU

SIN

G O

F A

SIG

NA

L F

AC

E T

HA

T I

S N

OT

MO

UN

TE

D O

VE

R T

HE

RO

AD

WA

Y S

HA

LL

BE

AT

LE

AS

T 8

FE

ET

, B

UT

NO

T M

OR

E T

HA

N 1

5

F

EE

T A

BO

VE

TH

E S

ID

EW

AL

K O

R, IF

TH

ER

E I

S N

O S

ID

EW

AL

K, A

BO

VE

TH

E P

AV

EM

EN

T G

RA

DE

AT

TH

E C

EN

TE

R O

F T

HE

RO

AD

WA

Y.

7. A

MIN

IM

UM

OF

TW

O S

IG

NA

L F

AC

ES

ON

EA

CH

AP

PR

OA

CH

SH

OU

LD

BE

CO

NT

IN

UO

US

LY

VIS

IB

LE

TO

AP

PR

OA

CH

IN

G T

RA

FF

IC

FR

OM

A P

OIN

T M

EE

TIN

G T

HE

SIG

NA

L

V

IS

IB

IL

IT

Y D

IS

TA

NC

ES

SP

EC

IF

IE

D I

N T

HE

TA

BL

E O

N S

HE

ET

2 O

F 3

.

8. A

LL

SIG

NA

LS

LE

NS

ES

SH

AL

L B

E 1

2 I

NC

HE

S I

N D

IA

ME

TE

R.

9.

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F Y

EL

LO

W C

HA

NG

E I

NT

ER

VA

LS

IS

NO

RM

AL

LY

IN

TH

E R

AN

GE

FR

OM

AB

OU

T 3

SE

CO

ND

S T

O 6

SE

CO

ND

S.

US

E A

5-S

EC

ON

D Y

EL

LO

W C

HA

NG

E

IN

TE

RV

AL

, O

R A

N A

PP

RO

PR

IA

TE

AL

TE

RN

AT

E V

AL

UE

FR

OM

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

N 1

49M

BA

SE

D O

N A

CT

UA

L S

IT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

.

10. A

N A

LL

-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L M

US

T B

E U

SE

D. T

HE

LE

NG

TH

OF

TH

E A

LL

-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L I

S B

AS

ED

ON

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F T

HE

ON

E-L

AN

E,

T

WO

-W

AY

TR

AF

FIC

SE

CT

IO

N C

ON

TR

OL

LE

D B

Y T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

AN

D T

HE

SP

EE

D O

F T

RA

FF

IC

TH

RO

UG

H T

HA

T S

EC

TIO

N. M

ON

IT

OR

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

DU

RIN

G T

HE

PE

RIO

D O

F P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

AN

D A

DJU

ST

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F T

HE

AL

L-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

L

T

O A

CC

OU

NT

FO

R S

IT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

AN

D T

O P

RO

VID

E F

OR

SA

FE

AN

D E

FF

IC

IE

NT

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

. U

NL

ES

S O

TH

ER

WIS

E I

ND

IC

AT

ED

BY

PE

NN

DO

T,

T

HE

MIN

IM

UM

LE

NG

TH

OF

AL

L-R

ED

CL

EA

RA

NC

E I

NT

ER

VA

LS

SH

AL

L B

E A

S I

ND

IC

AT

ED

ON

TH

E T

AB

LE

ON

SH

EE

T 2

OF

3.

11

. F

OR

FIX

ED

TIM

E A

ND

AC

TU

AT

ED

OP

ER

AT

IO

N,

TH

E M

IN

IM

UM

GR

EE

N I

NT

ER

VA

L P

RO

VID

ED

FO

R E

AC

H A

PP

RO

AC

H S

HA

LL

BE

10

SE

CO

ND

S,

UN

LE

SS

OT

HE

RW

IS

E

IN

DIC

AT

ED

BY

PE

NN

DO

T.

TH

E L

EN

GT

H O

F G

RE

EN

IN

TE

RV

AL

S S

HO

UL

D B

E S

UC

H A

S T

O P

RO

VID

E F

OR

SA

FE

AN

D E

FF

IC

IE

NT

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

. U

SE

GR

EE

N

IN

TE

RV

AL

S A

S I

ND

IC

AT

ED

ON

TH

E P

ER

MIT

DR

AW

IN

G. M

ON

IT

OR

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

AS

TR

AF

FIC

VO

LU

ME

S C

HA

NG

E T

HR

OU

GH

OU

T T

HE

PE

RIO

D O

F P

OR

TA

BL

E

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

AN

D A

DJU

ST

GR

EE

N I

NT

ER

VA

LS

TO

PR

OV

ID

E F

OR

SA

FE

AN

D E

FF

IC

IE

NT

TR

AF

FIC

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

.

12. W

HE

N N

OT

IN

OP

ER

AT

IO

N, S

IG

NA

L H

EA

DS

SH

AL

L B

E R

EM

OV

ED

FR

OM

TH

E V

IE

W O

F T

RA

FF

IC

OR

HO

OD

ED

WIT

H A

MA

TE

RIA

L T

HA

T C

OV

ER

S T

HE

SIG

NA

L

IN

DIC

AT

IO

NS

FR

OM

TH

E V

IE

W O

F T

RA

FF

IC

. A

LL

IN

AP

PR

OP

RIA

TE

SIG

NS

SH

AL

L A

LS

O B

E R

EM

OV

ED

, C

OV

ER

ED

, F

OL

DE

D,

OR

TU

RN

ED

SO

TH

AT

TH

EY

AR

E N

OT

RE

AD

AB

LE

BY

ON

CO

MIN

G T

RA

FF

IC

WH

EN

TH

E P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

S N

OT

IN

OP

ER

AT

IO

N.

13

W

HE

N T

HE

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

S C

HA

NG

ED

TO

FL

AS

HIN

G M

OD

E,

EIT

HE

R M

AN

UA

LL

Y O

R A

UT

OM

AT

IC

AL

LY

, R

ED

SIG

NA

L I

ND

IC

AT

IO

NS

SH

AL

L

BE

FL

AS

HE

D T

O B

OT

H A

PP

RO

AC

HE

S.

14 S

IG

NA

L M

OD

UL

ES

MU

ST

BE

RE

PL

AC

ED

IN

AC

CO

RD

AN

CE

WIT

H T

HE

MA

NU

FA

CT

UR

ER

S R

EC

OM

ME

ND

AT

IO

NS

, A

ND

A R

EC

OR

D O

F T

HIS

MU

ST

BE

MA

IN

TA

IN

ED

BY

TH

E U

SE

R.

15. A

DD

IT

IO

NA

L S

IG

NS

AN

D D

EV

IC

ES

SH

AL

L B

E I

NS

TA

LL

ED

AS

RE

QU

IR

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

212 A

ND

213, A

ND

AS

RE

QU

IR

ED

BA

SE

D O

N A

CT

UA

L S

IT

E

C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

.

16. P

EN

ND

OT

RE

SE

RV

ES

TH

E R

IG

HT

TO

IN

SP

EC

T E

AC

H P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

. P

EN

ND

OT

AL

SO

RE

SE

RV

ES

TH

E R

IG

HT

TO

RE

VO

KE

A

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

ER

MIT

OR

TO

SU

SP

EN

D T

HE

OP

ER

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

F T

HE

US

ER

SH

AL

L A

T A

NY

TIM

E

WIL

LF

UL

LY

OR

NE

GL

IG

EN

TL

Y F

AIL

TO

CO

MP

LY

WIT

H T

HE

CO

ND

IT

IO

NS

CO

NT

AIN

ED

IN

TH

E P

ER

MIT

OR

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

, O

R F

AIL

TO

MA

KE

AN

Y C

HA

NG

ES

IN

TH

E

O

PE

RA

TIO

N O

F T

HE

SIG

NA

L, O

R R

EM

OV

E I

T, W

HE

N S

O O

RD

ER

ED

BY

PE

NN

DO

T . T

HE

US

ER

SH

AL

L N

OT

MA

KE

AN

Y C

HA

NG

E I

N T

HE

OP

ER

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L A

S D

EF

IN

ED

IN

TH

E P

ER

MIT

DR

AW

IN

GS

WIT

HO

UT

PR

IO

R W

RIT

TE

N A

PP

RO

VA

L O

F P

EN

ND

OT

.

Page 94: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

A

50’ M

in. to 100’ M

ax.

6 D

ev

ices M

in

.

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

Sto

p B

ar

W3-3

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

Sto

p B

ar

TH

E S

AM

E S

IG

NIN

G

IS

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R

TH

IS

AP

PR

OA

CH

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

R

O

A

D

WORK

D M

ax

.

W2

0-1

W2

0-4

40

’ M

in

.

15

0’ M

ax

.

100’ M

in.

40

’ M

in

.

15

0’ M

ax

.

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

PA

TA

26

e L

100’ M

in.

R1

0-6

AL

R1

0-6

AL

24

" x

3

0"

24" x 30"

In

stall

tem

porary

white edge line

500’ M

in.

60

0’ M

ax

.

In

stall tem

po

rary

yellow

line

50

0’ M

in.

600’ M

ax.

Install tem

porary

yellow

line

250’to 500’

25

0’to

5

00

’C

B

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-4

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft.

C

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft.

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance p

laque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

-

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

U

S

I

N

G

F

I

X

E

D

S

U

P

P

O

R

T

S

Tem

porary T

raffic

Control S

ignal on

Fix

ed

S

up

po

rts (ty

p.)

SH

EE

T 1

OF

2

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

No

rm

al S

peed

Lim

it (

MP

H)

Min

imum

Visib

ility

Distance (F

T)

21

5

27

0

32

5

39

0

46

0

54

0

62

5

Signal F

ace V

isibility

(S

ee N

ote 9

)

PA

GE

87 O

F 1

13

Page 95: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

SH

EE

T 2

OF

2

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

-

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

U

S

I

N

G

F

I

X

E

D

S

U

P

P

O

R

T

S

PA

TA

26

e L

NO

TE

S

PA

GE

88 O

F 1

13

1.

TH

E U

SE

OF

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

ON

FIX

ED

SU

PP

OR

TS

IN

PE

NN

SY

LV

AN

IA

FO

R L

ON

G-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

SH

AL

L C

OM

PL

Y W

IT

H T

HE

PR

OV

IS

IO

NS

OF

TH

IS

FIG

UR

E.

2.

RE

FE

R T

O A

PP

EN

DIX

A O

F T

HIS

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N F

OR

AD

DIT

IO

NA

L G

UID

AN

CE

AN

D A

CC

EP

TA

NC

E P

RO

CE

DU

RE

S P

ER

TA

IN

IN

G T

O T

EM

PO

RA

RY

T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

ON

FIX

ED

SU

PP

OR

TS

.

3.

TH

E D

ES

IG

N A

ND

AP

PL

IC

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

ON

FIX

ED

SU

PP

OR

TS

SH

AL

L C

OM

PL

Y W

IT

H T

HE

MO

ST

CU

RR

EN

T V

ER

SIO

N O

F P

EN

ND

OT

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

NS

21

2,

21

3,

AN

D 1

49

.

4.

RE

MO

VE

CO

NF

LIC

TIN

G P

AV

EM

EN

T M

AR

KIN

GS

.

5. S

TO

P B

AR

S S

HA

LL

BE

IN

ST

AL

LE

D W

IT

H T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

ON

FIX

ED

SU

PP

OR

TS

FO

R L

ON

G-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

. E

XIS

TIN

G C

ON

FL

IC

TIN

G P

AV

EM

EN

T M

AR

KIN

GS

AN

D R

AIS

ED

PA

VE

ME

NT

MA

RK

ER

S B

ET

WE

EN

ST

OP

BA

RS

SH

AL

L B

E R

EM

OV

ED

.

A

FT

ER

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

AR

E R

EM

OV

ED

, T

HE

ST

OP

BA

RS

SH

AL

L B

E R

EM

OV

ED

AN

D T

HE

PE

RM

AN

EN

T P

AV

EM

EN

T

M

AR

KIN

GS

RE

ST

OR

ED

.

6. A

DV

AN

CE

WR

IT

TE

N A

PP

RO

VA

L M

US

T B

E O

BT

AIN

ED

FR

OM

PE

NN

DO

T P

RIO

R T

O U

SIN

G T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

ON

FIX

ED

S

UP

PO

RT

S F

OR

LO

NG

-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

ON

AN

Y P

UB

LIC

HIG

HW

AY

. A

PE

NN

DO

T T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

ER

MIT

AN

D S

IT

E-S

PE

CIF

IC

DR

AW

IN

G A

RE

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R L

ON

G-T

ER

M O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

, A

ND

A C

OP

Y M

US

T B

E M

AIN

TA

IN

ED

ON

-S

IT

E D

UR

IN

G T

HE

P

ER

IO

D O

F T

HE

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

.

7.

AL

L S

IG

NA

L L

EN

SE

S S

HA

LL

BE

12

IN

CH

ES

IN

DIA

ME

TE

R.

8. T

HE

LO

CA

L P

OL

IC

E D

EP

AR

TM

EN

T M

US

T B

E P

RO

VID

ED

WIT

H T

HE

NA

ME

AN

D T

EL

EP

HO

NE

NU

MB

ER

OF

AN

EM

ER

GE

NC

Y C

ON

TA

CT

PE

RS

ON

WH

O I

S A

VA

IL

AB

LE

24

HO

UR

S P

ER

DA

Y,

7 D

AY

S A

WE

EK

DU

RIN

G T

HE

PE

RIO

D O

F T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

.

9.

A M

IN

IM

UM

OF

TW

O S

IG

NA

L F

AC

ES

ON

EA

CH

AP

PR

OA

CH

SH

OU

LD

BE

CO

NT

IN

UO

US

LY

VIS

IB

LE

TO

AP

PR

OA

CH

IN

G T

RA

FF

IC

FR

OM

A P

OIN

T M

EE

TIN

G

T

HE

MIN

IM

UM

SIG

NA

L F

AC

E V

IS

IB

IL

IT

Y D

IS

TA

NC

ES

SP

EC

IF

IE

D O

N T

HIS

FIG

UR

E.

10. S

IG

NA

L S

UP

PO

RT

S S

HO

UL

D B

E A

MIN

IM

UM

OF

2 F

EE

T O

FF

TH

E E

DG

E O

F T

RA

VE

L W

AY

. I

F T

HIS

IS

NO

T P

OS

SIB

LE

, T

HE

SU

PP

OR

TS

SH

AL

L B

E A

DE

QU

AT

EL

Y P

RO

TE

CT

ED

BY

BA

RR

IE

R,

GU

ID

E R

AIL

, O

R C

HA

NN

EL

IZ

IN

G D

EV

IC

ES

.

11

. T

HE

BO

TT

OM

OF

TH

E H

OU

SIN

G O

F A

SIG

NA

L F

AC

E S

US

PE

ND

ED

OV

ER

TH

E R

OA

DW

AY

SH

AL

L B

E A

MIN

IM

UM

OF

15

FE

ET

, B

UT

NO

T M

OR

E

TH

AN

19

FE

ET

, A

BO

VE

TH

E P

AV

EM

EN

T.

TH

E B

OT

TO

M O

F T

HE

HO

US

IN

G O

F A

SIG

NA

L F

AC

E T

HA

T I

S N

OT

MO

UN

TE

D O

VE

R T

HE

RO

AD

WA

Y

SH

AL

L B

E A

T L

EA

ST

8 F

EE

T,

BU

T N

OT

MO

RE

TH

AN

15

FE

ET

AB

OV

E T

HE

SID

EW

AL

K O

R,

IF

TH

ER

E I

S N

O S

ID

EW

AL

K,

AV

OV

E T

HE

PA

VE

ME

NT

GR

AD

E A

T T

HE

CE

NT

ER

OF

TH

E R

OA

DW

AY

.

12

. A

DD

IT

IO

NA

L S

IG

NS

AN

D D

EV

IC

ES

SH

AL

L B

E I

NS

TA

LL

ED

AS

RE

QU

IR

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

21

2 A

ND

21

3,

AN

D A

S R

EQ

UIR

ED

B

AS

ED

ON

AC

TU

AL

SIT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

.

13

. S

IG

NA

L M

OD

UL

ES

MU

ST

BE

RE

PL

AC

ED

IN

AC

CO

RD

AN

CE

WIT

H T

HE

MA

NU

FA

CT

UR

ER

’S

RE

CO

MM

EN

DA

TIO

NS

, A

ND

A R

EC

OR

D

OF

TH

IS

MU

ST

BE

MA

IN

TA

IN

ED

BY

TH

E U

SE

R.

14

. W

HE

N N

OT

IN

OP

ER

AT

IO

N,

SIG

NA

L H

EA

DS

SH

AL

L B

E R

EM

OV

ED

FR

OM

TH

E V

IE

W O

F T

RA

FF

IC

OR

HO

OD

ED

WIT

H A

MA

TE

RIA

L T

HA

T C

OV

ER

S

TH

E S

IG

NA

L I

ND

IC

AT

IO

NS

FR

OM

TH

E V

IE

W O

F T

RA

FF

IC

. A

LL

IN

AP

PR

OP

RIA

TE

SIG

NS

SH

AL

L A

LS

O B

E R

EM

OV

ED

, C

OV

ER

ED

, F

OL

DE

D,

O

R T

UR

NE

D S

O T

HA

T T

HE

Y A

RE

NO

T R

EA

DA

BL

E B

Y O

NC

OM

IN

G T

RA

FF

IC

WH

EN

TH

E T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

S N

OT

IN

O

PE

RA

TIO

N.

15

. P

EN

ND

OT

RE

SE

RV

ES

TH

E R

IG

HT

TO

IN

SP

EC

T E

AC

H T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

. P

EN

ND

OT

AL

SO

RE

SE

RV

ES

TH

E R

IG

HT

T

O R

EV

OK

E A

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

ER

MIT

OR

TO

SU

SP

EN

D T

HE

OP

ER

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L

S

IG

NA

L I

F T

HE

US

ER

SH

AL

L A

T A

NY

TIM

E W

IL

LF

UL

LY

OR

NE

GL

IG

EN

TL

Y F

AIL

TO

CO

MP

LY

WIT

H T

HE

CO

ND

IT

IO

NS

CO

NT

AIN

ED

IN

TH

E

PE

RM

IT

OR

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13

, O

R F

AIL

TO

MA

KE

AN

Y C

HA

NG

ES

IN

TH

E O

PE

RA

TIO

N O

F T

HE

SIG

NA

L,

OR

TO

RE

MO

VE

IT

, W

HE

N S

O

O

RD

ER

ED

BY

PE

NN

DO

T. T

HE

US

ER

SH

AL

L N

OT

MA

KE

AN

Y C

HA

NG

E I

N T

HE

OP

ER

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L A

S

D

EF

IN

ED

IN

TH

E P

ER

MIT

DR

AW

IN

GS

WIT

HO

UT

PR

IO

R W

RIT

TE

N A

PP

RO

VA

L O

F P

EN

ND

OT

.

16

. W

HE

N T

HE

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

S C

HA

NG

ED

TO

FL

AS

HIN

G M

OD

E,

EIT

HE

R M

AN

UA

LL

Y O

R A

UT

OM

AT

IC

AL

LY

, R

ED

SIG

NA

L

IN

DIC

AT

IO

NS

SH

AL

L B

E F

LA

SH

ED

TO

BO

TH

AP

PR

OA

CH

ES

.

Page 96: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

A

50

’ M

in

. to

1

00

’ M

ax

.

6 D

evices M

in.

ON

E L

AN

E

RO

AD

W3-3

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

TH

E S

AM

E S

IG

NIN

G

IS

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R

TH

IS

AP

PR

OA

CH

ST

OP

RE

D

HE

RE

ON

R

O

A

D

W

O

R

K

W2

0-1

W2

0-4

40

’ M

in

.

15

0’ M

ax

.

100’ M

in.

40

’ M

in

.

15

0’ M

ax

.

Trailer-M

ounted P

ortable

Traffic C

ontrol S

ignal (typ.)

PA

TA

26e P

L

R1

0-6

AL

R1

0-6

AL

100’ M

in.

24

" x

3

0"

24

" x

3

0"

G20-2

60" x 24"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

500’ M

in.

60

0’ M

ax

.

Sto

p B

ar

In

stall

tem

porary

white edge line

D M

ax

.

G20-2

60" x 24"

RO

AD

WO

RK

500’ M

in.

60

0’ M

ax

.

EN

D

Sto

p B

ar

Install tem

porary

yellow

line

In

stall tem

po

rary

yello

w lin

e

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

’C

B

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-4

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft.

C

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft.

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

Distance plaques on A

dvance W

arning signs

sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

Norm

al S

peed

Lim

it (

MP

H)

Min

imu

m

Visib

ility

Distance (F

T)

21

5

270

32

5

390

460

540

62

5

SH

EE

T 1

OF

3

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

-

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

U

S

I

N

G

T

R

A

I

L

E

R

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

Signal F

ace V

isibility

(S

ee N

ote 1

1)

NO

TE

Refer to

S

heet 2

o

f 3

fo

r A

ltern

ate T

railer-M

ou

nted

P

ortab

le T

raffic S

ig

nal P

lacem

en

t.

PA

GE

89 O

F 1

13

Page 97: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

26e P

LS

HE

ET

2 O

F 3

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

-

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

U

S

I

N

G

T

R

A

I

L

E

R

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

21

34

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

2134

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

100’

MIN

.

21

3 4

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

10

0’

MIN

.

21

AC

TIV

E

WO

RK

10

0’

MIN

.

3 4

100’

MIN

.

AL

TE

RN

AT

E T

RA

ILE

R-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

SIG

NA

L P

LA

CE

ME

NT

S

OP

TIO

N 2

OP

TIO

N 1

OP

TIO

N 3

OP

TIO

N 4

PA

GE

90 O

F 1

13

Page 98: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

26e P

LS

HE

ET

3 O

F 3

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

-

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

U

S

I

N

G

T

R

A

I

L

E

R

-

M

O

U

N

T

E

D

P

O

R

T

A

B

L

E

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

C

O

N

T

R

O

L

S

I

G

N

A

L

S

NO

TE

S

PA

GE

91 O

F 1

13

1. T

HE

US

E O

F P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

IN

PE

NN

SY

LV

AN

IA

FO

R L

ON

G-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

SH

AL

L C

OM

PL

Y

WIT

H T

HE

PR

OV

IS

IO

NS

OF

TH

IS

FIG

UR

E.

2.

RE

FE

R T

O A

PP

EN

DIX

A O

F T

HIS

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N F

OR

AD

DIT

IO

NA

L G

UID

AN

CE

AN

D A

CC

EP

TA

NC

E P

RO

CE

DU

RE

S P

ER

TA

IN

IN

G T

O P

OR

TA

BL

E

T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

.

3.

TH

E D

ES

IG

N A

ND

AP

PL

IC

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

SH

AL

L C

OM

PL

Y W

IT

H T

HE

MO

ST

CU

RR

EN

T V

ER

SIO

N O

F

P

EN

ND

OT

P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

212, 213, A

ND

149.

4. R

EM

OV

E C

ON

FL

IC

TIN

G P

AV

EM

EN

T M

AR

KIN

GS

.

5. S

TO

P B

AR

S S

HA

LL

BE

IN

ST

AL

LE

D W

IT

H P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

FO

R L

ON

G-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

. E

XIS

TIN

G

C

ON

FL

IC

TIN

G P

AV

EM

EN

T M

AR

KIN

GS

AN

D R

AIS

ED

PA

VE

ME

NT

MA

RK

ER

S B

ET

WE

EN

ST

OP

BA

RS

SH

AL

L B

E R

EM

OV

ED

. A

FT

ER

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

AR

E R

EM

OV

ED

, T

HE

ST

OP

BA

RS

SH

AL

L B

E R

EM

OV

ED

AN

D T

HE

PE

RM

AN

EN

T P

AV

EM

EN

T M

AR

KIN

GS

RE

ST

OR

ED

.

6. A

DV

AN

CE

WR

IT

TE

N A

PP

RO

VA

L M

US

T B

E O

BT

AIN

ED

FR

OM

PE

NN

DO

T P

RIO

R T

O U

SIN

G P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

FO

R

L

ON

G-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

ON

AN

Y P

UB

LIC

HIG

HW

AY

. A

PE

NN

DO

T T

EM

PO

RA

RY

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

ER

MIT

AN

D

SIT

E-S

PE

CIF

IC

DR

AW

IN

G A

RE

RE

QU

IR

ED

FO

R L

ON

G-T

ER

M O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

, A

ND

A C

OP

Y M

US

T B

E M

AIN

TA

IN

ED

ON

-S

IT

E D

UR

IN

G T

HE

P

ER

IO

D O

F T

HE

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

.

7.

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

LS

US

ED

FO

R L

ON

G-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

SH

AL

L B

E T

RA

IL

ER

-M

OU

NT

ED

UN

IT

S H

AV

IN

G

AT

LE

AS

T O

NE

SIG

NA

L H

EA

D O

N A

MA

ST

AR

M O

VE

R T

HE

RO

AD

WA

Y.

PE

DE

ST

AL

-M

OU

NT

ED

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

NIT

S

AR

E N

OT

PE

RM

IT

TE

D F

OR

LO

NG

-T

ER

M O

PE

RA

TIO

NS

.

8.

AL

L S

IG

NA

L L

EN

SE

S S

HA

LL

BE

12

IN

CH

ES

IN

DIA

ME

TE

R.

9. T

HE

LO

CA

L P

OL

IC

E D

EP

AR

TM

EN

T M

US

T B

E P

RO

VID

ED

WIT

H T

HE

NA

ME

AN

D T

EL

EP

HO

NE

NU

MB

ER

OF

AN

EM

ER

GE

NC

Y C

ON

TA

CT

PE

RS

ON

W

HO

IS

AV

AIL

AB

LE

24 H

OU

RS

PE

R D

AY

, 7 D

AY

S A

WE

EK

DU

RIN

G T

HE

PE

RIO

D O

F P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

.

10

. A

LL

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

NIT

S U

SE

D F

OR

LO

NG

-T

ER

M S

TA

TIO

NA

RY

OP

ER

AT

IO

NS

MU

ST

BE

IN

TE

RC

ON

NE

CT

ED

VIA

RA

DIO

OR

HA

RD

WIR

E T

O E

NS

UR

E F

AIL

-S

AF

E O

PE

RA

TIO

N A

ND

PR

OP

ER

FU

NC

TIO

NIN

G.

11

. A

MIN

IM

UM

OF

TW

O S

IG

NA

L F

AC

ES

ON

EA

CH

AP

PR

OA

CH

SH

OU

LD

BE

CO

NT

IN

UO

US

LY

VIS

IB

LE

TO

AP

PR

OA

CH

IN

G T

RA

FF

IC

FR

OM

A P

OIN

T

M

EE

TIN

G T

HE

MIN

IM

UM

SIG

NA

L F

AC

E V

IS

IB

IL

IT

Y D

IS

TA

NC

ES

SP

EC

IF

IE

D O

N T

HIS

FIG

UR

E.

12. S

IG

NA

L S

UP

PO

RT

S S

HO

UL

D B

E A

MIN

IM

UM

OF

2 F

EE

T O

FF

TH

E E

DG

E O

F T

RA

VE

L W

AY

. I

F T

HIS

IS

NO

T P

OS

SIB

LE

, T

HE

SU

PP

OR

TS

SH

AL

L B

E A

DE

QU

AT

EL

Y P

RO

TE

CT

ED

BY

BA

RR

IE

R,

GU

ID

E R

AIL

, O

R C

HA

NN

EL

IZ

IN

G D

EV

IC

ES

.

13

. T

HE

BO

TT

OM

OF

TH

E H

OU

SIN

G O

F A

SIG

NA

L F

AC

E S

US

PE

ND

ED

OV

ER

TH

E R

OA

DW

AY

SH

AL

L B

E A

MIN

IM

UM

OF

15

FE

ET

, B

UT

NO

T M

OR

E

T

HA

N 1

9 F

EE

T, A

BO

VE

TH

E P

AV

EM

EN

T. T

HE

BO

TT

OM

OF

TH

E H

OU

SIN

G O

F A

SIG

NA

L F

AC

E T

HA

T I

S N

OT

MO

UN

TE

D O

VE

R T

HE

RO

AD

WA

Y

SH

AL

L B

E A

T L

EA

ST

8 F

EE

T,

BU

T N

OT

MO

RE

TH

AN

15

FE

ET

AB

OV

E T

HE

SID

EW

AL

K O

R,

IF

TH

ER

E I

S N

O S

ID

EW

AL

K,

AB

OV

E T

HE

PA

VE

ME

NT

GR

AD

E A

T T

HE

CE

NT

ER

OF

TH

E R

OA

DW

AY

.

14

. A

DD

IT

IO

NA

L S

IG

NS

AN

D D

EV

IC

ES

SH

AL

L B

E I

NS

TA

LL

ED

AS

RE

QU

IR

ED

IN

PE

NN

DO

T P

UB

LIC

AT

IO

NS

21

2 A

ND

21

3,

AN

D A

S R

EQ

UIR

ED

BA

SE

D O

N A

CT

UA

L S

IT

E C

ON

DIT

IO

NS

.

15

. S

IG

NA

L M

OD

UL

ES

MU

ST

BE

RE

PL

AC

ED

IN

AC

CO

RD

AN

CE

WIT

H T

HE

MA

NU

FA

CT

UR

ER

’S

RE

CO

MM

EN

DA

TIO

NS

, A

ND

A R

EC

OR

D

OF

TH

IS

MU

ST

BE

MA

IN

TA

IN

ED

BY

TH

E U

SE

R.

16

. W

HE

N N

OT

IN

OP

ER

AT

IO

N,

SIG

NA

L H

EA

DS

SH

AL

L B

E R

EM

OV

ED

FR

OM

TH

E V

IE

W O

F T

RA

FF

IC

OR

HO

OD

ED

WIT

H A

MA

TE

RIA

L T

HA

T C

OV

ER

S

TH

E S

IG

NA

L I

ND

IC

AT

IO

NS

FR

OM

TH

E V

IE

W O

F T

RA

FF

IC

. A

LL

IN

AP

PR

OP

RIA

TE

SIG

NS

SH

AL

L A

LS

O B

E R

EM

OV

ED

, C

OV

ER

ED

, F

OL

DE

D,

O

R T

UR

NE

D S

O T

HA

T T

HE

Y A

RE

NO

T R

EA

DA

BL

E B

Y O

NC

OM

IN

G T

RA

FF

IC

WH

EN

TH

E P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

S N

OT

IN

OP

ER

AT

IO

N.

17

. P

EN

ND

OT

RE

SE

RV

ES

TH

E R

IG

HT

TO

IN

SP

EC

T E

AC

H P

OR

TA

BL

E T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L U

SA

GE

. P

EN

ND

OT

AL

SO

RE

SE

RV

ES

TH

E R

IG

HT

T

O R

EV

OK

E A

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L P

ER

MIT

OR

TO

SU

SP

EN

D T

HE

OP

ER

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L

S

IG

NA

L I

F T

HE

US

ER

SH

AL

L A

T A

NY

TIM

E W

IL

LF

UL

LY

OR

NE

GL

IG

EN

TL

Y F

AIL

TO

CO

MP

LY

WIT

H T

HE

CO

ND

IT

IO

NS

CO

NT

AIN

ED

IN

TH

E

P

ER

MIT

OR

PU

BL

IC

AT

IO

N 2

13, O

R F

AIL

TO

MA

KE

AN

Y C

HA

NG

ES

IN

TH

E O

PE

RA

TIO

N O

F T

HE

SIG

NA

L, O

R T

O R

EM

OV

E I

T, W

HE

N S

O

OR

DE

RE

D B

Y P

EN

ND

OT

. T

HE

US

ER

SH

AL

L N

OT

MA

KE

AN

Y C

HA

NG

E I

N T

HE

OP

ER

AT

IO

N O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L A

S

D

EF

IN

ED

IN

TH

E P

ER

MIT

DR

AW

IN

GS

WIT

HO

UT

PR

IO

R W

RIT

TE

N A

PP

RO

VA

L O

F P

EN

ND

OT

.

18. S

TE

PS

MU

ST

BE

TA

KE

N T

O E

NS

UR

E C

ON

TIN

UE

D P

RO

PE

R P

LA

CE

ME

NT

AN

D T

O F

OR

ES

TA

LL

PO

SS

IB

LE

VA

ND

AL

IS

M O

F T

HE

PO

RT

AB

LE

TR

AF

FIC

C

ON

TR

OL

SIG

NA

L U

NIT

S. T

IR

ES

AN

D T

HE

"H

IT

CH

" M

US

T B

E R

EM

OV

ED

FR

OM

TH

E T

RA

IL

ER

, A

ND

BA

TT

ER

Y E

NC

LO

SU

RE

S, C

RA

NK

ME

CH

AN

IS

MS

F

OR

HO

RIZ

ON

TA

L A

RM

S, A

ND

OT

HE

R M

EC

HA

NIS

MS

TO

AD

JU

ST

PL

AC

EM

EN

T O

R O

PE

RA

TIO

N M

US

T B

E L

OC

KE

D T

O E

LIM

IN

AT

E A

NY

TA

MP

ER

IN

G

BY

UN

AU

TH

OR

IZ

ED

PE

RS

ON

NE

L.

19

. W

HE

N T

HE

TE

MP

OR

AR

Y T

RA

FF

IC

CO

NT

RO

L S

IG

NA

L I

S C

HA

NG

ED

TO

FL

AS

HIN

G M

OD

E,

EIT

HE

R M

AN

UA

LL

Y O

R A

UT

OM

AT

IC

AL

LY

, R

ED

SIG

NA

L

IN

DIC

AT

IO

NS

SH

AL

L B

E F

LA

SH

ED

TO

BO

TH

AP

PR

OA

CH

ES

.

Page 99: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

27

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

A

WORK

R

O

A

D

LA

NE

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60" x 24"

RO

AD

CL

OS

EDInstall tem

porary

double yellow

line

Install tem

porary

white edge line

A

LA

NE

W

O

R

K

ROAD

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

NO

TE

S

48" x 36"

2. A

ll tem

po

rary

b

arriers an

d en

d treatm

en

ts sh

all b

e crash

wo

rth

y.

3. A

no passing zone shall be established w

hen an existing no passing zone is not present.

7. D

elin

eato

rs sh

ou

ld

b

e p

laced

alo

ng

th

e tem

po

rary

ro

ad

way

w

here n

eed

ed

.

Tem

porary P

avem

ent

W2

4-1

R

W24-1L

4. If the tangent distance along the tem

porary diversion is m

ore than 600 ft, an appropriate R

everse C

urve S

ign

(W

1-4L

or W

1-4R

) should be used in place of the W

24-1L

or W

24-1R

, and a second R

everse C

urve S

ign (opposite

o

f th

e first) sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e seco

nd

rev

erse cu

rv

e b

ack

to

th

e o

rig

in

al alig

nm

en

t.

W1

4-3

NO

PA

SS

ING

ZO

NE

5. W

hen the tangent section of the diversion is m

ore than 600 ft, and the diversion has sharp curves w

ith

recom

mended speeds of 30 M

PH

or less, R

everse T

urn S

igns (W

1-3L

or W

1-3R

) should be used in lieu of the

R

ev

erse C

urv

e S

ig

ns (W

1-4

L o

r W

1-4

R) resp

ectiv

ely

.

6. W

here th

e tem

po

rary

p

av

em

en

t an

d o

ld

p

av

em

en

t are d

ifferen

t co

lo

rs, th

e tem

porary p

avem

ent sho

uld

start o

n th

e

tan

gen

t o

f th

e ex

istin

g p

av

em

en

t an

d en

d o

n th

e tan

gen

t o

f th

e ex

istin

g p

av

em

en

t.

W2

0-1

S

H

I

F

T

W5-5

W2

0-1

W5-5

SHIFT

48

" x

3

6"

W1

4-3

NO

PA

SS

ING

ZO

NE

1. R

em

ov

e co

nflictin

g p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs.

R1

1-2

48

" x

3

0"

W1

-6

48

" x

2

4"

TY

PE

III B

AR

RIC

AD

E

RO

AD

CL

OS

ED

R1

1-2

48" x 30"

W1-6

48" x 24"

TY

PE

III B

AR

RIC

AD

E

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

’C

B

BC

LE

GE

ND

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

1

00

0 ft., W

5-5

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft.

C

=

1640 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read � M

ile

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

GE

92 O

F 1

13

Page 100: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

28

A

W4-2L

LE

FT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

RO

AD

WORK

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

NO

TE

S

ROAD

W

O

R

K

LA

NE

Install tem

porary

yellow

line

W2

0-1

W5-5

SHIFT

W2

0-5

LW

20

-1

L M

in

.

D M

ax

.

E

� L

M

in

.

3. W

hen

a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g ex

ists w

ith

in

th

e w

ork

zo

ne, o

r it is an

ticip

ated

th

at

queues resulting from

the lane closure m

ight extend through a highw

ay-rail grade crossing,

provisions shall be m

ade to elim

inate conflicts, w

hich m

ay require placing a flagger at the

crossing. C

oordination w

ith the railroad is essential.

1. R

em

ov

e co

nflictin

g p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs.

(S

ee N

ote 6

)

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

Optional

*

� L

M

in.

2. W

hen

p

av

ed

sh

ou

ld

ers h

av

in

g a w

id

th

o

f 8

ft o

r m

ore are clo

sed

, ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

to

clo

se th

e sh

ou

ld

er in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e sh

iftin

g tap

er.

6. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for

all tapers)

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

1

/3

L

M

in

.

A

W1-4L

30

" x

3

0"

W1-4R

30

" x

3

0"

A

BC

CB

5. W

here ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices are u

sed

in

stead

o

f p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs fo

r ed

ge lin

es, th

e sp

acin

g

shall be � D

M

ax.

Install tem

porary

double yellow

line.

*

*

Install tem

porary

wh

ite lin

e, see n

ote 5

.

**

*

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

H

R

E

E

-

L

A

N

E

,

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

W

I

T

H

P

A

S

S

I

N

G

-

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

T

H

E

S

I

N

G

L

E

L

A

N

E

A

P

P

R

O

A

C

H

4. W

here speed or volum

e is higher, signing such as additional L

eft L

ane C

losed X

X ft S

ign

(W

20

-5

L) o

r B

e P

rep

ared

T

o S

to

p S

ig

n (W

3-4

) sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e W

20

-1

sig

n.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except freew

ays and expressw

ays):

A

=

5

00

ft., W

1-4

L an

d W

4-2

L

B

=

500 ft., W

5-5 and W

20-5L

sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft.

C

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to

read

"A

HE

AD

"

PA

GE

93 O

F 1

13

Page 101: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

29

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

LONG-TER

M STATIO

NARY OP

ERATION -

THREE-L

ANE, TWO

-WAY ROA

DWAY WI

TH CENTE

R LANE, L

EFT TURN

ONLY PA

TTERN

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

O

N

E

O

F

T

H

E

T

H

R

O

U

G

H

L

A

N

E

S

D M

ax

.

A

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

CL

OS

ED

CE

NT

ER

LA

NE

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

NO

TE

S

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

R

O

A

D

WORK

L

A

N

E

W9-3

W2

0-1

W2

0-1

W5-5

S

H

I

F

T

E

3. W

hen a highw

ay-rail grade crossing exists w

ithin the w

ork zone, or it is anticipated that

queues resulting from

the lane closure m

ight extend through a highw

ay-rail grade crossing,

p

ro

visio

ns sh

all b

e m

ad

e to

elim

in

ate co

nflicts, w

hich

m

ay

req

uire p

lacin

g a flag

ger at

th

e cro

ssin

g. C

oo

rd

in

atio

n w

ith

th

e railro

ad

is essen

tial.

1. R

em

ov

e co

nflictin

g p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs.

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

1/3

L

M

in

.

*

Optional

� L

M

in.

� L

M

in.

2. W

hen

p

av

ed

sh

ou

ld

ers h

av

in

g a w

id

th

o

f 8

ft o

r m

ore are clo

sed

, ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices

should be used to close the shoulder in advance of the shifting taper.

250’to 500’

25

0’to

5

00

W

1

-

4

R

30"

x 30

"W

1-4

L

30" x 30"

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for all tapers)

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ays

(except

freew

ay a

nd e

xpressw

ay)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

42

5

49

5

15

5

20

0

25

0

30

5

36

0

Distances m

ay be increased for

dow

ngrades or other conditions

th

at affect sto

pp

in

g sig

ht

distance.

Install tem

porary

double yellow

line,

see note 5.

B

CB

5. W

here channelizing devices are used instead of pavem

ent m

arkings for edge lines, the spacing

shall be � D

M

ax.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except freew

ays and expressw

ays):

A

=

500 ft., W

9-3 sign distance plaque to read 500 ft.

B

=

500 ft., W

20-1 and W

5-5 sign distance plaque to read 1000 ft.

C

=

500 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read

"A

HE

AD

"

A

**

**

**

**

*

*

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

4. W

here speed or volum

e is higher, signing such as additional C

enter L

ane C

losed X

X ft S

ign

(W

9-3

) o

r B

e P

rep

ared

T

o S

to

p S

ig

n (W

3-4

) sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e W

20

-1

sign

. PA

GE

94 O

F 1

13

Page 102: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

30

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

D M

ax

.

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

CL

OS

ED

CE

NT

ER

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

CE

NT

ER

LA

NE

A

A

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

A

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

L

E

F

T

T

U

R

N

L

A

N

E

W2

0-1

W9-3

L M

in

.

W9-3

W2

0-1

L M

in

.

NO

TE

S

2. W

hen a highw

ay-rail grade crossing exists w

ithin the w

ork zone, or it is anticipated that queues

resulting from

the lane closure m

ight extend through a highw

ay-rail grade crossing, provisions

shall be m

ade to elim

inate conflicts, w

hich m

ay require placing a flagger at the crossing.

C

oordination w

ith the railroad is essential.

1. R

em

ov

e co

nflictin

g p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs.

Optional

25

0’to

5

00

250’to 500’

(typ. for

all tapers)

� D

M

ax.

4. W

here channelizing devices are used instead of pavem

ent m

arkings for edge lines, the spacing

shall be � D

M

ax.

B

B

In

stall T

em

po

rary

Double Y

ellow

L

ines,

see note 4.

**

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft., W

9-3 sign distance plaque to read 500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft.

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets

A

and B

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it

*

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

*

*

3. W

here speed or volum

e is higher, signing such as additional C

enter L

ane C

losed X

X ft S

ign (W

9-3)

or B

e P

repared T

o S

top S

ign (W

3-4) should be used in advance of the W

20-1 sign.

PA

GE

95 O

F 1

13

Page 103: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

BL

AN

K

PA

GE

PA

GE

96 O

F 1

13

Page 104: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

31

*

D M

ax

.

100’

A

LE

FT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W4-2L

RO

AD

W

O

R

K

LE

FT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60" x 24"

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

LONG-TERM

STATIONA

RY OPERA

TION - MU

LTILANE, U

NDIVIDED

HIGHWAY

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

T

H

E

L

E

F

T

O

R

R

I

G

H

T

L

A

N

E

L M

in

.

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

LW

20

-5

L

E

(S

ee N

ote 6

)

� D

M

ax.

(ty

p. fo

r

all tapers)

250’to 500’

25

0’to

5

00

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ays

(except

freew

ay a

nd e

xpressw

ay)

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

42

5

49

5

15

5

200

250

30

5

360

Distan

ces m

ay

b

e in

creased

fo

r

do

wn

grad

es o

r o

th

er co

nd

itio

ns

that affect stopping sight

distance.

*

*

In

stall T

em

po

rary

Double Y

ellow

L

ines,

see note 4.

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

* **

*

*

*

*

**

*

FB

C

SH

EE

T 1

OF

2

(S

EE

SH

EE

T 2

OF

2 F

OR

NO

TE

S)

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-5

L sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

00

0 ft.

C

=

5

00

ft., W

20

-5

L sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft.

(D

istan

ce C

an

d th

e seco

nd

W

20

-5

L sig

n m

ay

b

e elim

in

ated

if

sp

eed

s are less th

an

4

5 M

PH

)

F

=

1140 ft. or (1640 ft. if second W

20-5L

sign is elim

inated, W

20-1

sign distance plaque to read � M

IL

E)

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and F

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

(D

istance C

and the second W

20-5L

sign m

ay be elim

inated)

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 3

: F

or F

reew

ay

an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

H

ig

hw

ay

s

A

=

1

00

0 ft.

B

=

1640 ft., W

20-5L

sign distance plaque to read � M

IL

E

C

=

2640 ft., W

20-5L

sign distance plaque to read 1 M

IL

E

F

=

5280 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 2 M

IL

ES

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

Sp

eed

s less th

an

4

5 M

PH

(O

ptio

nal)

Req

uired

o

n E

xp

ressw

ay

s w

hen

wo

rk

ers are p

resen

t, b

ut

Optional for A

ll O

ther

Highw

ays, see note 7.

SIG

NIN

G F

OR

TH

IS

AP

PR

OA

CH

SH

AL

L C

OM

PL

Y W

IT

H P

AT

A 2

4.

PA

GE

97 O

F 1

13

Page 105: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

NO

TE

S

2. W

hen

a h

ig

hw

ay

-rail g

rad

e cro

ssin

g ex

ists w

ith

in

th

e w

ork

zo

ne, o

r it is an

ticip

ated

th

at

queues resulting from

the lane closure m

ight extend through a highw

ay-rail grade crossing,

p

ro

visio

ns sh

all b

e m

ad

e to

elim

in

ate co

nflicts, w

hich

m

ay

req

uire p

lacin

g a flag

ger at

th

e cro

ssin

g. C

oo

rd

in

atio

n w

ith

th

e railro

ad

is essen

tial.

1. R

em

ov

e co

nflictin

g p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs.

5. F

or rig

ht lan

e clo

su

res, sig

nin

g is n

ot req

uired

fo

r th

e o

pp

osite ap

pro

ach

. R

ig

ht L

an

e C

lo

sed

S

igns (W

20-5R

) shall be used instead of the L

eft L

ane C

losed S

igns (W

20-5L

), and P

avem

ent

W

idth T

ransition - R

ight L

ane E

nds S

igns (W

4-2R

) shall be used instead of P

avem

ent W

idth

T

ran

sitio

n - L

eft L

an

e E

nd

s S

ig

ns (W

4-2

L).

6. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

4. W

here ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices are u

sed

in

stead

o

f p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs fo

r ed

ge lin

es, th

e sp

acin

g

shall be � D

M

ax.

SH

EE

T 2

OF

2

PA

TA

31

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

LONG-TERM

STATIONA

RY OPERA

TION - MU

LTILANE, U

NDIVIDED

HIGHWAY

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

T

H

E

L

E

F

T

O

R

R

I

G

H

T

L

A

N

E

3. W

here sp

eed

o

r v

olu

me is h

ig

her, sig

nin

g su

ch

as ad

ditio

nal L

eft L

an

e C

lo

sed

X

X ft S

ig

n

(W

20-5L

) or B

e P

repared T

o S

top S

Ign (W

3-4) should be used in advance of the W

20-1 sign.

7. S

had

ow

v

eh

icle sh

all b

e eq

uip

ped

w

ith

a T

ru

ck

M

ou

nted

A

tten

uato

r (T

MA

) o

n E

xp

ressw

ay

s.

U

se of a T

MA

is optional on A

ll O

ther H

ighw

ays w

hen a shadow

vehicle is used.

PA

GE

98 O

F 1

13

Page 106: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

32

W4-2R

A

A

CL

OS

ED

*

LE

FT

LA

NE

W4-2L

*D

Max

.

R

O

A

D

WORK

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

CL

OS

ED

LE

FT

LA

NE

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

Install tem

porary

double yellow

line

Install tem

porary

yellow

lines

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60" x 24"

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

LONG-TERM

STATIONA

RY OPERA

TION - FOU

R-LANE, U

NDIVIDED

HIGHWAY

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

R

E

Q

U

I

R

I

N

G

C

L

O

S

U

R

E

O

F

O

N

E

S

I

D

E

O

F

T

H

E

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

R

W2

0-5

R

W2

0-5

LW

20

-5

LW

20

-1

L M

in

.

L M

in

.

E

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

All

Hig

hw

ays

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

42

5

49

5

15

5

200

250

30

5

360

25

30

60

50

200

15

5

Sp

eed

s less th

an

4

5 M

PH

(O

ptio

nal)

**

� L

M

in.

� L

M

in.

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for all tapers)

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

Ex

pressw

ay

s

(except

Freew

ays a

nd E

xpressw

ays)

Distances m

ay be increased for

dow

ngrades or other conditions

th

at affect sto

pp

in

g sig

ht

distance.

CL

OS

ED

FC

B

BC

F

*

Install

tem

porary

white edge line,

see note 9.

W1-4L

30

" x

3

0"

W1-4R

30" x 30"

*

*

*

*

*

*

**

*

**

**

**

**

*

(S

ee N

ote 3

)

(S

ee N

ote 3

)

SH

EE

T 1

OF

2

(S

EE

SH

EE

T 2

OF

2 F

OR

NO

TE

S)

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

Req

uired

o

n E

xp

ressw

ay

s w

hen

workers are present, O

ptional for

All O

ther H

ighw

ays, see note 10.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays):

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

1000 ft., W

20-5R

/W

20-5L

sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft.

C

=

1

14

0 ft., W

20

-5

R/W

20

-5

L sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

� M

ile

(D

istance C

and the second W

20-5A

R sign m

ay be elim

inated if speeds

are less th

an

4

5 M

PH

)

F

=

� M

ile, W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

M

ile o

r (if seco

nd

W

20

-5

L is

elim

inated, F

w

ill be 1140 ft., and the W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read

� M

IL

E.)

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and F

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

(D

istance C

and the second W

20-5R

sign m

ay be elim

inated)

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 3: F

or E

xpressw

ay H

ighw

ays

A

=

1

00

0 ft.

B

=

1640 ft., W

20-5R

/W

20-5L

sign distance p

laq

ue to

read � M

IL

E

C

=

2

64

0 ft., W

20

-5

R/W

20

-5

L sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

M

IL

E

F

=

1

M

ile, W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

2

M

iles.

PA

GE

99 O

F 1

13

Page 107: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

32

NO

TE

S

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

LONG-TERM

STATIONA

RY OPERA

TION - FOU

R-LANE, U

NDIVIDED

HIGHWAY

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

R

E

Q

U

I

R

I

N

G

C

L

O

S

U

R

E

O

F

O

N

E

S

I

D

E

O

F

T

H

E

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

2. W

hen

p

av

ed

sh

ou

ld

ers h

av

in

g a w

id

th

o

f 8

ft o

r m

ore are clo

sed

, ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices

sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

to

clo

se th

e sh

ou

ld

er in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e sh

iftin

g tap

er (see P

AT

A 7

).

1. R

em

ov

e co

nflictin

g p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs.

SH

EE

T 2

OF

2

4. T

he m

axim

um

length of tem

porary one-lane operation, excluding transitions, should not exceed approxim

ately 3 m

iles. T

em

porary

one-lane operations longer than approxim

ately 3 m

iles shall only be perm

itted if justified by an engineering analyis of

cro

sso

ver lo

catio

ns, traffic o

peratio

ns, safety

, an

d o

th

er related

facto

rs.

5. T

he alignm

ent of the crossover m

ay be designed as a reverse curve. W

hen the crossover follow

s a curved alignm

ent, the design

criteria co

ntain

ed

in

P

ub

licatio

n 1

3M

(D

esig

n M

an

ual P

art 2

-H

ig

hw

ay

D

esig

n) sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

.

6. F

or ex

istin

g co

ncrete p

av

em

en

ts, tem

po

rary

b

itu

min

ou

s o

verlay

s sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

as sh

ow

n to

co

ver m

islead

in

g p

av

em

en

t jo

in

ts.

7. S

igning for this approach shall follow

the sam

e configuration as the other direction, using the W

20-5L

and W

4-2L

S

igns in place

of the W

20-5R

and W

4-2R

S

igns respectively.

9. W

here channelizing devices are used instead of pavem

ent m

arkings for edge lines, the spacing

shall be � D

M

ax.

3. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

10

. S

had

ow

v

eh

icle sh

all b

e eq

uip

ped

w

ith

a T

ru

ck

M

ou

nted

A

tten

uato

r (T

MA

) o

n E

xp

ressw

ay

s.

U

se of a T

MA

is optional on A

ll O

ther H

ighw

ays w

hen a shadow

vehicle is used.

8. W

here speed or volum

e is higher, signing such as additional R

ight L

ane C

losed X

X ft. S

ign

(W

20-5R

), L

eft L

ane C

losed X

X ft. S

ign (W

20-5L

) or B

e P

repared T

o S

top S

Ign (W

3-4)

sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e W

20

-1

sig

n.

PA

GE

10

0 O

F 1

13

Page 108: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

33

(S

ee N

ote 2

)

W4-2R

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

RO

AD

W

O

R

K

W4-2R

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

R

O

A

D

WORK

100’

D M

ax

.

A

See G

en

eral N

otes, T

ab

les, an

d L

eg

en

d

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

DIVIDED

OR ONE-W

AY HIGHW

AY - WOR

K AREA IN

THE LEFT

OR RIGHT

LANE

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

R

W2

0-1

W20-5R

1/3 L

M

in.

L M

in

.

BC

E

(S

ee N

ote 7

)

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

Max.

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for all tapers)

25

0’to

5

00

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W20-5R

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W2

0-5

R

F

*

Req

uired

fo

r F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s

wh

en

w

ork

ers are p

resen

t, b

ut O

ptio

nal

fo

r all o

th

er H

ig

hw

ay

s, see N

ote 8

.

Install tem

porary

white edge line,

see note 6.

* *

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

425

495

155

200

250

305

360

50

55

10

0

11

0

42

5

49

5

60

65

12

0

13

0

570

64

5

All H

ighw

ays (except

freew

ays a

nd e

xpressw

ays)

Freew

ays and E

xpressw

ays

Distances m

ay be increased

fo

r d

ow

ng

rad

es o

r o

th

er

conditions that affect

sto

pp

in

g sig

ht d

istan

ce.

*

*

*

* *

*

Sp

eed

s less th

an

4

5 M

PH

(O

ptio

nal)

**

*

**

*

**

*

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays):

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

1000 ft., W

20-5R

sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft.

C

=

1

14

0 ft., W

20

-5

R sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

� M

IL

E

(D

istan

ce C

an

d th

e seco

nd

W

20

-5

R sig

n m

ay

b

e elim

in

ated

if sp

eed

s are less th

an

4

5 M

PH

)

F

=

� M

IL

E, W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1 M

IL

E or (if second W

20-5R

is elim

inated,

F

w

ill b

e 1

14

0 ft., an

d th

e W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

� M

IL

E)

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and F

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

(D

istance C

and the second W

20-5R

sign m

ay be elim

inated)

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 3

: F

or F

reew

ay

an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

H

ig

hw

ay

s

A

=

1

00

0 ft.

B

=

1

64

0 ft., W

20

-5

R sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

� M

IL

E

C

=

2640 ft., W

20-5R

sign distance plaque to read 1 M

IL

E

F

=

1

M

IL

E, W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

2

M

IL

ES

(S

EE

SH

EE

T 2

OF

2 F

OR

NO

TE

S)

SH

EE

T 1

OF

2

PA

GE

10

1 O

F 1

13

Page 109: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

NO

TE

S

1. R

em

ov

e co

nflictin

g p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs.

7. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

2. W

hen

p

av

ed

sh

ou

ld

ers h

av

in

g a w

id

th

o

f 8

ft o

r m

ore are clo

sed

, ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

to

clo

se th

e sh

ou

ld

er

in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e m

erg

in

g tap

er.

3. F

or left lane closures, the L

eft L

ane C

losed S

ign (W

20-5L

) shall be used in place of the W

20-5R

S

ign, and the P

avem

ent

W

id

th

T

ran

sistio

n-L

eft L

an

e E

nd

s S

ig

n (W

4-2

L) sh

all b

e u

sed

in

p

lace o

f th

e W

4-2

R S

ig

n.

4. W

hen a highw

ay-rail grade crossing exists w

ithin the w

ork zone, or it is anticipated that queues resulting from

the

lane closure m

ight extend through a highw

ay-rail grade crossing, provisions shall be m

ade to elim

inate conflicts,

w

hich m

ay require placing a flagger at the crossing. C

oordination w

ith the railroad is essential.

6. W

here ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices are u

sed

in

stead

o

f p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs fo

r ed

ge lin

es, the sp

acing

sh

all b

e � D

M

ax

.P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

DIVIDED

OR ONE-W

AY HIGHW

AY - WOR

K AREA IN

THE LEFT

OR RIGHT

LANE

PA

TA

33

SH

EE

T 2

OF

2

8. S

had

ow

v

eh

icle sh

all b

e eq

uip

ped

w

ith

a T

ru

ck

M

ou

nted

A

tten

uato

r (T

MA

) o

n E

xp

ressw

ays an

d F

reew

ay

s. U

se of a T

MA

is

O

ptio

nal o

n all o

th

er H

ig

hw

ay

s w

hen

a sh

ad

ow

v

eh

icle is u

sed

.

5. W

here speed or volum

e is higher, signing such as additional R

ight L

ane C

losed X

X ft S

ign

(W

20-5R

) o

r B

e P

rep

ared

T

o S

top S

ign (W

3-4) should be used in advance of the W

20-1 sign.

PA

GE

10

2 O

F 1

13

Page 110: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

34

2L

Min

.

W4-2L

LE

FT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

RO

AD

W

O

R

K

W4-2L

RO

AD

W

O

R

K

LE

FT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

16

’ M

in

.

D M

ax.

NO

TE

S

3. A

rev

ersed

p

attern

, b

eg

in

nin

g w

ith

a rig

ht lan

e clo

su

re, m

ay

also

b

e u

sed

.

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60" x 24"

See G

en

eral N

otes, T

ab

les, an

d L

eg

en

d

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

Install tem

porary

yellow

edge line

(S

ee N

ote 2

)

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

H

R

E

E

L

A

N

E

,

D

I

V

I

D

E

D

O

R

O

N

E

-

W

A

Y

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

-

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

T

H

E

C

E

N

T

E

R

L

A

N

E

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

L

1/3 L

M

in.

L M

in

.

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

L

CB

A

2. W

hen

p

av

ed

sh

ou

ld

ers h

av

in

g a w

id

th

o

f 8

ft o

r m

ore are clo

sed

, ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices sh

ou

ld

b

e

u

sed

to

clo

se th

e sh

ou

ld

er in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e m

erg

in

g tap

er.

1. R

em

ov

e co

nflictin

g p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs.

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

� L

M

in.

W9

-3

A

48" x 48"

W1

2-1

36

" x

3

6"

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for

all tapers)

25

0’to

5

00

Req

uired

fo

r F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s

when w

orkers are present, but O

ptional

fo

r all o

th

er H

ig

hw

ay

s, see N

ote 7

.

*

I

n

s

t

a

l

l

t

e

m

p

o

r

a

r

y

w

h

i

t

e

e

d

g

e

l

i

n

e

,

see N

ote 5.

5. W

here ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices are u

sed

in

stead

o

f p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs fo

r ed

ge lin

es, th

e sp

acin

g shall b

e � D

M

ax

.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

1000 ft., W

20-5L

sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft.

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and C

=

200 ft. and sign d

istance p

laqu

e to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 3

: F

or F

reew

ay

an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

H

ig

hw

ay

s

A

=

1

00

0 ft.

B

=

1640 ft., W

20-5L

sign distance plaque to read �M

IL

E

C

=

2640 ft., W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1 M

IL

E.

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it.

*

***

*

**

**

(D

istan

ce C

an

d th

e seco

nd

W

20

-5

AR

sig

n m

ay

b

e elim

in

ated

if sp

eed

s are less th

an

4

5 M

PH

)

F =

� M

ile, W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

M

IL

E o

r

(if seco

nd

W

20

-5

L is elim

in

ated

, F

w

ill b

e 1

14

0 ft., an

d

the W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read � M

IL

E)

LE

FT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W20-5L

F

LE

FT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W20-5L

**

C

=

1

04

0 ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

� M

IL

E.

Sp

eed

s less th

an

4

5 M

PH

(O

ptio

nal)

Tem

porary

white line

(optional)

(S

ee N

ote 6

)

(S

ee N

ote 6

)

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

6. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

7. S

had

ow

v

eh

icle sh

all b

e eq

uip

ped

w

ith

a T

ru

ck

M

ou

nted

A

tten

uato

r (T

MA

) o

n E

xpressw

ay

s and

F

reew

ays. U

se o

f a T

MA

is

O

ptio

nal o

n all o

th

er H

ig

hw

ay

s w

hen

a sh

ad

ow

v

eh

icle is u

sed

.

4. W

here sp

eed

o

r v

olu

me is h

ig

her, sig

nin

g su

ch

as ad

ditio

nal L

eft L

an

e C

lo

sed

X

X ft S

ig

n (W

20

-5

L) o

r B

e P

rep

ared

T

o S

top S

ign (W

3-4) should be used in advance of the W

20-1 sign.

PA

GE

10

3 O

F 1

13

Page 111: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

35

D M

ax

.

AB

C

WO

RK

R

O

A

D

TW

O L

AN

ES

CL

OS

ED

RIG

HT

W4-2R

2L

Min

.

W4-2R

W4-2R

TW

O L

AN

ES

CL

OS

ED

RIG

HT

TW

O L

AN

ES

CL

OS

ED

RIG

HT

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

See G

en

eral N

otes, T

ab

les, an

d L

eg

en

d

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

200’

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

D

I

V

I

D

E

D

O

R

O

N

E

-

W

A

Y

H

I

G

H

W

A

Y

-

W

O

R

K

A

R

E

A

I

N

T

W

O

A

D

J

A

C

E

N

T

L

A

N

E

S

(S

ee N

ote 2

)

W2

0-1

W20-5A

RW

20-5A

R

W2

0-1

W20-5A

RW

20-5A

R

1/3 L

M

in.

L M

in

.L

Min

.

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

TW

O L

AN

ES

CL

OS

ED

RIG

HT

E

NO

TE

S

3. If the tw

o left lanes are closed, the L

eft T

wo L

anes C

losed A

head S

ign (W

20-5A

L) shall be

used instead of the W

20-5A

R S

ign.

2. W

hen paved shoulders having a w

idth of 8 ft or m

ore are closed, channelizing devices

should be used to close the shoulder in advance of the m

erging taper.

1. R

em

ov

e co

nflictin

g p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs.

(S

ee N

ote 6

)(S

ee N

ote 6

)

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

Max.

6. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for all tapers)

250"to 500’

I

n

s

t

a

l

l

t

e

m

p

o

r

a

r

y

w

h

i

t

e

e

d

g

e

l

i

n

e

,

see N

ote 5.

*

Req

uired

fo

r F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s

wh

en

w

ork

ers are p

resen

t, b

ut O

ptio

nal

fo

r all o

th

er H

ig

hw

ay

s, see N

ote 7

.

MP

H

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

DE

ft

ft

10

0

11

0

50

60

70

80

90

425

495

155

200

250

305

360

Ex

pressw

ay

s

50

55

10

0

11

0

425

495

60

65

12

0

13

0

570

64

5

Distances m

ay be increased for

dow

ngrades or other conditions

th

at affect sto

pp

in

g sig

ht

distance.

All H

ighw

ays (except

freew

ays a

nd e

xpressw

ays)

*

*

*

**

**

**

**

*

5. W

here ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices are u

sed

in

stead

o

f p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs fo

r ed

ge lin

es, th

e sp

acin

g

shall be � D

M

ax.

F

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1

: A

ll H

ig

hw

ay

s (ex

cep

t F

reew

ay

s an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

s):

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

1

00

0 ft., W

20

-5

AR

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

50

0 ft.

C

=

1

14

0 ft., W

20

-5

AR

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

� M

IL

E.

F

=

� M

IL

E, W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

M

IL

E.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2: F

or U

rban S

treets:

A

, B

and F

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

(D

istance C

and the second W

20-5A

R sign m

ay be elim

inated)

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 3: F

or F

reew

ay and E

xpressw

ay H

ighw

ays:

A

=

1

00

0 ft.

B

=

1640 ft., W

20-5A

R sign distance plaque to read � M

IL

E

C

=

2

64

0 ft., W

20

-5

AR

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

M

IL

E.

F

=

1 M

IL

E, W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 2 M

IL

ES

.

7. S

had

ow

v

eh

icle sh

all b

e eq

uip

ped

w

ith

a T

ru

ck

M

ou

nted

A

tten

uato

r (T

MA

) o

n E

xp

ressw

ay

s an

d F

reew

ay

s.

U

se o

f a T

MA

is O

ptio

nal o

n all o

th

er H

ig

hw

ay

s w

hen

a sh

ad

ow

v

eh

icle is u

sed

.

4. W

here speed or volum

e is higher, signing such as additional R

ight T

wo L

anes C

losed X

X ft

S

ign (W

20-5A

R) or B

e P

repared T

o S

top S

ign (W

3-4) should be used in advance of the W

20-1 sign.

PA

GE

10

4 O

F 1

13

Page 112: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

36

10

00

1

M

I

L

E

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

�M

IL

E

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W4

-2

R

W

O

R

K

RO

AD

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W4-2R

D M

ax

.

EX

IT

NO

TE

S

1

M

I

L

E

�M

IL

E

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

LANE CLO

SURE NEA

R A FREEW

AY OR EX

PRESSWA

Y EXIT RA

MP

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

R

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

R

L M

in

.L

Min

.

AB

C

1/3 L

M

in.

(S

ee N

ote 2

)

5. T

he tem

porary E

XIT

sign shall be located in the tem

porary gore. It shall be m

ounted

a m

inim

um

of 7 ft from

the pavem

ent surface to the bottom

of the sign.

4. In locations w

ith heavy ram

p traffic, the channelizing devices in advance of the ram

p

m

ay be elim

inated if special advance signing is erected to indicate that the right

lan

e is a m

an

dato

ry

ex

it o

nly

lan

e.

2. W

hen paved shoulders having a w

idth of 8 ft or m

ore are closed, channelizing devices

should be used to close the shoulder in advance of the m

erging taper.

1. R

em

ov

e co

nflictin

g p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs.

(S

ee

No

te 8

)

Sh

ou

ld

er

Sh

ou

ld

er

8. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

3. T

he design criteria contained in P

ublication 13M

(D

esign M

anual P

art 2-H

ighw

ay D

esign)

should be used for determ

ining the alignm

ent.

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for all tapers)

25

0’to

5

00

See T

C-8701D

S

ht. 5

for D

esign L

ayout.

EX

IT

7. W

here channelizing devices are used instead of pavem

ent m

arkings for edge lines, the spacing

shall be � D

M

ax.

Install tem

porary

wh

ite ed

ge lin

e

see N

ote 7.

***

*

*

Req

uired

w

hen

w

ork

ers

are present, see N

ote 9.

10

0’

Max

.

A

=

1

00

0 ft.

B

=

1640 ft., W

20-5R

sign distance plaque to read � M

IL

E.

C

=

2

64

0 ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

M

IL

E.

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it.

9. S

hadow

vehicle shall be equipped w

ith a T

ruck M

ounted A

ttenuator (T

MA

).

6. W

here speed or volum

e is higher, signing such as additional R

ight L

ane C

losed X

X ft S

ign

(W

20-5R

) or B

e P

repared T

o S

top S

ign (W

3-4) should be used in advance of the W

20-1 sign.

PA

GE

10

5 O

F 1

13

Page 113: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

37

**

AB

C*

L M

in

.

1 MILE

WO

RK

R

O

A

D

�M

IL

E

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W4-2R

AHEAD

WORK

RO

AD

W3-2

W4-1R

NO

TE

S

500’

500’

W3

-1

OR

2. A

n acceleratio

n lan

e o

f su

fficien

t len

gth

sh

ou

ld

b

e p

ro

vid

ed

w

hen

ev

er p

ossib

le.

1

M

I

L

E

W

O

R

K

ROAD

�M

IL

E

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W4-2R

(S

ee N

ote 2

)

D M

ax

.

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

*S

ee G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

L

A

N

E

C

L

O

S

U

R

E

N

E

A

R

A

F

R

E

E

W

A

Y

O

R

E

X

P

R

E

S

S

W

A

Y

E

N

T

R

A

N

C

E

R

A

M

P

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

R

W2

0-1

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

R

L M

in

.L

Min

.

3. W

here in

ad

eq

uate acceleratio

n d

istan

ce ex

ists fo

r th

e tem

po

rary

en

tran

ce, th

e Y

ield

(R

1-2) and Y

ield A

head (W

3-2) S

igns shall be replaced w

ith S

top (R

1-1) and S

top A

head

(W

3-1) S

igns.

R1

-2

YIE

LD

ST

OP

R1

-1

OR

RY

RA

MP

RA

MP

R1-1-2

48

" x

2

4"

(S

ee N

ote 6

)

1. R

em

ov

e co

nflictin

g p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs.

6. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for all tapers)

250’to 500’

Install tem

porary

white edge line,

see N

ote 5.

Req

uired

w

hen

w

ork

ers

are present, see N

ote 7.

*

100’

Max.

5. W

here ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices are u

sed

in

stead

o

f p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs fo

r ed

ge lin

es, th

e

sp

acin

g sh

all b

e � D

M

ax

.

A

=

1000

ft.

B

=

1640 ft., W

20-5R

sign distance plaque to read � M

IL

E.

C

=

2

64

0 ft., W

20

-1

sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

1

M

IL

E.

D

=

2

tim

es th

e n

orm

al sp

eed

lim

it.

7. S

had

ow

v

eh

icle sh

all b

e eq

uip

ped

w

ith

a T

ru

ck

M

ou

nted

A

tten

uato

r (T

MA

).

4. W

here speed or volum

e is higher, signing such as additional R

ight L

ane C

losed X

X ft S

ign

(W

20

-5

R) o

r B

e P

rep

ared

T

o S

to

p S

ig

n (W

3-4

) sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e W

20

-1

sig

n.

PA

GE

10

6 O

F 1

13

Page 114: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

38

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

W4-2R

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

RIG

HT

LA

NE

CL

OS

ED

A

RO

AD

CL

OS

ED

W1-4R

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

EN

D

RO

AD

WO

RK

G20-2

60

" x

2

4"

W1-4L

Tem

porary P

avem

ent

See G

eneral N

otes, T

ables, and L

egend

Draw

in

g fo

r T

ap

er L

en

gth

(L

).

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

O

N

O

N

E

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

O

F

A

N

O

R

M

A

L

L

Y

D

I

V

I

D

E

D

H

I

G

H

W

A

Y

W2

0-1

W2

0-5

RW

20

-5

R

L M

in

.

L M

in

.

BC

TY

PE

III

BA

RR

ICA

DE

SH

EE

T 1

OF

2

Tem

porary C

oncrete B

arrier

� L

M

in

.

Advance S

igning

(S

ee N

ote 7

)

Tem

porary C

oncrete B

arrier

(S

ee N

ote 3

)

(S

ee N

ote 3

)

� L

Min

.

� L

Min

.

R1

1-2

48

" x

3

0"

WORK

RO

AD

� D

M

ax.

(typ. for

all tapers)

25

0’to

5

00

25

0’to

5

00

Install tem

porary

yellow

edge line,

see N

ote 9.

Install tem

porary

wh

ite ed

ge lin

e,

see N

ote 9.

*

*

**

*

*

See S

heet 2 of 2 for notes.

LE

GE

ND

:

Install tem

porary

yellow

edge line,

see N

ote 9.

**

**

Install tem

porary

white edge line,

see N

ote 9.

**

**

**

**

**

F

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 1: A

ll H

ighw

ays (except F

reew

ays and E

xpressw

ays)

A

=

500 ft.

B

=

1000 ft., W

20-5R

sign distance plaque to read 1500 ft.

C

=

1

64

0 ft., W

20

-5

R sig

n d

istan

ce p

laq

ue to

read

� M

IL

E

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it.

F

=

� M

ile, W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 1 M

IL

E

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 2

: F

or U

rb

an

S

treets

A

, B

and F

=

200 ft. and sign distance plaque to read "A

HE

AD

"

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it.

CO

ND

IT

IO

N 3

: F

or F

reew

ay

an

d E

xp

ressw

ay

H

ig

hw

ay

s

A

=

1

00

0 ft.

B

=

1640 ft., W

20-5A

R sign distance plaque to read � M

IL

E

C

=

2640 ft., W

20-5A

R sign distance plaque to read 1 M

IL

E

D

=

2 tim

es the norm

al speed lim

it.

F

=

1 M

ile, W

20-1 sign distance plaque to read 2 M

IL

ES

Distan

ce p

laq

ues o

n A

dv

an

ce W

arn

in

g sig

ns sh

all b

e th

e sam

e series ty

pe.

Ex

am

ple: eith

er all X

XX

ft. o

r all "A

HE

AD

"

PA

GE

10

7 O

F 1

13

Page 115: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

NO

TE

S

6. F

or ex

istin

g co

ncrete p

av

em

en

ts, tem

po

rary

b

itu

min

ou

s o

verlay

s sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

as sh

ow

n to

co

ver m

islead

in

g p

av

em

en

t jo

in

ts.

7. S

igning for this approach shall follow

the sam

e configuration as the other direction, using the W

20-5L

and W

4-2L

S

igns in place

of the W

20-5R

and W

4-2R

S

igns respectively.

2. W

hen paved shoulders having a w

idth of 8 ft or m

ore are closed, channelizing devices should be used to close the shoulder in

ad

van

ce o

f th

e m

erg

in

g tap

er (see P

AT

A 7

).

4. T

he m

ax

im

um

len

gth

o

f tem

po

rary

o

ne-lan

e o

peratio

n, ex

clu

din

g tran

sitio

ns, sh

ou

ld

n

ot ex

ceed

ap

pro

xim

ately

3

m

iles. T

em

po

rary

one-lane operations longer than approxim

ately 3 m

iles shall only be perm

itted if justified by an engineering analyis of

cro

sso

ver lo

catio

ns, traffic o

peratio

ns, safety

, an

d o

th

er related

facto

rs.

PA

TA

38

SH

EE

T 2

OF

2

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

T

W

O

-

W

A

Y

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

O

N

O

N

E

R

O

A

D

W

A

Y

O

F

A

N

O

R

M

A

L

L

Y

D

I

V

I

D

E

D

H

I

G

H

W

A

Y

1. R

em

ov

e co

nflictin

g p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs.

3. S

ee P

AT

A G

EN

ER

AL

, T

ab

le 5

fo

r size o

f th

e F

lash

in

g A

rro

w P

an

el.

5. T

he alignm

ent of the crossover m

ay be designed as a reverse curve. W

hen the crossover follow

s a curved alignm

ent, the design

criteria co

ntain

ed

in

P

ub

licatio

n 1

3M

(D

esig

n M

an

ual P

art 2

-H

ig

hw

ay

D

esig

n) sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

.

9. W

here ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices are u

sed

in

stead

o

f p

av

em

en

t m

ark

in

gs fo

r ed

ge lin

es, th

e sp

acin

g sh

all b

e � D

M

ax

.

8. W

here speed or volum

e is higher, signing such as additional R

ight L

ane C

losed X

X ft S

ign (W

20-5R

) or B

e P

repared T

o S

top S

ign

(W

3-4) should be used in advance of the W

20-1 sign.

PA

GE

10

8 O

F 1

13

Page 116: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

39

a

RO

AD

CLOSED

5

0

0

F

T

RO

AD

C

L

O

S

E

D

1

0

0

0

F

T

R11-2

48"X

30"

RO

AD

CL

OS

ED

TY

PE

III B

AR

RIC

AD

E

RO

AD

CL

OS

ED

R

11-3A

LO

CA

L T

RA

FF

IC O

NL

Y

DET

OU

R

TY

PE

III B

AR

RIC

AD

E

OR

THNDE

TOUR

OR

THNDE

TOUR

DE

TO

UR

M4

-8

M1

-5

M5-1R

M4

-8

M1

-5

M6-1

DETOUR

DETOUR

DE

TO

UR

1500 F

T

M4-8

M1-5

M4-8

M1-5

R11-2

RO

AD

CL

OS

ED

TY

PE

III B

AR

RIC

AD

E

DET

OU

R

OUTH S

SOUTH

ORTHN

DETOUR M4-8

M1-5

M6-1

OR

THN DETOUR

M4

-8

M1

-5

M6-1

DETOURM

4-8

M1

-5

OU

THS

M6-1

M5-1L

M6-1

DETOUR

OUTH S

M6-1

M1-5

M4-8

DETO

UR

OU

THS

M6-1

M1

-5

M4

-8

DETO

UR

M6-1

M1

-5

M4

-8

M1-5

END

DETOURM4-8A

OUTH S

M1-5

END

DETOURM4-8A

N ORTH

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

A

N

Y

H

I

G

H

W

A

Y

-

D

E

T

O

U

R

O

F

A

N

U

M

B

E

R

E

D

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

R

O

U

T

E

M3-3

M3-1

M3-1

M3-1

M3-3

M3

-3

M3

-3

M3-1

NO

RTH

M3-1

M3-3

M3-1

M3-3

W2

0-2

W2

0-3

W2

0-3

DE

TO

UR

1500 F

T

W2

0-2

W2

0-2

�MIL

E

DE

TO

UR

W2

0-2

�MIL

E

1000 F

T

1000 F

T

NO

TE

S

6. W

here sp

eed

o

r v

olu

me is h

ig

her, ad

ditio

nal sig

nin

g

sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

.

5. T

he size o

f th

e R

ou

te M

ark

er A

ssem

blies sh

all co

mp

ly

w

ith

P

ub

licatio

n 2

36

M.

4. A

ll detours inv

olving

S

tate-designated high

way

s shall

have the prior approval of the D

epartm

ent, and all

d

eto

urs in

vo

lv

in

g lo

cal h

ig

hw

ay

s sh

all h

av

e th

e p

rio

r

ap

pro

val o

f th

e ap

pro

priate lo

cal au

th

orities.

3. U

nless o

therw

ise sp

ecified, all traffic con

trol devices

for the detour shall be furnished, erected, m

odified,

m

ain

tain

ed

, an

d su

bseq

uen

tly

rem

ov

ed

b

y th

e co

ntracto

r

for contract operations or by the perm

ittee for perm

it

operations.

1. R

eg

ulato

ry

traffic co

ntro

l d

ev

ices sh

ou

ld

b

e m

od

ified

as n

eed

ed

fo

r th

e d

uratio

n o

f th

e d

eto

ur.

2. If th

e ro

ad

is o

pen

ed

fo

r so

me d

istan

ce b

ey

on

d

the intersection and/or there are significant

o

rig

in

/d

esitin

atio

n p

oin

ts b

ey

on

d th

e in

tersectio

n,

the R

oad C

losed (R

11-3A

) and D

etour (M

4-10) S

igns

o

n th

e T

yp

e III B

arricad

es m

ay

b

e lo

cated

at th

e ed

ge

o

f th

e trav

eled w

ay.

TY

PE

III B

AR

RIC

AD

E

(b

arricad

e rails o

n

both sides)

60" x 30"

48" x 30"

__

MIL

ES

AH

EA

D

M4

-1

0R

48

" x

1

8"

M4

-1

0L

48" x 18"

7. F

or scheduled or em

ergency closures of 7 consecutive

days or less, P

AT

A 39b m

ay be used.

PA

GE

10

9 O

F 1

13

Page 117: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

39

b

R

O

A

D

C

L

O

S

E

D

500 FT

ROAD

C

L

O

S

E

D

1

0

0

0

F

T

R11-2

RO

AD

CL

OS

ED

TY

PE

III B

AR

RIC

AD

ER

OA

D C

LO

SE

D

R

11-3A

LO

CA

L T

RA

FF

IC O

NL

Y

DET

OU

R

TY

PE

III B

AR

RIC

AD

E

R1

1-2

RO

AD

CL

OS

ED

TY

PE

III B

AR

RIC

AD

E

DET

OU

R

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

A

N

Y

H

I

G

H

W

A

Y

-

D

E

T

O

U

R

O

F

A

N

U

N

N

U

M

B

E

R

E

D

T

R

A

F

F

I

C

R

O

U

T

E

DE

TO

UR

DETOUR

DE

TO

UR

DE

TO

UR

END

DET

OU

R

END

DET

OU

R

DETOUR

DE

TO

UR

DE

TO

UR

50

0 F

T

50

0 F

T

DE

TO

UR

W2

0-3

W2

0-3

50

0 F

T5

00

FT

DE

TO

UR

1500 F

T

W2

0-2

DE

TO

UR

1000 F

T

W2

0-2

DE

TO

UR

1000 F

T

W2

0-2

DE

TO

UR

1500 F

T

W2

0-2

NO

TE

S

7. W

here speed or volum

e is higher, additional signing

sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

.

4. A

ll deto

urs involving S

tate-d

esig

nated highw

ays shall

have the prior approval of the D

epartm

ent, and all

d

eto

urs in

vo

lv

in

g lo

cal h

ig

hw

ay

s sh

all h

av

e th

e p

rio

r

ap

pro

val o

f th

e ap

pro

priate lo

cal au

th

orities.

3. U

nless o

th

erw

ise specified, all traffic co

ntro

l dev

ices

for the detour shall be furnished, erected, m

odified,

m

ain

tain

ed

, an

d su

bseq

uen

tly

rem

ov

ed

b

y th

e co

ntracto

r

for contract operations or by the perm

ittee for perm

it

operations.

2. If the road is opened for som

e distance beyond the

intersection and/or there are significant

origin/desitination points bey

on

d the in

tersectio

n, the

R

oad

C

lo

sed

(R

11

-3

A) an

d D

eto

ur (M

4-1

0) S

ig

ns o

n th

e

T

yp

e III B

arricad

es m

ay

b

e lo

cated

at th

e ed

ge o

f th

e

traveled w

ay.

1. R

egulatory traffic control devices should be m

odified

as needed for the duration of the detour.

6. O

n m

ulti-lane streets, D

etour signs w

ith an A

dvance

T

urn A

rro

w sho

uld be u

sed

in

adv

an

ce of a turn

.

M4

-8

A

24

" x

1

8"

60" x 30"

48" x 30"

M4

-9

SR

30

" x

2

4"

M4

-9

L

30

" x

2

4"

M4-9R

30

" x

2

4"

M4

-9

L

30" x 24"

M4-9R

30

" x

2

4"

M4

-9

L

30

" x

2

4"

48

" x

3

0"

M4-9R

30

" x

2

4"

M4

-8

A

24

" x

1

8"

M4-9S

L

30" x 24"

5. A

t locations w

here there are overlapping detours or

sev

eral d

eto

urs w

ith

in

th

e sam

e area, street n

am

es m

ay

be added above the M

4-9L

and M

4-9R

S

igns, or signs

w

ith different colored arow

s m

ay be used to designate

th

e d

ifferen

t d

eto

ur ro

utes. T

he d

esig

n an

d ap

plicatio

n

of signs displaying colored arrow

s shall com

ply w

ith

P

ublication 236M

.

__

MIL

ES

AH

EA

D

M4

-1

0R

48" x 18"

M4

-1

0L

48

" x

1

8"

PA

GE

11

0 O

F 1

13

Page 118: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

40

AHEAD

WORK

R

O

A

D

A

H

E

A

D

W

O

R

K

R

O

A

D

Sidew

alk D

etour

Sid

ew

alk

D

iv

ersio

n

SID

EW

AL

K

CL

OS

ED

SID

EW

AL

K C

LO

SE

D

CR

OS

S H

ER

E

SID

EW

AL

K C

LO

SE

D

CR

OS

S H

ER

E

NO

TE

S

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

A

N

D

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

S

I

D

E

W

A

L

K

D

E

T

O

U

R

O

R

D

I

V

E

R

S

I

O

N

W2

0-1

W2

0-1

3. O

nly th

e tem

porary

traffic contro

l dev

ices related

to pedestrians are show

n. O

ther devices, such as

lane closure signing or R

oad N

arrow

s signs, m

ay be

used to control vehicular traffic.

1. W

hen

cro

ssw

alk

s o

r o

th

er p

ed

estrian

facilities are

closed or relocated, tem

porary facilities shall be

detectable and shall include accessibility features

co

nsisten

t w

ith

th

e featu

res p

resen

t in

th

e ex

istin

g

pedestrian facility.

R9-11a

R9-11a

R9-9

24

" x

1

2"

24

" x

1

2"

24" x 12"

3ft

Min

.

2. U

se ch

an

nelizin

g d

ev

ices to

sep

arate an

d m

ain

tain

tem

porary

ped

estrian

w

alkw

ay w

hile sidew

alk is closed.

W

here h

ig

h sp

eed

s are an

ticip

ated, a tem

porary

traffic barrier and, if necessary, a crash cushion

sh

ou

ld

b

e u

sed

to

sep

arate th

e tem

po

rary

w

alk

way

s

fro

m v

eh

icu

lar traffic.

See N

ote 2,

any approved channelizing

devices m

ay be used.

}

PA

GE

11

1 O

F 1

13

Page 119: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

41

A

H

E

A

D

W

O

R

K

RO

AD

Sidew

alk D

etour

SID

EW

AL

K

CL

OS

ED

SID

EW

AL

K C

LO

SE

D

CR

OS

S H

ER

E

NO

TE

S

1. W

hen crossw

alks or other pedestrian facilities are closed or

relocated, tem

porary facilities shall be detectable and shall

include accessibility features consistent w

ith the features

p

resen

t in

th

e ex

istin

g p

ed

estrian

facility

.

4. O

nly

th

e tem

po

rary

traffic co

ntro

l d

ev

ices related

to

p

ed

estrian

s

are sh

ow

n. O

th

er d

ev

ices, such as lan

e closu

re signing or R

oad

N

arrow

s signs, m

ay be used to control vehicular traffic.

SID

EW

AL

K C

LO

SE

D

CR

OS

S H

ER

E

S

I

D

E

W

A

L

K

C

L

O

S

E

D

U

S

E

O

T

H

E

R

S

I

D

E

SID

EW

AL

K C

LO

SE

D

US

E O

TH

ER

SID

E

A

H

E

A

D

WO

RK

R

O

A

D

AH

EA

D

AH

EA

D

Tem

porary m

arking

fo

r cro

ssw

alk

lin

es

2. C

urb

p

ark

in

g sh

all b

e p

ro

hib

ited

fo

r at least 5

0 ft in

ad

van

ce

o

f th

e m

id

blo

ck

cro

ssw

alk

.

3. P

edestrian traffic signal displays controlling closed crossw

alks

sh

ou

ld

b

e co

vered

o

r d

eactiv

ated

.

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

S

H

O

R

T

-

T

E

R

M

A

N

D

L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M

S

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

R

Y

O

P

E

R

A

T

I

O

N

CROSSWAL

K CLOSURE

S AND PEDE

STRIAN DET

OURS

W2

0-1

W2

0-1

R9-10

R9-10

R9-11a

R9-11a

R9-9

24

" x

1

2"

24

" x

1

2"

W1

6-9

P

24

" x

1

2"

W1

6-7

P

24

" x

1

2"

24" x 12"

24

" x

1

2"

24" x 12"

W1

6-9

P

24

" x

1

2"

W1

6-7

P

24

" x

1

2"W

11

-2

30

" x

3

0"

W1

1-2

30

" x

3

0"

W1

1-2

30" x 30"

W1

1-2

30

" x

3

0"

No

te:

An

y ap

pro

ved

ch

an

nelizin

g

dev

ices m

ay

b

e u

sed

fo

r

closing sidew

alk.

PA

GE

11

2 O

F 1

13

Page 120: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PA

TA

42

P

U

B

L

I

C

A

T

I

O

N

2

1

3

T

E

M

P

O

R

A

R

Y

B

I

T

U

M

I

N

O

U

S

R

U

M

B

L

E

S

T

R

I

P

P

A

T

T

E

R

N

S

Channelizing D

evice

15

S

trip

s

15

S

trip

s

15 S

trips

20

S

trip

s

20

S

trip

s

RU

MB

LE

ST

RIP

PA

TT

ER

N A

RU

MB

LE

ST

RIP

AR

EA

RU

MB

LE

ST

RIP

Ed

ge o

f ro

ad

way

Feather

ed

ges

Bitu

min

ou

s o

verlay

Longitudinal C

ross S

ection

15

S

trip

s

20

S

trip

s

Desirable to extend

pattern onto shoulders

RU

MB

LE

ST

RIP

PA

TT

ER

N B

50’

100’

200’

100’

50’

50’

100’

100’

200’

4"

12

"

�"

20 S

trips

20 S

trips

15

S

trip

s

15

S

trip

s

15 or 20 S

trips

PA

GE

11

3 O

F 1

13

Page 121: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Appendix

Appendix A - Temporary/Portable Traffic Signals general notes and applications Appendix B – Temporary Barrier Deflection Distances

Page 122: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Appendix A

Temporary Traffic Control Signal Documentation

Document Type Index Temporary Traffic Control Signal Requirements and Timeframes Process for Obtaining PennDOT Approval to Use Temporary Traffic Control Signals Blanket Permits Application for Permit to Operate Temporary Traffic Control Signals Temporary Traffic Control Signal Permit Application Instructions for Permit to Operate Temporary Traffic Control Signals Example Problem: Application for Permit to Operate Temporary Traffic Control Signals Guidelines for the Selection of Temporary Traffic Control Signals in Work Zones Temporary Traffic Control Signals Non-Compliance Documentation Form Temporary Traffic Control Signals User Comment Form

Page 123: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Type

of A

pplic

atio

nPu

blic

atio

n 21

3 Fi

gure

Penn

DO

T A

ppro

val

Req

uire

d Pr

ior t

o U

se

Adv

ance

Site

Vi

sit R

equi

red

by U

ser

App

licat

ion

Req

uire

d

Site

-Spe

cific

D

raw

ing

Req

uire

d

Dea

dlin

e fo

r Dis

tric

t Rec

eipt

of

All

Req

uire

d M

ater

ials

Long

-Ter

m S

tatio

nary

Ope

ratio

n

F

ixed

S

uppo

rtsP

ATA

26e

LX

XX

XA

t lea

st 1

5 w

orki

ng d

ays

prio

r to

desi

red

usag

e

Long

-Ter

m S

tatio

nary

Ope

ratio

n

Trai

ler-

Mou

nted

Por

tabl

e Tr

affic

Con

trol S

igna

ls

PA

TA 2

6e P

LX

XX

XA

t lea

st 1

5 w

orki

ng d

ays

prio

r to

desi

red

usag

e

Sho

rt-Te

rm S

tatio

nary

Ope

ratio

n

Ped

esta

l-Mou

nted

Por

tabl

e Tr

affic

Con

trol S

igna

ls

Man

ually

-Con

trolle

dP

ATA

26e

M-1

XX

XA

t lea

st 3

full

wor

king

day

s pr

ior

to d

esire

d us

age

Sho

rt-Te

rm S

tatio

nary

Ope

ratio

n

Trai

ler-

Mou

nted

Por

tabl

e Tr

affic

Con

trol S

igna

ls

Man

ually

-Con

trolle

dP

ATA

26e

M-2

XX

XA

t lea

st 3

full

wor

king

day

s pr

ior

to d

esire

d us

age

Sho

rt-Te

rm S

tatio

nary

Ope

ratio

n

Ped

esta

l-Mou

nted

Por

tabl

e Tr

affic

Con

trol S

igna

ls

Non

-Com

plex

Con

ditio

nsP

ATA

26e

NC

-1X

XX

At l

east

3 fu

ll w

orki

ng d

ays

prio

r to

des

ired

usag

e

Sho

rt-Te

rm S

tatio

nary

Ope

ratio

n

Trai

ler-

Mou

nted

Por

tabl

e Tr

affic

Con

trol S

igna

ls

N

on-C

ompl

ex C

ondi

tions

PA

TA 2

6e N

C-2

XX

XA

t lea

st 3

full

wor

king

day

s pr

ior

to d

esire

d us

age

Sho

rt-Te

rm S

tatio

nary

Ope

ratio

n

Ped

esta

l-Mou

nted

Por

tabl

e Tr

affic

Con

trol S

igna

ls

Com

plex

Con

ditio

nsP

ATA

26e

C-1

XX

XX

At l

east

15

wor

king

day

s pr

ior t

o de

sire

d us

age

Sho

rt-Te

rm S

tatio

nary

Ope

ratio

n

Trai

ler-

Mou

nted

Por

tabl

e Tr

affic

Con

trol S

igna

ls

C

ompl

ex C

ondi

tions

PA

TA 2

6e C

-2X

XX

XA

t lea

st 1

5 w

orki

ng d

ays

prio

r to

desi

red

usag

e

Sho

rt-Te

rm S

tatio

nary

Ope

ratio

n

Ped

esta

l-Mou

nted

Por

tabl

e Tr

affic

Con

trol S

igna

ls

Bla

nket

Per

mit

XX

X

At l

east

15

wor

king

day

s fo

r in

itial

bla

nket

per

mit

requ

est;

at

leas

t 3 fu

ll w

orki

ng d

ays

prio

r to

each

usa

ge u

nder

the

blan

ket

perm

it

Sho

rt-Te

rm S

tatio

nary

Ope

ratio

n

Trai

ler-

Mou

nted

Por

tabl

e Tr

affic

Con

trol S

igna

ls

B

lank

et P

erm

itX

XX

At l

east

15

wor

king

day

s fo

r in

itial

bla

nket

per

mit

requ

est;

at

leas

t 3 fu

ll w

orki

ng d

ays

prio

r to

each

usa

ge u

nder

the

blan

ket

perm

it

Tem

pora

ry T

raffi

c C

ontro

l Sig

nal R

equi

rem

ents

and

Tim

efra

mes

Page 124: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Des

igne

r/Use

r vis

its s

ite a

nd c

onsu

lts P

ennD

OT

Publ

icat

ion

213

“Tem

pora

ry T

raffi

c C

ontro

l Gui

delin

es”

Des

igne

r/Use

r det

erm

ines

wha

t typ

e of

traf

fic c

ontro

l will

be a

ccep

tabl

e fo

r th

e up

com

ing

proj

ect

Ref

er to

PA

TA 2

6e P

L or

PA

TA 2

6e L

to

dete

rmin

e cr

iteria

nee

ded

for a

ccep

tabl

e us

e w

ithin

Pen

nsyl

vani

a

Sub

mis

sion

to P

ennD

OT

Dis

trict

Tra

ffic

Uni

t for

revi

ew

Pen

nDO

T ap

prov

al o

r re

ject

ion

(via

the

tem

pora

ry

traffi

c co

ntro

l sig

nal p

erm

it po

rtion

of t

he a

pplic

atio

n)

Shor

t-ter

m s

tatio

nary

op

erat

ion

Long

-term

sta

tiona

ry

oper

atio

n

Ref

er to

PA

TA 2

6e fi

gure

s to

det

erm

ine

crite

ria n

eede

d fo

r ac

cept

able

use

with

in P

enns

ylva

nia

Com

plex

C

ondi

tions

PATA

26e

C-1

or

PATA

26e

C-2

App

licat

ion

for P

erm

it to

Ope

rate

Tem

pora

ry T

raffi

c C

ontro

l Sig

nals

A s

ite-s

peci

fic d

raw

ing

is re

quire

dN

on-C

ompl

ex

Con

ditio

nsPA

TA 2

6e N

C-1

or

PATA

26e

NC

-2

Man

ually

-C

ontro

lled

PATA

26e

M-1

or

PATA

26e

M-2

Bla

nket

Per

mit

*

Proc

ess

for O

btai

ning

Pen

nDO

T A

ppro

val t

o U

se T

empo

rary

Tra

ffic

Con

trol

Sig

nals

* Req

uire

s ap

plic

atio

n an

d Pe

nnD

OT

appr

oval

of b

lank

et p

erm

it.

Page 125: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Publication 213, Appendix A Page 1 of 3

Blanket Permits

The following information below will provide you with the requirements when considering a blanket permit for temporary traffic control signals. What is a blanket permit?

• For repeat users of portable traffic control signals, PennDOT’s appropriate Engineering District Office may issue a blanket temporary traffic control signal permit covering multiple locations and dates of operation for up to a one-year period. This action will only be considered by PennDOT if that user has properly used portable traffic control signals in a safe and efficient manner on three or more past deployments without problems and in compliance with PennDOT requirements.

• PennDOT’s Bureau of Highway Safety and Traffic Engineering (BHSTE) will be involved in the blanket permit process. Although permits are issued by the appropriate Engineering District Office, BHSTE will participate in the evaluation process to determine whether a particular portable traffic control signal user can be issued their initial blanket permit in each Engineering District. BHSTE will provide the overall blanket permit approval number, participate in any blanket permit revocation proceedings, and will keep track of users who have been issued blanket permits statewide.

What types of operations can be covered by a blanket permit?

• Blanket permits can only be issued for short-term stationary operations (manual control or non-complex conditions) that satisfy the criteria and provisions of PATA 26e M-1, PATA 26e M-2, PATA 26e NC-1, or PATA 26e NC-2, except for emergency work as defined in PennDOT Publication 212. See Note 2 of each figure.

• Blanket permits cannot be used for portable traffic control signal usage involving either long-term operations or short-term operations with complex conditions that are governed by PATA 26e PL, PATA 26e C-1, or PATA 26e C-2.

Who can apply for a blanket permit?

• Any repeat user of portable traffic control signals who agrees to the responsibilities, terms, and conditions as outlined herein.

• The blanket permit will be issued to up to two specific individuals (representing a company), and not to companies in general.

What are the roles and responsibilities of the blanket permittee?

• Responsible for the proper installation, maintenance, and operation of the portable traffic control signal system as specified in PennDOT Publication 213 and the temporary traffic control signal permit.

• Work closely with the work crew to provide safe and proper operations as specified in PennDOT Publication 213 and the temporary traffic control signal permit. Safety will be strictly enforced, and will not be compromised when using the devices.

• Assist the work crew with PennDOT Publication 213 and temporary traffic control signal permit requirements for portable traffic control signal usage.

• Provide technical and expert assistance on the use of the devices before, during, and after deployments to the contractors’ personnel.

Page 126: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Publication 213, Appendix A Page 2 of 3

• Take responsibility to ensure that the devices are working properly. • Approved products as specified in PennDOT Publication 35 (Bulletin 15) must be used. • Ensure the upkeep of the devices to PennDOT specifications and requirements

maintained by the Bureau of Highway Safety and Traffic Engineering (BHSTE). • Provide documentation, satisfactory to PennDOT, showing that the individual

successfully completed a training course given by the manufacturer on the operation of the portable traffic control signal system that is being deployed under the blanket permit.

• Ensure proper all-red clearance intervals and yellow change intervals are used as specified in PennDOT Publication 213 and the temporary traffic control signal permit.

• Ensure appropriate green intervals are used based on traffic conditions. Ensure this is evaluated several times a day, and all changes should be documented.

• Ensure that good records are kept of any changes during the operation of the devices. • Ensure that proper documentation is maintained on-site (including the temporary traffic

control signal permit, PennDOT Publication 213, etc.). • Develop and document a contingency plan by the permitte prior to the deployment of the

devices to establish procedures in the event of device failure or malfunction, or in the event of changing conditions or unforeseen circumstances.

• Establish a designated on-site liaison from work crew. Topics to be covered with the on-site liaison include a contingency plan, basic programming and operation, take-down procedures, traffic monitoring responsibilities, driveway control, etc.

• Provide the initial programming and the initial monitoring of the portable traffic control signals each day. All changes during the day should be made under the direction of the permittee and documented.

• Be on-site at the start of signal usage each day. Provide emergency protocols and a contingency plan to address situations involving device malfunctions or changing conditions. Also, provide a direct number whereby the blanket permittee can be contacted at all times during signal usage.

• Provide instructions to the work crew about proper removal procedures and how to place devices into a flash mode before going dark.

• Visit the site in advance to ensure that proper usage can be achieved at the location of the upcoming deployment.

• Continue to follow the appropriate processes outlined in PennDOT Publication 213 for obtaining PennDOT approval to use portable traffic control signals. The deadline for PennDOT District Office receipt of all required materials for the blanket permit request is at least 15 working days prior to the first desired usage date. Thereafter, required materials must be received by the appropriate District Office at least 3 full working days prior to each usage under an established blanket permit.

• Coordinate yearly with PennDOT’s Central Office and District Offices to ensure proper installations are occurring. Also, this will allow for a working relationship where the blanket permittee will be up-to-date with respect to the latest requirements and guidance documents.

Page 127: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Publication 213, Appendix A Page 3 of 3

What is the process/procedure to follow if an individual wants to be considered as a future blanket permittee?

• Submit a written request to BHSTE and the appropriate Engineering District(s) identifying the individuals seeking to be evaluated for future blanket permit consideration. Indicate the Engineering Districts where blanket permit consideration is being sought. Clearly indicate acceptance of the blanket permittee roles and responsibilities as outlined herein. Provide written documentation from the manufacturer of each portable traffic control signal system that will be deployed indicating that each individual seeking a blanket permit has successfully completed a training course given by the manufacturer on the operation of that signal system.

• After receipt of the written request, PennDOT will contact the applicant to discuss the evaluation process and associated expectations. A series of successful trial deployments will need to be completed.

• The appropriate processes outlined in PennDOT Publication 213 for obtaining PennDOT approval to use portable traffic control signals must be followed for the trial deployments. Failure to do so may result in rejection of the trial deployment.

How many successful trial deployments must be completed before obtaining a blanket permit?

• The initial application will begin the evaluation of the trial deployments. Previous deployments will not be considered during the blanket permit evaluation.

• A minimum of three proper deployments by the individual desiring to be a future blanket permittee, with at least one proper deployment in each Engineering District where a blanket permit is desired.

• PennDOT will allow a maximum of two individuals from the same company to be evaluated on each trial deployment for the purposes of being considered as a future blanket permittee.

• BHSTE will be actively involved in monitoring the trial deployments, and feedback received from District Office personnel, the work crew, the supplier/manufacturer, and others will be considered.

Upon successful completion of the trial deployments, what are the next steps?

• PennDOT will document all comments and advise the applicant of successful completion of the trial deployments.

• BHSTE will work with District Office personnel to ensure that a blanket permit is issued to applicants that fulfill requirements.

What about blanket permit revocation?

• A blanket permit must be renewed each year. • A blanket permit can be revoked at any time for poor performance by the Engineering

District. BHSTE will be involved in any revocation proceedings. • If a blanket permit is revoked, that individual will not be allowed to submit for a blanket

permit application for at least one year. Future submissions should follow the same procedures as a first-time applicant.

Page 128: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

APPLICATION FOR PERMIT TO OPERATE

TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNALS Applicant’s Contact Information Applicant’s Name: ________________________________________________________________ Applicant’s Company:_____________________________________________________________ Company Address:________________________________________________________________ Company Phone No.: _________________________Company Fax No.:_____________________ Cellular Phone No.: __________________________E-mail Address:________________________ Name of Emergency Cellular Contact Person: ________________________________ Phone No.: ___________________ (Must be available 24 hrs./day, 7 days/week during period of usage.)

Description of Traffic Control Device

Type of Device Mounted on Fixed Supports

Trailer-Mounted Pedestal-

Mounted Automated Flagger Assistance Device

(AFAD) Other

(explain)

(check one) Traffic Control Manufacturer’s Device Manufacturer: ______________________ Model No.: _______________________

PennDOT Approval No.: _______________________

Work Zone Information

Was a site visit performed prior to submitting this application? Yes ___ No ___

Date of Traffic Control Device Usage: Begin _____________ End_________________

Engineering District: _____County: ____________ Municipality:____________________ On State Route (SR): ___________ Direction: __________________________________ From: Segment: ________ Offset: _____________________________________ To: Segment: __________ Offset: _____________________________________

Page 1 of 4 TE-952P (8 - 08)

Page 129: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

On Local Road: _______________ Direction: ___________________________________

From: ____________________________________________________________________ To: ______________________________________________________________________ Normal Speed Limit: ________mph ADT: __________________________ veh/day Maximum Length of One-Lane, Two-Way Traffic Section _______________________ feet (Between STOP HERE ON RED Signs) Type of Operation: Long-Term Stationary _______ Short-Term Stationary __________________ Other (please describe): ___________________________________________ The traffic control device will be used to control: One-Lane, Two-Way Traffic _____________ (Check all that apply) No More than Two Approaches _____________ Other (please describe): _____________ Will all signal faces exceed the thresholds for signal face visibility specified on the Publication 213 figure? Yes ___ No ___ Does the site contain an intersection within the one-lane, two-way traffic section? Yes ___ No ___ Does the site contain an uncontrolled commercial driveway within the one-lane, two-way traffic section?

Yes ___ No ___

Is any roadway approach to the traffic control device on a steep downgrade (5% or more)? Yes ___ No ___

Does the site contain an at-grade railroad crossing within 300 feet of the work zone? Yes ___ No ___ Proposed work description:

Page 2 of 4

Page 130: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Traffic Control Device Operational Information

Mode of Operation Manually-

Controlled Pre-Timed Actuated Other (explain)

(please check one)

PennDOT Publication Figure: PATA _______________ will be followed.

All-red clearance time is __________ seconds based on

assumed traffic speed of ________ mph within one-lane, two-way section.

The proposed minimum green time shall be at least 10 seconds.

The proposed maximum green time shall be determined based on field conditions.

The proposed yellow change interval shall be five (5) seconds unless otherwise indicated by PennDOT.

Applicant Certification

The applicant certifies that the information provided on this application and accompanying documents is true and correct. The applicant certifies that, if approved, the traffic control devices will be operated and maintained in compliance with PennDOT Publications 212 and 213, and the provisions of the temporary traffic control signal permit as issued by PennDOT. The applicant agrees that it will indemnify, save harmless and defend (if requested) the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, its agents, representatives and employees, from all suits, actions or claims of any character, name or description, damages, judgments, expenses, attorneys’ fees and compensation arising out of personal injury, death or property damage, sustained or alleged to have been sustained in whole or in part by any and all persons whatsoever as a result of or arising out of any act, omission, neglect or misconduct of the applicant, its officers, agents, contractors or employees, during the period of temporary traffic control signal usage. BY: _______________________________________ _____________________________ Signature of Applicant Date Sworn before me this _________________ day of _______________________, 20______ Notary: ____________________________________

Page 3 of 4

Page 131: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PennDOT Acknowledgement This application is: Accepted: ______________ Temporary Traffic Signal Permit Attached: _________

Rejected: _______________ Application was rejected because:

If rejected, please correct immediately and submit to PennDOT. Temporary traffic control device usage cannot begin without prior approval.

Page 4 of 4

Page 132: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNAL PERMIT

In accordance with the Vehicle Code, the Pennsylvania Department of Transportation (PennDOT) hereby approves the operation of a temporary traffic control signal as follows:

Location:

Date(s) of Operation:

This permit is issued to, and accepted by, _______________________________________________________, hereinafter known as the Permittee, as follows: The operation and maintenance of this temporary traffic control signal by the Permittee shall be in accordance with requirements contained on the attached sheets and application, PennDOT’s figures governing the use of temporary traffic control signals as contained in PennDOT Publication 213, and the following special requirements: All work performed by the Permittee with respect to the operation and maintenance of this temporary traffic control signal shall be under and subject to the direction of PennDOT. The said Permittee shall use due diligence in the execution of the work authorized under this permit and shall not obstruct or endanger travel along the said road. All operations must be conducted so as to permit safe and reasonable free travel at all times over the road within the limits of the work herein permitted. The Permittee agrees to indemnify, save harmless and defend (if requested) the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, its agents, representatives and employees, from all suits, actions or claims of any character, name or description, damages, judgments, expenses, attorneys’ fees and compensation arising out of personal injury, death or property damage, sustained or alleged to have been sustained in whole or in part by any and all persons whatsoever as a result of or arising out of any act, omission, neglect or misconduct of the Permittee, its officers, agents, contractors or employees, during the period of temporary traffic control signal usage. PennDOT reserves the right to revoke this permit or to suspend the operation of the temporary traffic control signal if the Permittee shall at any time willfully or negligently fail to comply with the conditions contained in this permit or PennDOT Publication 213, or fail to make any changes in the operation of this signal, or to remove it, when so ordered by PennDOT. The Permittee shall maintain the signal in a safe condition at all times. The Permittee shall not make any change in the operation of the temporary traffic control signal as defined in the permit drawings without prior written approval of PennDOT. PennDOT reserves the right to inspect this temporary traffic control signal usage at any time. Date:_______________________ Approved:___________________________________ Secretary of Transportation Commonwealth of Pennsylvania By: _____________________________________ District Executive Pennsylvania Department of Transportation

Permit No. _______________ Sheet 1 of _____

TE-964P (8- 08)

Page 133: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PERMIT TO OPERATE

TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNALS Applicant’s Contact Information

• Applicant’s Name: is the individual who will be responsible for the proper placement of the work zone traffic control devices.

• Applicant’s Company: the Company the Applicant represents. • Company Address: the official mailing address of the Applicant’s company. • Company Phone No.: the phone number of the Applicant’s company. • Company Fax No.: the fax number of the Applicant’s company. • Cellular Phone No.: the Applicant’s cellular phone number. • Email Address: the Applicant’s e-mail address. • Name of Emergency Contact Person: the person that will be available 24

hrs./day, 7 days/week during the period of usage and who will be responsible for the continued proper usage of the device.

• Cellular Phone No.: the emergency contact person’s cellular phone number.

Description of Traffic Control Device

Type of Device

Mounted on Fixed Supports

Trailer-Mounted Pedestal-

Mounted Automated Flagger Assistance Device

(AFAD) Other

(explain)

(check one) Descriptions of the devices are as follow:

• Mounted on Fixed Supports: As defined in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), it is a temporary traffic control signal that is temporarily mounted on fixed supports. The fixed supports are typically span wires mounted on temporarily-installed poles. These devices are normally used for long-term stationary applications where appropriate field conditions exist.

• Trailer-Mounted: Trailer-mounted portable traffic control signal systems consist of two trailers, with each trailer having a vertical upright and a horizontal arm to accommodate the mounting of at least two signal heads. These devices may be used for short-term stationary and long-term stationary applications where the appropriate conditions exist.

• Pedestal-Mounted: Pedestal-mounted portable traffic control signal systems consist of four units, with a pedestal-mounted signal head on each unit. These devices may be used for short-term stationary applications where appropriate field conditions exist.

• Automated Flagger Assistance Device (AFAD): A manually-controlled device operated by one or more individuals to safely stop and control traffic through a

Page 1 of 5

Page 134: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

work zone. These devices may be used for short-term stationary applications where appropriate field conditions exist.

• Other (explain): Other applications which do not fall into the criteria listed above. Please give a detailed description so that proper evaluation may be made.

• Traffic Control Device Manufacturer: the manufacturer of the device that will be used for work zone traffic control.

• PennDOT Approval No.: the PennDOT device approval number as indicated in PennDOT Publication 35 “Approved Construction Materials (Bulletin 15)”. This number can be accessed through the internet at the listing below:

ftp://ftp.dot.state.pa.us/public/pdf/BOCM_MTD_LAB/PUBLICATIONS/PUB_35/BULLETIN_15.pdf

If problems exist with finding an approval number, please contact either the appropriate PennDOT Engineering District Office or PennDOT Central Office at (717) 783-0333.

Work Zone Location Information

• Was a site visit performed prior to this application request?:

o Yes: A proper field visit was made prior to the submission of this application to determine if the device was acceptable and met all of the criteria specified in Publication 213 to safely and efficiently operate the device.

o No: A proper field visit was not made prior to the submission of this application.

• Date (s) of Traffic Control Device Usage: Please specify the approximate date and/or dates and times that you would like to use this device. Upon approval of this application, if dates are modified, please contact the appropriate Engineering District representative.

• Engineering District: The Engineering District that will be reviewing the completed application.

Page 2 of 5

Page 135: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

• County: the county where the traffic control device would be used. • Municipality: the municipality where the traffic control device would be used. • On State Route (SR): the state highway where the traffic control device would

be deployed. For further guidance, please refer to the following link and select the appropriate county map:

http://www.dot.state.pa.us/Internet/Bureaus/pdPlanRes.nsf/infoBPRCartoCountyType3

• Direction: the direction of travel which may be either North/Southbound or East/Westbound. The link above may help you with the determination of the travel direction.

• From Segment: the roadway segment on the State Route the device will be deployed. These segment numbers may be found either on small markers posted along the roadway or from straight-line diagrams.

• Offset: the roadway location from the beginning of the segment to the approximate location of the device in feet.

• From Segment: the roadway segment on the State Route the device will be deployed. These segment numbers may be found either on small markers posted along the roadway or from straight-line diagrams.

• Offset: the roadway location from the beginning of the segment to the approximate location of the device in feet.

• On Local Road: Use the local road name. Identify the nearest intersecting roadways when determining the local roadway location.

• Normal Speed Limit: this is the legal speed limit on the roadway prior to the beginning of the work. If no speed limit is posted on the roadway, please mark unposted.

• ADT: This is also known as Average Daily Traffic. This number can be found by accessing the following link below and selecting the appropriate county map:

Page 3 of 5

Page 136: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

http://www.dot.state.pa.us/Internet/Bureaus/pdPlanRes.nsf/infoBPRTrafficInfoTrafficVolumeMap

If problems exist with finding an ADT number, please contact either the appropriate PennDOT Engineering District Office or PennDOT Central Office at (717) 783-0333.

• Maximum Length of One-Lane, Two-Way Traffic Section: this is the approximate distance between “STOP HERE ON RED” signs in feet. This is very important for determining the proper all-red clearance interval needed to safely and efficiently move traffic through the work zone.

• Does the sight distance requirement exceed the thresholds specified in the drawing?:

o Yes: The sight distance requirements have been met as indicated on the correct Publication 213 drawing.

o No: The sight distance requirements could not be met as indicated on the correct Publication 213 drawing.

• Does the site contain intersections within the work zone?: o Yes: The site contains an intersection within the work zone. o No: The site does not contain an intersection within the work zone.

• Does the site contain uncontrolled commercial driveways within the work zone?:

o Yes: The site contains uncontrolled commercial driveways within the work zone.

o No: The site does not contain uncontrolled commercial driveways within the work zone.

• Is any roadway approach to the traffic control device on a steep downgrade (5% or more)?

o Yes: the site contains a steep downgrade of 5% or more. o No: the site does not contain a steep downgrade of 5% or more.

• Does the site contain at-grade railroad crossings within 300 feet of the work zone?

o Yes: the site contains an at-grade railroad crossing within 300 feet of the work zone.

o No: the site does not contain an at-grade railroad crossing within 300 feet of the work zone.

• Provide a Brief Description of the Construction Operation: Please provide a description of the work being performed in the work zone.

Page 4 of 5

Page 137: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Traffic Control Device Operation Information

Type of Operation Manually- Controlled Pre-Timed Actuated Other (explain)

(please check one)

• Manually-Controlled: The traffic control device will be operated at all times by an individual who will ensure the safe and efficient travel through the work zone.

• Pre-Timed: The traffic control device will operate automatically in a pre-determined timing pattern(s) based on time of day, and will continue to operate that way throughout the day.

• Actuated: The traffic control device will operate using sensors and will change green time as traffic demand warrants.

• AFAD: The traffic control device will be operated at all times by an individual(s) who will ensure the safe and efficient travel through the work zone.

• Other (explain): Other applications that do not fall into the criteria listed above. Please give a detailed description so that proper evaluation may be made.

• PennDOT Publication Figure: the determination of the correct figure to be followed from PennDOT Publication 213.

• All-red clearance time: This is to ensure that the proper clearance time is being used when using a temporary traffic signal. This should be determined by using the charts specified on the appropriate Publication 213 figure.

Page 5 of 5

Page 138: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

EXAMPLE PROBLEM

APPLICATION FOR PERMIT TO OPERATE TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNALS

Applicant’s Contact Information Applicant’s Name: __John Smith_________________________________________________________ Applicant’s Company: __Smith Contracting Company, Inc.____________________________________ Company Address:__400 North Street Harrisburg, PA 17120___________________________________ Company Phone No.: __(717) 783-0333_______________Company Fax No.:_(717) 705-0686_______ Cellular Phone No.: _(717) 783-0555____________E-mail Address:[email protected]___ Name of Emergency Cellular Contact Person: ____James Smith_________________________ Phone No.: __(717) 777-5555_____ (Must be available 24 hrs./day, 7 days/week during period of usage.)

Description of Traffic Control Device

Type of Device Mounted on Fixed Supports

Trailer-Mounted Pedestal-

Mounted Automated Flagger Assistance Device

(AFAD) Other

(explain)

(check one) Traffic Control Manufacturer’s Device Manufacturer: __Traffic Control Signals, Inc._____ Model No.: ___TCS1________________

PennDOT Approval No.: ___TCS-001P_________________

Work Zone Information

Was a site visit performed prior to submitting this application? Yes _X__ No ___

Date of Traffic Control Device Usage: Begin __06/10/2008______ End___6/12/2008____

Engineering District: _8-0_County: _Dauphin____ Municipality: __Lower Paxton Twp.__ On State Route (SR): __1023______ Direction: __North/Southbound______________________ From: Segment: _40_____ Offset: _1000__________________________________ To: Segment: ___40_____ Offset: _1500__________________________________

Page 1 of 4 TE-952P (8 - 08)

Page 139: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

On Local Road: ____N/A_________ Direction: _______N/A_________________________

From: __N/A_______________________________________________________________ To: ____N/A_______________________________________________________________ Normal Speed Limit: __35____mph ADT: ___3,500___________________ veh/day Maximum Length of One-Lane, Two-Way Traffic Section ___500_________________ feet (Between STOP HERE ON RED Signs) Type of Operation: Long-Term Stationary _______ Short Term Stationary __Non-Complex_____ Other (please describe): ___________________________________________ The traffic control device will be used to control: One-Lane, Two-Way Traffic ___X_________ (Check all that apply) No More than Two approaches ___X_________ Other (please describe): _____________ Will all signal faces exceed the thresholds for signal face visibility specified on the Publication 213 figure? Yes _X_ No ___ Does the site contain an intersection within the one-lane, two-way traffic section? Yes ___ No _X_ Does the site contain an uncontrolled commercial driveway within the one-lane, two-way traffic section?

Yes ___ No _X_

Is any roadway approach to the traffic control device on a steep downgrade (5% or more)? Yes ___ No _X__

Does the site contain an at-grade railroad crossing within 300 feet of the work zone? Yes ___ No _X__ Proposed work description: Bridge patching project which consists of daylight operations. Upon completion of the day, two-lane, two-way operation will be restored.

Page 2 of 4

Page 140: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Traffic Control Device Operational Information

Mode of Operation Manually-

Controlled Pre-Timed Actuated Other (explain)

(please check one) X

PennDOT Publication Figure: PATA ___26e NC-1____ will be followed.

All-red clearance time is ___23_____ seconds based on

assumed traffic speed of __15____ mph within one-lane, two-way section.

The proposed minimum green time shall be at least 10 seconds.

The proposed maximum green time shall be determined based on field conditions.

The proposed yellow change interval shall be five (5) seconds unless otherwise indicated by PennDOT.

Applicant Certification

The applicant certifies that the information provided on this application and accompanying documents is true and correct. The applicant certifies that, if approved, the traffic control devices will be operated and maintained in compliance with PennDOT Publications 212 and 213, and the provisions of the temporary traffic control signal permit as issued by PennDOT. The applicant agrees that it will indemnify, save harmless and defend (if requested) the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, its agents, representatives and employees, from all suits, actions or claims of any character, name or description, damages, judgments, expenses, attorneys’ fees and compensation arising out of personal injury, death or property damage, sustained or alleged to have been sustained in whole or in part by any and all persons whatsoever as a result of or arising out of any act, omission, neglect or misconduct of the applicant, its officers, agents, contractors or employees, during the period of temporary traffic control signal usage. BY: _______________________________________ _____________________________ Signature of Applicant Date Sworn before me this _________________ day of _______________________, 20______ Notary: ____________________________________

Page 3 of 4

Page 141: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

PennDOT Acknowledgement

This application is: Accepted: ___________ Temporary Traffic Signal Permit Attached: ___________

Rejected: _______________ Application was rejected because:

If rejected, please correct immediately and submit to PennDOT. Temporary traffic control device usage cannot begin without prior approval.

Page 4 of 4

Page 142: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Page 1 of 8

Guidelines for the Selection of Temporary Traffic Control Signals in Work Zones

Background It is common for construction, maintenance, and utility operations to require the closing of a traffic lane during the course of their work. For the duration of the lane closure, traffic must be either diverted to another route via a detour, or merged into other lanes. When the lane closure is located on two-lane, two-way roadways and detour routes are not practical, then alternating traffic on the remaining open lane is the typical operational choice. Purpose The purpose of these guidelines and the accompanying selection chart are to provide guidance for selecting the appropriate temporary traffic signal control for short-term and long-term lane closures on two-lane, two-way roadways. These guidelines supplement PennDOT Publication 213 and assist in the determination of the minimum requirements for work zone traffic control for various traffic and roadway parameters. Definitions of terminology and distance charts for various parameters are also available in this document. MUTCD Guidance on Temporary Traffic Control Signals

“Section 4D.20 Temporary Traffic Control Signals

Standard: A temporary traffic control signal shall be defined as a traffic control signal that is installed for a limited time period. A portable traffic control signal shall be defined as a temporary traffic control signal that is designed so that it can be easily transported and reused at different locations.

Support: A temporary traffic control signal is generally installed using methods that minimize the costs of installation, relocation, and/or removal. Typical temporary traffic control signals are for specific purposes, such as for one-lane, two-way facilities in temporary traffic control zones (see Chapter 4G), for a haul-road intersection, or for access to a site that will have a permanent access point developed at another location in the near future.

Standard: Advance signing shall be used when employing a temporary traffic control signal.

A temporary traffic control signal shall:

A. Meet the physical display and operational requirements of a conventional traffic control signal.

B. Be removed when no longer needed.

Page 143: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Page 2 of 8

C. Be placed in the flashing mode when not being used if it will be operated in the steady mode within 5 working days; otherwise, it shall be removed.

D. Be placed in the flashing mode during periods when it is not desirable to operate the signal, or the signal heads shall be covered, turned, or taken down to indicate that the signal is not in operation.

Guidance: A temporary traffic control signal should be used only if engineering judgment indicates that installing the signal will improve the overall safety and/or operation of the location. The use of temporary traffic control signals by a work crew on a regular basis in their work area should be subject to the approval of the jurisdiction having authority over the roadway.

A temporary traffic control signal should not operate longer than 30 days unless associated with a longer-term temporary traffic control zone project.

For use of temporary traffic control signals in temporary traffic control zones, reference should be made to Section 6F.80.”

“Section 6F.80 Temporary Traffic Control Signals

Standard: Temporary traffic control signals (see Section 4D.20) used to control road user movements through TTC zones and in other TTC situations shall meet the applicable provisions of Part 4.

Support: Temporary traffic control signals are typically used in TTC zones such as temporary haul road crossings; temporary one-way operations along a one-lane, two-way highway; temporary one-way operations on bridges, reversible lanes, and intersections.

Standard: One-lane, two-way vehicular traffic flow (see Chapter 4G) requires an all-red interval of sufficient duration for road users to clear the portion of the TTC zone controlled by the traffic control signals. Safeguards shall be incorporated to avoid the possibility of conflicting signal indications at each end of the TTC zone.

Guidance: Where pedestrian traffic is detoured to a temporary traffic control signal, engineering judgment should be used to determine if pedestrian signals or accessible pedestrian signals (see Section 4E.06) are needed for crossing along an alternate route.

When temporary traffic control signals are used, conflict monitors typical of traditional traffic control signal operations should be used.

Page 144: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Page 3 of 8

Option: Temporary traffic control signals may be portable or temporarily mounted on fixed supports.

Standard: The supports for temporary traffic control signals shall not encroach into the minimum required width of a "pedestrian access route" of 1200 mm (48 in) or an "alternate circulation path" of 900 mm (36 in).

Guidance: Temporary traffic control signals should only be used in situations where temporary traffic control signals are preferable to other means of traffic control, such as changing the work staging or work zone size to eliminate one-way vehicular traffic movements, using flaggers to control one-way or crossing movements, using STOP or YIELD signs, and using warning devices alone.

Support: Factors related to the design and application of temporary traffic control signals include the following:

A. Safety and road user needs; B. Work staging and operations; C. The feasibility of using other TTC strategies (for example, flaggers, providing

space for two lanes, or detouring road users, including bicyclists and pedestrians);

D. Sight distance restrictions; E. Human factors considerations (for example, lack of driver familiarity with

temporary traffic control signals); F. Road-user volumes including roadway and intersection capacity; G. Affected side streets and driveways; H. Vehicle speeds; I. The placement of other TTC devices; J. Parking; K. Turning restrictions; L. Pedestrians; M. The nature of adjacent land uses (such as residential or commercial); N. Legal authority; O. Signal phasing and timing requirements; P. Full-time or part-time operation; Q. Actuated, fixed-time, or manual operation; R. Power failures or other emergencies; S. Inspection and maintenance needs;

Page 145: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Page 4 of 8

T. Need for detailed placement, timing, and operation records; and U. Operation by contractors or by others.

Although temporary traffic control signals can be mounted on trailers or lightweight portable supports, fixed supports offer superior resistance to displacement or damage by severe weather, vehicle impact, and vandalism.

Guidance: Other TTC devices should be used to supplement temporary traffic control signals, including warning and regulatory signs, pavement markings, and channelizing devices.

The design and placement of temporary traffic control signals should include interconnection to other traffic control signals along the subject roadway.

Temporary traffic control signals not in use should be covered or removed.”

Key Terms and Definitions

Portable Traffic Control Signal- as defined in the MUTCD is a temporary traffic control signal that is designed so that it can be easily transported and reused at different locations. Types of portable signals are trailer-mounted and pedestal-mounted.

Temporary Traffic Control Signal on Fixed Supports – as defined in the MUTCD is a temporary traffic control signal that is temporarily mounted on fixed supports. They are typically constructed with span wires mounted on temporarily-installed poles.

Trailer-Mounted Portable Traffic Control Signal System – The system consists of two trailers, with each trailer having a vertical upright and a horizontal arm to accommodate the mounting of at least two signal heads.

Pedestal-Mounted Portable Traffic Control Signal System – The system consists of four units, with a pedestral-mounted signal head on each unit.

Automated Flagger Assistance Device (AFAD) – is a manually-controlled device operated by one or more individuals to safely stop and control traffic through a work zone.

Long-Term Stationary Operation – As defined in PennDOT Publication 213 is work that occupies a location more than 24 hours.

Short-Term Stationary Operation – As defined in PennDOT Publication 213 is work that occupies a location up to 24 hours.

Short-Term Stationary Operation for Temporary Traffic Control Signals – is defined as daylight work areas with work in active progress, emergency nighttime work areas with

Page 146: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Page 5 of 8

work in active progress, or work areas of relatively short duration where work begins during daylight and continues in active progress during hours of darkness.

Long-Term Stationary Operation for Temporary Traffic Control Signals - is defined as all other stationary operations that do not meet the short-term stationary operation for temporary traffic control signals criteria.

Signal Phase – the right-of-way, yellow change, and red clearance intervals in a cycle that are assigned to an independent traffic movement or combination of movements.

Two-Phase Traffic Signal Operation – is defined as an operation when two different vehicle movements occur during the signal cycle. One-lane, two-way traffic control is often a two-phase operation assuming that additional phases are not needed for driveways and intersecting roads.

Multiple Phase Traffic Signal Operation – is defined as an operation when more than two vehicle movements occur during the signal cycle.

Traffic Signal Timing – the amount of time allocated for the display of a signal indication.

Yellow Change Interval – is the first interval following the green interval during which the yellow signal indication is displayed. It is used to warn traffic of an impending change in the right-of-way assignment. The duration of a yellow change interval shall be predetermined.

Red Clearance Interval – is an interval that follows a yellow change interval and proceeds the next conflicting green interval. It provides additional time before conflicting traffic movements, including pedestrians, are released. The duration of a red clearance interval shall be predetermined.

Temporary Traffic Control Signal Permit – is the PennDOT Engineering District Office acceptance that the proper documentation was received to ensure safe and effective use of temporary traffic control signals. This permit will allow proper use of the device in accordance with the provisions of the permit and PennDOT Publication 213.

Temporary Traffic Control Signal Application – is an application that allows the PennDOT Engineering District Office to obtain the minimum required information to ensure safe and efficient operation of the temporary traffic control signal.

Site-Specific Drawing – A drawing that clearly depicts the work zone and the anticipated operations. Typically, this is part of the Traffic Control Plan (TCP).

Performance Specification – Is the required product performance, which may include but is not limited to equipment, physical requirements, operational requirements, etc..

Page 147: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Page 6 of 8

Manually-Controlled Portable Traffic Control Signal Operation – when a portable traffic control signal is being controlled manually.

Short-Term Portable Traffic Control Signal Operation under Blanket Permit – this allows a successful past user of portable signals to obtain agreement with PennDOT to provide notice of the placement of the portable signals with minimal documentation. Verification of the agreement between the user and PennDOT will be evaluated prior to approval of a blanket permit request.

Short-Term Stationary Portable Traffic Control Signal Operation for Non-Complex Conditions– the “non-complex” application will be verified through a number of physical and operational requirements that the site must meet to be considered. These checks allow PennDOT to verify safe and efficient use if installed properly.

Short-Term Stationary Portable Traffic Control Signal Operation for Complex Conditions– the “complex” application would be any short-term portable signal installation that does not met the requirements for “non-complex” applications.

Short-Term Emergency Operation – An emergency application defined in PennDOT Publication 212.

Long-Term Portable Traffic Control Signal Operation – All physical and operational requirements should be part of the Traffic Control Plan.

Temporary Traffic Control Signal – as defined in the MUTCD is a traffic control signal that is installed for a limited time period. Temporary traffic control signals may be portable or temporarily mounted on fixed supports. Common types of temporary traffic control signals are signals mounted on span wire with temporary supports and trailer-mounted portable signals.

Work in Active Progress – Workers, other than flaggers, are present and are actively engaged in performing the necessary work.

Temporary Traffic Control Signals for Long-Term Stationary Operations In the design phase of every project that will have temporary traffic signals, it is required that both installations on fixed supports and trailer-mounted portable traffic control signals always be considered before completing the design of the Traffic Control Plan (TCP). In some instances, trailer-mounted portable signals or installations on fixed supports can be used. On the other hand, in certain instances, installations on fixed supports may be preferable to trailer-mounted signals, or vice-versa, depending on the nature of the project, site conditions, traffic conditions, and other specific factors. Before developing a TCP with temporary traffic signals, it is absolutely essential that the designer visit the proposed worksite beforehand. The site visit will enable the designer to evaluate various factors that will help in the determination of whether the TCP should permit both temporary signal design options, or one or the other. These factors include lateral clearance, trailer or pole placement, signal operation (phasing and timing), and

Page 148: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Page 7 of 8

others. Please also note that pedestal-mounted portable traffic control signals will not be considered for long-term stationary operations. To establish the proper and acceptable temporary traffic control signal within a work zone, the following criteria should be considered: Long-Term Stationary Operation Using Trailer-Mounted Portable Traffic Control Signals: Pros:

• Systems can be deployed quickly. • Especially conducive to deployments for emergencies. • Systems can be easily set up and taken down each day, or for multiple

construction phases. • Equipment can be reused on future projects. • Equipment capable of being leased. • Cost savings potential. • Capable of wireless radio or hardwire interconnect. • Commonly equipped with monitoring system for location, low battery status, and

conflicts using website and/or cell phone paging. • Commonly equipped with batteries that are solar recharging. • Commonly equipped with solar panels, rechargeable batteries, and ability to run

via commercial power. • Wireless remote commonly available.

Cons:

• Arm length can sometimes affect signal head placement. • Arm length affects number of signal heads that can be placed overhead. • Trailer size and/or arm length in conjunction with physical features can

sometimes limit adequate placement. • Manufacturers have different operating systems. • More susceptible to vandalism. • Less appropriate for long-duration jobs on multilane, high-speed roadways.

Long-Term Stationary Operation Using Temporary Traffic Control Signals on Fixed Supports: Pros:

• Desirable signal head placement can be achieved. • More than two overhead signals can be erected. • Less susceptible to vandalism. • Pole placement sometimes may be easier to accommodate than trailers due to

physical features. • Fixed supports may be more desirable for long duration deployments.

Page 149: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Page 8 of 8

• More appropriate for multilane approaches. • Employs common traffic signal control equipment and operational features.

Cons: • Inability to set up and take down each day. • Less appealing for short-duration jobs or jobs with short-duration, multiple set-

ups. • Equipment and material availability is sometimes an issue. • Less cost savings potential.

If the designer determines that only one temporary signal design option is justified for a particular project, then the TCP shall be prepared accordingly, and written documentation shall be maintained in the project file outlining the reasons for this determination. It would also be desirable to clearly indicate on the TCP that the other option will not be permitted for the project. If the designer determines that trailer-mounted portable signals or installations on fixed supports would be acceptable, then the TCP should clearly show the exact design and operation of both alternatives so that additional plans from the contractor would not be necessary. The TCP should include the design of all anticipated needed features. For example, if platforms or other special features will be needed, their design and placement should be in the TCP. Engineering judgment should be used and documented to determine the safest and most efficient operation for the work zone. Temporary Traffic Control Signals for Short-Term Stationary Operations Before developing and/or determining your traffic control plan (TCP) using PennDOT Publication 213, it is absolutely essential that the user visit the proposed worksite beforehand. The site visit will enable the user to evaluate various factors that will help in the determination of whether the TCP should permit temporary signal (portable signal) options, or other traffic control methods such as flaggers. These factors include lateral clearance, trailer or pedestal placement, signal operation (phasing and timing), and others. Please also note that installations on fixed supports are not considered viable for short-term stationary operations because of the amount of time and materials needed for installation. If the user determines that portable traffic control signals will be an option and would like to pursue that option, then a completed application shall be submitted to PennDOT’s appropriate Engineering District Office. If the Engineering District Office agrees with the proposed usage, they will issue a temporary traffic control signal permit.

Page 150: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNALS

Non-Compliance Documentation Form

The purpose of this form is to provide a means for the Districts to document non-compliant installations of temporary traffic control signals. Supply necessary and pertinent information and photos when submitting a non-compliance form. Please be advised that Central Office will review non-compliance documentation to determine possible future action regarding the individual temporary signal user. This will also provide a means of documenting District-wide and statewide issues with temporary traffic control signals. Engineering District: _________ Non-Compliance Form Submittee:_____________________________ Temporary Signal User: ________________________________________________________________ Date of Non-Compliance:_______________________________________________________________ County: _________________________ Municipality: _______________________________________ SR: __________Segment _______________ Offset:_________________________________________

Please attach supporting documentation (e.g., application, permit, TCP, etc.). Provide a description of the nature of the non-compliance:

Please submit completed form to: Pennsylvania Department of Transportation Bureau of Highway Safety and Traffic Engineering ATTN: TEMPORARY SIGNALS

400 North Street- 6th Floor Harrisburg, PA 17120-0064

Non-Compliance Reference No. _____________

Page 151: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNALS

User Comment Form

The purpose of this form is to provide the user of temporary traffic control signals the means to comment on both positive and negative feedback received from PennDOT’s Engineering District Offices. Please supply all supporting documentation when submitting a comment form. PennDOT’s Central Office will review all comments and will work with District Offices to resolve immediate issues, to improve future practices, and to seek uniformity among PennDOT’s eleven Engineering District Offices. User Name: _______________________________________Date Submitted: _________________ Company: _______________________________________________________________________ Company Address: ________________________________________________________________ Company Phone No.: _________________________Company Fax No.: _____________________ Cellular Phone No.: __________________________E-mail Address: ________________________

Please attach supporting documentation. Please use the space below to provide your comments:

Please submit completed form to: Pennsylvania Department of Transportation Bureau of Highway Safety and Traffic Engineering ATTN: TEMPORARY SIGNALS

400 North Street- 6th Floor Harrisburg, PA 17120-0064

Comment Reference No. _____________

Page 152: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Appendix B

Page 153: April 2010 Edition - Pennsylvania State University · PUBLICATION: 213 - April 2010 Edition DATE: 04/01/10 SUBJECT: Revisions to Publication 213 "Temporary Traffic Control Guidelines"

Appendix B Temporary Barrier Deflection Distances Table

Name Type

FHWA Acceptance Designatio

n

Section Minimum

Length

Tested Height Shape Tested *

Deflection

NYSDOT I-Beam B-94 20 ft. 32” F & NJ 4.2 ft.

Rockingham Precast

T-Shape Connector B-42 12 ft 32” F 3.8 ft

Easi-Set Industries J-J Hook B-52 12 ft. 32” F & NJ 4.2 ft

Easi-Set Industries J-J Hook HSA-10 12 ft. 54” F 4.2 ft.

Virginia DOT Pin & Loop B-54 20 ft. 32” F 6.0 ft.

Ohio DOT Pin & Loop B-93 10 ft. 32” F & NJ 5.5 ft.

Pennsylvania DOT Plate B-79 12 ft. 34” F 8.4 ft.

* The deflection distances shown in this table resulted from controlled crash tests at a 25 degree impact angle. The severe impact angle crash test may not be representative of actual field conditions.

If you have questions contact the Bureau of Design, Highway Quality Assurance Division at (717) 787-5023 and ask for the Standards and Criteria Section.


Recommended